Monash University

Courses by faculty: Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Students who commenced study in 2012 should refer to this course entry for direction on the requirements; to check which units are currently available for enrolment, refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course.

print version

Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

courses

collation-byfaculty-med

This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBA/BSW
CRICOS code042832A
Total credit points required192
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT, 8 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield)
Off-campus (Caulfield)
Multi-modal (Caulfield)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3426
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9903 1047, email: social.work@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/bsw/babsw.html

Course coordinator

Dr Uschi Bay

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements.

Description

NOTE: This course has had one or more changes made to it since publication on 1 October 2011. For details of change/s, please consult the change register at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/2012-change-register.html.

The degree not only provides a sound foundation for social work practice but also develops knowledge and skills in critical analysis in various arts disciplines.

Outcomes

Course objectives for the Bachelor of Arts are available at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/courses/0002.html. Course objectives for the Bachelor of Social Work are available at. http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/courses/0004.html

Special requirements

Police and Working with Children Checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community-partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements. In the fieldwork setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the fieldwork component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the fieldwork component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a fieldwork practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Fieldwork expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during fieldwork placements.

Professional recognition

This course has been accredited by the Australian Association of Social Workers.

Graduates will qualify for membership of the Australian Association of Social Workers.

Structure

On-campus students

Students complete two semesters of study of 'the individual' (eg psychology, behavioural studies) and two semesters of 'society' (eg sociology, anthropology, gender studies, philosophy, politics, Australian studies and at least one unit in Australian Indigenous studies).

The course is undertaken in the following sequence:

(a.) first year is composed of seven arts and one social work unit

(b.) second year is composed of five arts units and three social work units

(c.) third year includes three arts units (which complete the major sequence); the rest are social work units (including the first field placement)

(d.) the final year is composed of social work units only, including the second field placement.

Off-campus students

Students complete the structure as outlined above under 'on-campus students' however the disciplines available to off-campus students are limited to:

  • Australian Indigenous studies
  • Australian studies
  • communications
  • community studies
  • community welfare and counselling
  • criminal justice
  • English
  • history-politics
  • journalism
  • philosophy
  • psychology
  • psychological studies
  • public relations
  • sociology
  • writing

Arts component

The arts component must include a major and minor study as follows:

  • arts discipline major (48 points)
  • arts discipline minor in a different area of study (24 points)
  • an additional arts discipline first-year sequence in a third area of study(12 points)
  • a further six points in arts units

Social work component

All social work units are compulsory core units.

Requirements

The normal pattern of study is for student to complete four units per semester; in semesters where the field placement is undertaken, this is reduced to two units plus the placement. All units are six points unless

First year

First semester

  • SWK1011 Introduction to human services practice
  • three first-year arts units

Second semester

  • four first-year arts units

Second year

First semester

  • SWK3220 Social work in a globalised world
  • SWK3230 Social work research
  • two second-year arts units

Second semester

  • SWK3440 Leadership in social work and human services
  • two second-year arts units
  • one second or third-year arts unit*

Third year

First semester

  • SWK3400 Critical social work 1 - individuals and families: Context and practice
  • two third-year arts units

Second semester

  • SWK3410 Critical social work 2 - community work: Context and practice
  • SWK3180 Supervised professional practice 1
  • one third-year arts unit

Fourth year

First semester

  • SWK4030 Human rights, law and ethics contexts for social work practice
  • SWK4031 Working with complexity
  • SWK4400 Social work leadership and policy
  • SWK4410 Community work: Theory and practice

Second semester

  • SWK4401 Critical social work 4 - individual, health and society: Context and practice
  • SWK4560 Supervised professional practice 2

* Requirements for majors/minors can vary. Students should refer to the 'Areas of study' section in the Arts section of this Handbook at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/aos/index-byfaculty-arts.html.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Social Work


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBA/BSW(Hons)
CRICOS code075621F
Total credit points required216
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT, 8 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield)
Off-campus (Caulfield)
Multi-modal (Caulfield)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3964
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9903 1047, email: social.work@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/bsw

Course coordinator

Dr Catherine Flynn

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • To complete the degree requirements within four years it is necessary for students to overload in year four (or part-time equivalent).
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements.

Description

This honours course allows students who are enrolled in the Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Social Work to undertake social work honours in the fourth year of the double degree. Entry to honours is by invitation to students who have achieved grades of at least distinction level in third year social work units.

The course aims to develop skills necessary for research by studying the methodological, theoretical and ethical issues that underpin social work research. Students are provided with the same learning and practice opportunities as students in the pass degree, however, the honours program also aims to reward academic excellence. Students in the honours program are expected to develop and complete a research project which will include a critical literature review, ethics approval where indicated and a 10,000-12,000 word thesis.

Outcomes

At the conclusion of the honours programs students will:

  • understand the theoretical, methodological and ethical issues that underpin research
  • understand how to undertake a research project and write a research report
  • understand the nature of the research process including the formulation of research questions and the development of an appropriate research methodology
  • be able to articulate a range of quantitative and qualitative research frameworks
  • be able to utilise data analysis methods associated with the various research frameworks
  • be able to develop a relevant ethics application
  • understand the structure needed to write a research report
  • have skills in presenting a research proposal to other students and staff and learning from the feedback received
  • have completed a thesis of approximately 10,000 words
  • be able to undertake further research in other contexts.

Credit for prior studies

Credit will be granted for units successfully completed in the first three years of the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Social Work.

Entry requirements

Entry to honours is by invitation to students who have achieved high grades in third year social work units.

Special requirements

Police and Working with Children Checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community-partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months..

Fieldwork

Fieldwork practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements. In the fieldwork setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the fieldwork component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the fieldwork component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a fieldwork practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Fieldwork expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during fieldwork placements.

Professional recognition

This course has been accredited by the Australian Association of Social Workers.

Structure

Students complete two semesters of study of 'the individual' (eg psychology, behavioural studies) and two semesters of 'society' (eg sociology, anthropology, gender studies, philosophy, politics, Australian studies and at least one unit in Australian Indigenous studies).

The course is undertaken in the following sequence:

(a.) first year is composed of seven arts and one social work unit

(b.) second year is composed of five arts units and three social work units

(c.) third year includes three arts units (which complete the major sequence); the rest are social work units (including the first field placement)

(d.) the final year is composed of social work units only, including the second field placement and the honours component.

Arts component

The arts component must include a major and minor study as follows:

  • arts discipline major (48 points)
  • arts discipline minor in a different area of study (24 points)
  • an additional arts discipline first-year sequence in a third area of study(12 points)
  • a further six points in arts units

Requirements for majors/minors can vary. Students should refer to the 'Areas of study' section in the Arts section of this Handbook at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/aos/index-byfaculty-arts.html.

Requirements

All social work units are compulsory core units.

First year

First semester
  • SWK1011 Introduction to human services practice
  • three first-year arts units
Second semester
  • four first-year arts units

Second year

First semester
  • SWK3220 Social work in society
  • SWK3230 Social work research
  • two second-year arts units
Second semester
  • SWK3440 Leadership in social work and human services
  • two second-year arts units
  • one second or third-year arts unit*

Third year

First semester
  • SWK3400 Critical social work 1 - individual and families: Context and theory
  • two third-year arts units
Second semester
  • SWK3410 Critical social work 2 - community work: Context and practice
  • SWK3180 Supervised professional practice 1
  • one third-year arts unit

Fourth year

First semester
  • SWK4001 Honours research methods
  • SWK4030 Human rights, law and ethics contexts for social work practice
  • SWK4032 Working with complexity: Honours
  • SWK4441 Social work leadership and social policy: Honours
  • SWK4410 Community work
Second semester
  • SWK4002 Honours project seminar
  • SWK4003 Honours dissertation
  • SWK4401 Critical social work 4 - individual, health and society: Context and practice
  • SWK4560 Supervised professional practice 2

Award(s)

Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Social Work (with Honours)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBBiomedSc
CRICOS code028805K
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT, 6 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2230
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9902 9400, email: biomed@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/biomed

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.

Description

The Bachelor of Biomedical Science provides a non-specialised degree in biomedical sciences leading to an honours program, or an in-depth specialised program in one area of biomedical science, through the selection of relevant elective units.

The course is designed as a series of interlinked and consecutive sequences of units. This allows students to readily acquire fluency and proficiency in the concepts, language and fundamentals of the biomedical sciences. The distinctive feature of this educational approach is that students are allowed some flexibility in their choice of units so that they are able to construct a sequence of studies suitable to their own requirements and career aspirations.

Each semester, students will receive more detailed information about all core and elective units from unit convenors and individual unit manuals. These manuals contain detailed information on teaching staff, contact persons, timetables, textbooks, reading guides, supplementary lecture material, details and weighting of assessment methods and procedures including some specific assessment dates. Manuals are available at the commencement of each semester.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, students will:

  • have acquired a basic knowledge of the biomedical sciences in a range of important multidisciplinary areas
  • have mastered the essential analytic procedures and method of written and oral communication relevant to the field of biomedical sciences
  • be graduates who are well prepared for potential employment opportunities in most facets of the health care and related industries
  • be well prepared to embark on further vocational training or postgraduate studies in the biomedical sciences or other discipline areas
  • have completed a degree which will have been as broadly-based or as specifically focused as each individual student requires
  • have received training relevant to a range of knowledge-intensive health care industries
  • understand the relationship of biomedical science to other areas of learning
  • have acquired skills in modern information technologies, which will enhance their effectiveness in employment as modern biomedical scientists
  • have been exposed to the research frontier at which advances in biomedical science are occurring
  • have an appreciation of the ethical and social attitudes and responsibilities which arise as a professional, practising biomedical scientist.

Structure

This course comprises core and elective units.

Requirements

First year

  • BMS1011 Biomedical chemistry
  • BMS1021 Cells, tissues and organisms
  • BMS1031 Medical biophysics
  • BMS1042 Biomedical sciences and society
  • BMS1052 Human neurobiology
  • BMS1062 Molecular biology
  • 12 points of electives from any faculty*

Second year

  • BMS2011 Structure of the human body: an evolutionary and functional perspective
  • BMS2021 Biochemistry in human function
  • BMS2031 Body systems
  • BMS2042 Human genetics
  • BMS2052 Microbes in health and disease
  • BMS2062 Introduction to bioinformatics
  • 12 points of electives from any faculty*

Third year

  • BMS3021 Molecular medicine and biotechnology
  • BMS3042 Biomedical basis of disease II
  • 24 points of level three electives from the biomedical science area**
  • 12-points of electives from any faculty*

* Up to six units may be taken from outside the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences. The faculties of Arts, Business and Economics, Engineering, Information Technology and Science offer units suitable as electives in various years of the program.

** Generally these units begin with the prefixes BCH, BME, BMS, BND, BNS, CEL, DEV, GEN, HUP, IMM, MIC, MIS, PHA and PHY.

Progression to further studies

An additional honours year is available to eligible students by completing course 3418 Honours degree of Bachelor of Biomedical Science.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Biomedical Science


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBBiomedSci(SchProg)
CRICOS code069435C
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3975
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9902 9400 Email: biomed@monash.edu Website: http://www.med.monash.edu.au/biomed

Course coordinator

Dr Yvonne Hodgson

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • With faculty approval, students may accelerate their studies and complete the course in less than three years.

Description

This degree is designed to provide a challenging course of study in biomedical science for high- achieving students. The program undertaken by each student will be planned according to student interest and with consideration of academic background.

Depending on prior experience and capabilities (such as previous tertiary study, including secondary school year 12 enhancement studies), students may be given exemptions from some core units, allowing them to accelerate their studies and compete the degree in less than three years. Students may also take additional units that enrich the study program while completing the degree in the three years (or four years if progressing to an additional honours degree).

Outcomes

On completion of this course, students will:

  • have completed an accelerated or enriched degree which will have been as broadly-based or as specifically focused as each individual student requires
  • have acquired a basic knowledge of the biomedical sciences in a range of important multidisciplinary areas
  • have mastered the essential analytic procedures and method of written and oral communication relevant to the field of biomedical sciences
  • be graduates who are well prepared for potential employment opportunities in most facets of the health care and related industries
  • be well prepared to embark on further vocational training or postgraduate studies in the biomedical sciences or other discipline areas
  • understand the relationship of biomedical science to other areas of learning
  • have acquired skills in modern information technologies, which will enhance their effectiveness in employment as modern biomedical scientists
  • have been exposed to the research frontier at which advances in biomedical science are occurring
  • have an appreciation of the ethical and social attitudes and responsibilities which arise as a professional, practising biomedical scientist.

Structure

With the assistance of an assigned mentor, an individual course of study will be devised for each student in this program. A sustained high level of achievement must be demonstrated throughout the course.

Requirements

First year

  • BMS1011 Biomedical chemistry
  • BMS1021 Cells, tissues and organisms
  • BMS1031 Medical biophysics
  • BMS1042 Biomedical sciences and society
  • BMS1052 Human neurobiology
  • BMS1062 Molecular biology
  • 12 points of elective units

Second year

  • BMS2011 Structure of the human body: an evolutionary and functional perspective
  • BMS2021 Biochemistry in human function
  • BMS2031 Body systems
  • BMS2042 Human genetics
  • BMS2052 Microbes in health and disease
  • BMS2062 Introduction to bioinformatics
  • 12 points of elective units

Third year

  • BMS3021 Molecular medicine and biotechnology
  • BMS3042 Biomedical basis of disease II
  • 24 points of level three electives from the biomedical science area**
  • 12 points of elective units

** Generally these units begin with the prefixes BCH, BME, BMS, BND, BNS, CEL, DEV, GEN, HUP, IMM, MIC, MIS, PHA and PHY.

Electives

The electives must include at least one of the following 'research in action' units in the second or third year of the course:

  • BCH3990 Action in biochemistry research project
  • DEV3990 Action in developmental biology research project
  • MIC3990 Action in microbiology research project
  • MIS3990 Action in stem cells research project
  • PHA3990 Action in pharmacology research project
  • PHY3990 Action in physiology research project

Minimum grade for course completion

Students in this course are required to maintain at least a distinction average (70 per cent) across their best 48 points in each calendar year to remain in, and to graduate with, the Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program). Students who do not meet this standard will be required to transfer to course 2230 Bachelor of Biomedical Science.

Progression to further studies

An additional honours year is available to eligible students by completing course 3418 Honours degree of Bachelor of Biomedical Science.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit with a Bachelor of Biomedical Science

Award(s)

Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBBiomedSciAdvHons
CRICOS code069436B
Total credit points required192
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3976
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9902 9400, email: biomed@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/biomed

Course coordinator

Dr Yvonne Hodgson

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Full-time study only

Description

This is a high-profile course designed for high- achieving students who expect to pursue honours studies and a career in biomedical research. It provides opportunities for students to develop research, communication and team-work skills during their undergraduate studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, students will:

  • have acquired a basic knowledge of the biomedical sciences in a range of important multidisciplinary areas
  • have mastered the essential analytical procedures and methods of written and oral communication relevant to the field of biomedical sciences
  • be graduates who are well prepared for potential employment opportunities in most facets of the health care and related industries
  • be well prepared to embark on further vocational training or postgraduate studies in the biomedical sciences or other discipline areas
  • have completed a degree which will have been as broadly-based or as specifically focused as each individual student requires
  • have received training relevant to a range of knowledge-intensive health care industries
  • understand the relationship of biomedical science to other areas of learning
  • have acquired skills in modern information technologies, which will enhance their effectiveness in employment as modern biomedical scientists
  • have been exposed to the research frontier at which advances in biomedical science are occurring
  • have an appreciation of the ethical and social attitudes and responsibilities, which arise as a professional, practicing biomedical scientist
  • have achieved honours-level research studies in biomedical science, with the potential for postgraduate study.

Credit for prior studies

Credit may be granted for prior academic work including:

  • university studies including year 12 enhancement studies
  • TAFE advanced certificates and associate diplomas
  • Open University studies.

The principal criteria used in determining credit are the standard and content of previous studies, the results achieved, and their relevance to the course. Credit will not normally be granted for studies completed more than 10 years ago.

Structure

With the assistance of an assigned mentor, an individual course of study will be devised for each student in this program. To be eligible to progress to the honours program students must have completed all core units, with a distinction grade average (70 percent) in at least 24 points of studies at level three.

Requirements

First year

  • BMS1011 Biomedical chemistry
  • BMS1021 Cells, tissues and organisms
  • BMS1031 Medical biophysics
  • BMS1042 Biomedical sciences and society
  • BMS1052 Human neurobiology
  • BMS1062 Molecular biology
  • 12 points of electives from any faculty*

Second year

  • BMS2011 Structure of the human body: an evolutionary and functional perspective
  • BMS2021 Biochemistry in human function
  • BMS2031 Body systems
  • BMS2042 Human genetics
  • BMS2052 Microbes in health and disease
  • BMS2062 Introduction to bioinformatics
  • 12 points of electives from any faculty*

Third year

  • BMS3021 Molecular medicine and biotechnology
  • BMS3042 Biomedical basis of disease II
  • 24 points of level three electives from the biomedical science area**
  • 12-points of electives from any faculty*

Fourth year

Full year units

  • BMS4100 Biomedical science research project
  • BMS4200 Advanced studies in biomedical science

Electives

The electives must include at least one of the following 'research in action' units in the second or third year of the course:

  • BCH3990 Action in biochemistry research project
  • DEV3990 Action in developmental biology research project
  • MIC3990 Action in microbiology research project
  • MIS3990 Action in stem cells research project
  • PHA3990 Action in pharmacology research project
  • PHY3990 Action in physiology research project

* Up to six units may be taken from outside the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences subject to prerequisite conditions and the teaching faculty permission.

** Biomedical Science electives include all level 3 units with the prefixes BCH, BME, BMS, BND, BNS, DEV, GEN, HUP, IMM, MIC, MIS, PHA and PHY.

Minimum grade for course completion

Students are required to maintain at least a distinction average (70 per cent) across their best 48 points in each calendar year to remain in the program. Students who do not meet this standard will be required to transfer to course 2230 Bachelor of Biomedical Science.

Progression to further studies

To be eligible to progress to the honours program students must have completed all core units, with a distinction grade average (70 percent) in at least 24 points of studies at level three.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit with a Bachelor of Biomedical Science

Award(s)

Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBBiomedSc/BE
CRICOS code056482C
Total credit points required252
Standard duration of study (years)5 years FT, 10 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3879
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9905 9712, email: biomed@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/biomed

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This is an accelerated course where you will be required to overload by 6 credit points per semester twice in the later stages of the degree in order to complete the degree in 5 years.

Description

The program introduces students to a range of interdisciplinary units covering areas of modern biomedical sciences, human biology and public health and develops a strong grounding in one of five branches of engineering. The strong research and design focus that is characteristic of the engineering programs combined with the interdisciplinary approach of the biomedical science component produces graduates in two disciplines who are able to make a unique contribution to both medical science and engineering.

Outcomes

On completion of the Bachelor of Biomedical Science and Bachelor of Engineering, students will have acquired a basic knowledge of:

  • the ethical standards and legal responsibilities to the community and the profession
  • the management of physical, human and financial resources associated with the practice of engineering
  • the constraints on engineering practice posed by economic factors, safety considerations and impact on the environment
  • the integration of concepts of safe design and practice in the solution of problems
  • a range of important multidisciplinary areas in the biomedical sciences
  • the research frontier at which advances in biomedical science are occurring
  • the relationship between biomedical science and engineering
  • the essential analytical procedures relevant to the field of biomedical sciences and engineering.

In addition, students will have developed general and professional skills in:

  • effective communication with peers, associates, clients and the general public
  • operating as an individual or as part of a team
  • integrating knowledge from different areas to synthesise a coherent approach to the solution of a problem
  • critical evaluation of assumptions and arguments
  • theoretical and numerical analysis to predict, design, control and optimise the performance of engineering systems.

Vacation employment/industrial experience

In order to fulfil the requirements of the various degree regulations and Engineers Australia, all engineering students must complete 12 weeks of approved engineering vacation employment and submit a report on that work. Such work is normally undertaken in the vacations between second and third years and/or between third and fourth years (but may also be taken between first and second years). Students who have completed all academic requirements for their degrees are not eligible to graduate until this vacation employment has been completed and a satisfactory report submitted.

Professional recognition

Graduates who complete the work experienced required by Engineers Australia are eligible for membership. For more information about professional recognition of Faculty of Engineering courses visit http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/undergrad/eng-03.html

Structure

Students will be able to combine a Bachelor of Biomedical Science with a Bachelor of Engineering in one of five disciplines (chemical, civil, electrical and computer systems, materials or mechanical engineering) and position themselves for careers in the biomedical engineering field. The total number of credit points required will depend on the stream of engineering completed.

The award of an honours degree in engineering is based on academic achievement.

Requirements

Elective units

Over the course of the double degree program, students must take at least two elective units at level three from the biomedical sciences areas (generally these units begin with the prefixes BCH, BME, BMS, BND, BNS, CEL, DEV, GEN, HUP, IMM, MIC, PHA and PHY).

Bachelor of Biomedical Sciences and Bachelor of Engineering in the field of chemical engineering

IMPORTANT NOTE: this is a new course structure for students entering the program from 2011 onwards. All students who entered the program prior to 2012 should refer to the Handbook for the year in which they commenced the course. Archived Handbooks are available at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/handbooks/archive.html. Please contact your course adviser if unsure of course progression

First year

Total 48 points

* Students requiring foundation studies must undertake this unit from this group of options.

Second year

  • BMS2021 Biochemistry in human function
  • BMS2042 Human genetics
  • ENG1060 Computing for engineers
  • CHE2161 Fluid mechanics
  • CHE2162 Material and energy balances
  • CHE2163 Heat and mass transfer
  • CHE2164 Engineering thermodynamics
  • CHM2735 Chemistry - principles and practice
  • ENG2091 Advanced engineering mathematics A,* or ENG2092 Advanced engineering mathematics B

Total 54 points

Third year

Total 48 points

Fourth year

  • BMS3042 Biomedical basis of disease 2
  • CHE3163 Sustainable processing 1
  • CHE3164 Reaction engineering
  • CHE3166 Process design,* or CHE3171 Bioprocess technology
  • CHE3167 Transport phenomena and numerical methods
  • CHE4161 Engineering in society
  • 12 points of electives from the biomedical science area

Total 48 points

Fifth year

  • CHE3171 Bioprocess technology, * or CHE4162 Particle technology
  • CHE4170 Design project (12 points)
  • CHE4171 Biochemical engineering
  • CHE4180 Chemical engineering project (12 points)
  • 12 points of electives from the biomedical science area

Total 48 points

Total 252 points: 18 points of common units; biomedical component 96 points; chemical engineering component 138 points.

Bachelor of Biomedical Sciences and Bachelor of Engineering in the field of civil engineering

First year

Total 48 points

* Students requiring foundation studies must undertake this unit from this group of options.

Second year

All students

  • BMS1042 Biomedical sciences and society
  • BMS1062 Molecular biology
  • BMS2011 Structure of the human body
  • BMS2021 Biochemistry of human function
  • CIV2225 Design of steel and timber structures
  • CIV2242 Introductory geoengineering
  • ENG2091 Advanced engineering mathematics A

In addition students complete units in one of the following streams as outlined below.

Forensic and biomechanics stream

  • CIV2206 Mechanics of solids
  • CIV2226 Design of concrete and masonry structures

Public health stream

Total 54 points

Third year

All students

  • BMS2031 Body systems
  • BMS2042 Human genetics
  • BMS2052 Microbes in health and disease
  • CIV2282 Transport and traffic engineering
  • CIV3221 Building structures and technology
  • CIV3248 Groundwater and environmental geoengineering

In addition students complete units in their chosen stream as outlined below.

Forensic and biomechanics stream

Total 48 points

Public health stream

Total 54 points

Fourth year

All students

  • BMS2062 Introduction to bioinformatics
  • BMS3021 Molecular medicine and biotechnology
  • CIV3222 Bridge design and assessment
  • CIV3247 Geoengineering
  • CIV3264 Urban water and wastewater systems
  • CIV3283 Road engineering

In addition students complete units in their chosen stream as outlined below.

Forensic and biomechanics stream

  • 6 point civil engineering elective from the list below
  • 12 points of electives from the biomedical science area

Total 54 points

Public health stream

  • CIV3205 Project management for civil engineers
  • 6 points of electives from the biomedical science area

Total 48 points

Fifth year

All students

  • BMS3042 Biomedical basis of disease 2
  • CIV4210 Project A
  • CIV4212 Civil engineering practice 4
  • 12 points of electives from the civil engineering list below

In addition students complete units in their chosen stream as outlined below.

* Students requiring foundation studies must undertake this unit from this group of options.

Forensic and biomechanics stream

  • CIV3205 Project management for civil engineers
  • 12 points of electives from the biomedical science area

Public health stream

  • 18 points of electives from the biomedical science area

Total 48 points

Civil engineering electives

Forensic and biomechanics stream

  • CIV3203 Civil engineering construction
  • CIV4234 Advanced structural analysis
  • CIV4249 Foundation engineering
  • CIV4261 Integrated urban water management
  • CIV4284 Transport systems

Public health stream

  • CIV3203 Civil engineering construction
  • CIV4248 Ground hazards and environmental geotechnics
  • CIV4261 Integrated urban water management
  • CIV4268 Water resources management

Total 252 points: biomedical component 108 points; civil engineering component 144 points

Bachelor of Biomedical Sciences and Bachelor of Engineering in the field of electrical and computer systems engineering)

First year

Total 48

* Students requiring foundation studies must undertake this unit from this group of options.

** Students commencing the course without VCE specialist mathematics or its equivalent, will have the co-requisite for this unit waived and will receive additional assistance.

Second year

  • BMS2011 Structure of the human body
  • BMS2021 Biochemistry of human function
  • ECE2011 Signal processing
  • ECE2021 Electromagnetism
  • ECE2031 Circuits and control
  • ECE2071 Computer organisation and programming
  • ECE2072 Digital systems
  • ENG2092 Advanced engineering mathematics B,* or biomedical engineering unit or ECSE elective

Total 48

Third year

Total 48

Fourth year

  • BMS3021 Molecular medicine and biotechnology
  • ECE3051 Electrical power engineering, or ECE3022 Wireless and guided electromagnetism
  • ECE3073 Computer systems, or ECE3062 Electronic systems and control
  • ECE3091 Engineering design
  • ECE3092 Systems engineering and reliability analysis
  • biomedical engineering unit or ECSE elective
  • 6 point elective from the electrical and computer systems engineering elective list
  • 12 points of electives from the biomedical science area

Total 54

Fifth year

  • BMS3042 Biomedical basis of disease 2
  • ECE3062 Electronic systems and control or ECE3073 Computer systems
  • ECE4094 Project A
  • ECE4095 Project B
  • ECE4099 Professional practice
  • biomedical engineering unit (if not already completed),*** or ECSE elective
  • 6 point electives from the electrical and computer systems list
  • 12 points of electives from the biomedical science area

*** If a biomedical engineering unit is not offered in a particular semester, then another ECSE elective may be taken subject to Head of Department approval.

Total 54

Biomedical engineering units

  • ECE4081 Medical instrumentation
  • ECE4084 Biomechanics of human musculo skeletal systems
  • ECE4086 Medical imaging technology
  • ECE4087 Medical technology innovation
  • ENG4700 Engineering technology for biomedical imaging and sensing

Total 252 points: 12 points of common units, biomedical component 96 points; electrical and computer systems engineering component 132 points.

Bachelor of Biomedical Sciences and Bachelor of Engineering in the field of materials engineering

Students are able to undertake level three and four materials engineering units at either third or fourth year.

First year

48 points

* Students requiring foundation studies must undertake this unit from this group of options.

Second year

  • BMS2011 Structure of the human body
  • BMS2021 Biochemistry of human function
  • BMS2062 Introduction to bioinformatics
  • ENG2091 Advanced engineering mathematics or ENG1060 Computing for engineering (if ENG2091 already completed)
  • MTE2541 Nanostructure of materials
  • MTE2542 Microstructural development
  • MTE2545 Polymers and ceramics I
  • MTE2547 Structure property relationships in materials

48 points

Third year

54 points

Fourth year

  • BMS3021 Molecular medicine and biotechnology
  • MTE3542 Microstructural design in structural materials
  • MTE3543 Microstructure to applications: The mechanics of materials
  • MTE3545 Functional materials and devices or MTE4596 Biomaterials II (if MTE3545 already taken)
  • MTE3546 Polymers and ceramics II
  • MTE3547 Materials characterisation and modelling
  • 18 points of electives from the biomedical science area

54 points

Fifth year

  • BMS3042 Biomedical basis of disease 2
  • MTE4525 Project I
  • MTE4526 Project II
  • MTE4571 Materials engineering design and practice
  • MTE4572 Polymer and composite processing and engineering
  • MTE4573 Processing and engineering of metals and ceramics
  • MTE4596 Biomaterials II or MTE4597 Nanomaterials (if MTE4596 already taken)
  • 6 point elective from the biomedical science area

48 points

Total 252 points: biomedical component 102/108 points; materials engineering component 150/144 points

Bachelor of Biomedical Sciences and Bachelor of Engineering in the field of mechanical engineering

First year

48 points

* Students requiring foundation studies must undertake this unit from this group of options.

Second year

54 points

Third year

  • BMS2052 Microbes in health and disease, or BMS2062 Introduction to bioinformatics (if BMS2052 already completed)
  • BMS2062 Introduction to bioinformatics, or 6 point elective from the biomedical science area (if BMS2062 already completed)
  • BMS3021 Molecular medicine and biotechnology
  • MEC2402 Engineering design I
  • MEC2403 Mechanics of materials
  • MEC2406 Engineering design II
  • MEC2407 Electromechanics
  • MEC3455 Solid mechanics
  • MEC3456 Engineering computational analysis

54 points

Fourth year

  • MEC3451 Fluid mechanics II
  • MEC3452 Design III
  • MEC3453 Dynamics II
  • MEC3454 Thermodynamics and heat transfer
  • MEC3457 Systems and control
  • MEC3458 Experimental project
  • 12 points of electives from the biomedical science area

48 points

Fifth year

  • BMS3042 Biomedical basis of disease 2
  • 6 point elective from the biomedical science area, or one 6 point mechanical engineering elective from the list below (if no foundation unit was required)
  • MEC4401 Project I
  • MEC4402 Project II
  • MEC4404 Professional practice
  • 6 point mechanical engineering elective from the list below
  • 12 points of electives from the biomedical science area

Mechanical engineering electives

48 points

Total 252 points: biomedical component 108 points; mechanical engineering component 144 points

Progression to further studies

Graduates who complete the work experienced required by Engineers Australia are eligible for membership. For more information about professional recognition of Faculty of Engineering courses visit http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/undergrad/eng-03.html

Award(s)

Bachelor of Engineering
Bachelor of Biomedical Science
Bachelor of Engineering in the field of Chemical Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering in the field of Civil Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering in the field of Electrical and Computer Systems
Bachelor of Engineering in the field of Materials Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering in the field of Mechanical Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering (with Honours) in the field of Chemical Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering (with Honours) in the field of Civil Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering (with Honours) in the field of Electrical and Computer Systems
Bachelor of Engineering (with Honours) in the field of Materials Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering (with Honours) in the field of Mechanical Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering (with Honours)

Where more than one award is listed for one or both components of the double degree the actual award(s) conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBEmergHealth(Pmed)
CRICOS code075118K
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT, 6 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3445
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9904 4327; email: enquiries.paramedics@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/beh

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course requires study of a clinical practice unit in the summer semester between second and third year
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements

Description

This course prepares students for potential employment as paramedics in ambulance and community-based emergency health services (CBEH). Paramedics provide unscheduled health care for individuals experiencing a health emergency in the community. Paramedics initiate care and determine appropriate referral of patients to enable continuing care needs. A paramedic is also required to work with other emergency services to respond to mass casualty incidents in a range of situations.

Outcomes

A graduate of the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) will be expected to demonstrate the generic attributes of a Monash graduate, the specific attributes expected by the industry and the profession, and to have the ability to adapt to change and develop their career as leaders while making a contribution to the community-based emergency health services. The objectives of the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) have been classified according to the themes of the course. The five themes within the course are:

  • personal and professional development
  • population health and illness in society
  • foundations of the paramedic clinician
  • community-based emergency health in integrated health and emergency systems
  • science, knowledge and evidence.

On successful completion of the course the student will be expected to demonstrate all attributes within these themes.

Special requirements

Medical and fitness assessment

Students must complete a medical and fitness assessment. This is a prerequisite for clinical placements offered by Victorian ambulance services.

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain police checks prior to commencing their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Fieldwork

Clinical practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus rural and metropolitan clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the clinical component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Clinical expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during clinical placement. Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding costs and purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Structure

This course comprises 24 compulsory units, including one unit taken over the summer semester between second and third year.

Requirements

Students must complete all units, except when credit is granted.

First year

First semester

  • BEH1041 Human development and health across the lifespan
  • IPE1011 Foundations of health in primary clinical care
  • BMA1901 Human structure and function 1
  • BEH1011 Clinical concepts of paramedic practice

Second semester

  • BEH1102 Clinical concepts of paramedic practice 2
  • BEH1022 Pharmacotherapy in community-based emergency health
  • BMA1902 Human structure and function 2
  • NUR1202 Legal issues and concepts

Second year

First semester

  • BEH2011 Professionalism and community based emergency health systems
  • BEH2021 Evidence based practice, research and population health within community based emergency health services
  • SRH3001 Rural health issues 1: Health in the rural context
  • BEH1041 Human development and health across the lifespan

Second semester

  • BEH2012 Paramedic management of cardiac and respiratory conditions
  • BEH2022 Paramedic management of trauma and environmental conditions

Summer semester

  • BEH2032 Paramedic clinical practice 1

Third year

First semester

  • BEH3011 Paramedic management of medical conditions
  • BEH3021 Paramedic management of health conditions at life stages
  • BEH3031 Paramedic clinical practice 2
  • BEH3051 Paramedic management of mental health

Second semester

  • BEH3012 Clinical education, leadership and emergency preparedness
  • BEH3022 Research and contemporary challenges in community based emergency health
  • BEH3032 Paramedic management of critical care specialty situations
  • BEH3042 Advanced paramedic clinical practice 3

Award(s)

Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBHP
CRICOS code075116A
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT, 6 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Berwick)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/4505
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9903 1680, email: healthsocialscience@med.monash.edu.au

Course coordinator

Belinda Crockett

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements

Description

The Bachelor of Health Promotion (BHP) is a three-year, full-time course offered at the Berwick campus. The course equips students to develop and manage health promotion initiatives, to prevent disease and promote well-being, in a range of organisations and contexts. Foundation learning addresses public health principles and priorities, the determinants of health, measuring health in populations, the health system, and health promotion strategies.

Students develop skills in program management, evaluation, policy analysis, community development, health communication and education. Learning is built upon an analysis of current health issues and health promotion strategies in Australia and globally. This will provide students with a solid foundation for a career in the wide range of public and private sector organisations working to improve health.

Outcomes

Graduates of the Bachelor of Health Promotion should be capable of demonstrating the ability to

  • access, select, critically appraise, interpret and apply best available evidence to inform policy and practice
  • reflect critically upon their practice and identify strategies for professional enhancement
  • work independently or as part of a team and to practice in an interdisciplinary environment with appreciation of the roles of professionals in related fields and an understanding of the strengths, limitations and complementarity of various paradigms and methods as they apply in health promotion practice, evaluation and research
  • build inter-sectoral coalitions and strategic alliances and work collaboratively in partnerships with other health professionals, consumers, communities, and organisations across multiple sectors to advance population health
  • apply principles and processes of program, project and service planning and management, including design, implementation, evaluation and dissemination, use of information systems, ethical issues, resource allocation, capacity building, knowledge sharing and sustainability
  • design effective health promoting interventions for communities, organisations and populations using theory and evidence to guide the selection of strategies and measurement of outcomes
  • recognise local, national and global disparities in health status and the determinants of inequity
  • identify the scope, role and functions of health promotion in relation to the health system, other sectors and to the wider society
  • demonstrate respect for social and cultural diversity underpinned by a concern for equity, equality, humanity and social justice and this includes respect for and integration of Indigenous ways of knowing into programs, services and public health policies
  • demonstrate and articulate an understanding of the role and principles of advocacy in achieving individual and community empowerment as well as promoting improved health and wellbeing outcomes
  • communicate effectively with a variety of audiences using the media, advanced technologies and community networks
  • conduct ethically sound health and social research with policy and practice relevance

Credit for prior studies

Credit may be granted for completed units of study in a relevant TAFE Diploma of Population.

Effective from Semester 2, 2012, students completing the Diploma of Community Development from Chisholm Institute are eligible to apply for direct entry into the course with up to 48 points of credit.

Maximum credit allowed

The maximum achievable credit will be 60 credit points for students who have completed a relevant TAFE Diploma.

Recognition of prior learning

Students who have already completed some tertiary study will be eligible for advanced standing for units substantially equivalent to units included in this degree.

Police and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host community placements require students to have current police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students will be required to obtain these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community-partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Health requirements

In order to meet health requirements for working in the healthcare facilities and for the protection of other students, and themselves, students may need to comply with certain precautionary procedures. These may consist of confidential tests for immune status (including blood tests and skin tests), receiving vaccines and having x-rays where the evidence indicates that these are appropriate.

Vaccinations

The faculty recommends that all students accept responsibility for having up-to-date immunisations before commencing this course. Recommended immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella, tuberculosis and hepatitis B.

Fieldwork

In the fieldwork setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the fieldwork component of each unit.

Professional recognition

Graduates of this course are eligible to join the Public Health Association of Australia and the Australian Health Promotion Association.

Structure

The course comprises:

(a.) Health science/health promotion core units (72 points)

(b.) Electives at first, second and third year level (36 points)

(c.) A maximum of eight first year level units (48 points)

(d.) A minimum of 36 credit points at third year

(e.) A total of 144 credit points (24 units)

Requirements

Core units:

Year 1

Semester one

  • HSC1081 Foundations of public health
  • HSC1082 Population health
  • HSC1101 Biological bases of health and disease 1
  • one first-year level elective

Semester two

  • HSC1052 Health and social care systems and policy
  • HSC1072 Health promotion 1
  • HSC1102 Biological bases of health and disease 2
  • one first-year elective

Year 2

Semester one

  • HSC2052 Health and social care systems and policy 2
  • HSC2092 Community development and partnerships
  • HSC2062 Communicating health
  • one second-year level elective

Semester two

  • HSC2022 Culture, society and health
  • HSC2142 Research methods in the health sciences
  • HSC2051 Health program planning
  • one second-year level elective

Year 3

Semester one

  • HSC3061 Health program evaluation
  • HSC3072 Health policy and politics
  • HSC3052 Health promotion in primary and clinical settings
  • one third-year level elective

Semester two

  • HSC3002 Health for all in a global world
  • HSC3011 Contemporary health challenges
  • HSC3082 Health program practicum
  • one third-year level elective

Elective Options

Students are given the opportunity to select complementary studies and/or pursue academic interests from across the School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine, the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences and the wider university.

Students will be encouraged to explore opportunities to undertake relevant elective studies from other Faculties, including Education, Arts and Business and Economics.

Areas of Study

Award(s)

Bachelor of Health Promotion


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBHSc
CRICOS code068365J
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT, 6 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3882
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9903 1657, email: healthsocialscience@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/healthsciences/

Course coordinator

Associate Professor Catherine Joyce

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus site visits and fieldwork placements.

Description

NOTE: This course has had one or more changes made to it since publication on 1 October 2011. For details of change/s, please consult the change register at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/2012-change-register.html.

The Bachelor of Health Science is a multidisciplinary flexible degree that provides students with opportunities to choose pathways in public health/health promotion programs and policy, and public health sciences, leading to a wide range of careers. It also provides a pathway to postgraduate clinical programs (eg medicine, social work, nursing and allied health) as well as honours and higher degrees by research. This course offers learning that encompasses the biomedical and social aspects of health, including the physiology of disease, epidemiology, health care systems, health promotion, policy analysis and health sociology. The course has a global orientation, examining Australian and international health challenges. Graduates will be able to undertake roles as health policy and health promotion practitioners or to move into clinical or public health research. Employment may be found in hospitals and community health organisations, government health departments, non-government health agencies and research centres. Students may also take the course as a preparation for graduate study in medicine, nursing or allied health.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this course, it is expected that the student will be able to:

  • demonstrate the knowledge, skills and technical competency appropriate for an entry level practitioner in public health
  • conduct research; and access, critically appraise and apply the best available evidence to the professional practice of public health
  • demonstrate knowledge and skills in the development, implementation and evaluation of public health policy and programs
  • display an in-depth understanding of social and cultural diversity and the skills and resources required for working across diverse populations in global and Australian contexts
  • demonstrate awareness of equity, human rights and social justice in relation to health in Australian and international contexts
  • demonstrate awareness of the determinants of illness, health and wellbeing
  • integrate knowledge of relevant public policy and health and social care systems into practice
  • demonstrate critical awareness of the role of health and social care systems in relation to population health and wellbeing
  • demonstrate professional skills such as, critical thinking, problem-solving, effective communication, operating from an ethical framework, and a commitment to life-long learning

Special requirements

Police and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students will be required to obtain these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community-partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Health requirements

In order to meet health requirements for working in the healthcare facilities and for the protection of other students, and themselves, students may need to comply with certain precautionary procedures. These may consist of confidential tests for immune status (including blood tests and skin tests), receiving vaccines and having x-rays where the evidence indicates that these are appropriate.

Vaccinations

The faculty recommends that all students accept responsibility for having up-to-date immunisations before commencing this course. Recommended immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella, tuberculosis and hepatitis B.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements. In the fieldwork setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the fieldwork component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the fieldwork component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a fieldwork practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Fieldwork expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during fieldwork placements.

Professional recognition

Graduates of this course are eligible to join the Public Health Association of Australia, the Australian Health Promotion Association and the Australian Epidemiology Association.

Structure

This course comprises:

(a.) health science core units (78 points)

(b.) units in a health science major sequence (36 points)

(c.) electives at first, second and third-year level (36 points)

(d.) a maximum of eight first-year level units (48 points)

(e.) a minimum of 36 points at third-year level including those completed in the major

Health science major

Majors are available in:

  • clinical and public health sciences
  • health programs and policy.

Electives

Electives may be taken from the lists of major sequence units provided and/or from anywhere in the University. Electives must be taken at first, second and third year.

Requirements

Core units

First year

Semester one

  • HSC1061 Data evidence and critical thinking in health
  • HSC1081 Foundations of public health
  • HSC1101 Biological bases of health and disease 1
  • one first-year level elective

Semester two

  • HSC1052 Health and social care systems and policy
  • HSC1102 Biological bases of health and disease 2
  • HSC1112 Global health: Opportunities and challenges
  • one first-year level elective

Second year

Semester one

  • HSC2141 Analysing patterns of health and disease
  • HSC2101 Health promotion: global and local
  • one major sequence unit
  • one second-year level elective

Semester two

  • HSC2022 Culture, society and health
  • HSC2142 Research methods in the health sciences
  • one major sequence unit
  • one second-year level elective

Third year

Semester one

  • HSC3041 Disease prevention and control
  • two major sequence units
  • one third-year level elective

Semester two

  • HSC3002 Health for all in a global world
  • two major sequence units
  • one third-year level elective

Major sequences

Students select six units from one of the following streams.

Health programs and policy

  • HSC2051 Health program planning*
  • HSC2052 Health and social care systems and policy 2
  • HSC2062 Communicating health *
  • HSC2092 Community development and partnerships
  • HSC3011 Contemporary health challenges
  • HSC3052 Health promotion in primary and clinical settings
  • HSC3061 Health promotion evaluation *
  • HSC3072 Health policy and politics*
  • HSC3082 Health program and practicum*

* This unit is compulsory in a health programs and policy major.

Clinical and public health sciences

  • BIO1011 Biology 1
  • BIO1022 Biology 2
  • HSC2102 Introduction to clinical research
  • HSC2111 Treatments and technologies**
  • HSC3102 Environmental determinants of health and disease**
  • HSC3131 Quantitative research design and methodology **
  • MTH2222 Mathematics of uncertainty
  • PHY2021 Body systems physiology
  • one or more of MTH1010 Functions and their applications, MTH1020 Analysis of change, MTH1030 Techniques for modelling
  • one second-year level unit from the health program and policy major
  • one third-year level unit from the health program and policy major

** This unit is compulsory in a clinical and public health sciences major.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Health Science


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBHSc/BBus
CRICOS code072838B
Total credit points required192
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT, 8 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/4503
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9903 1657, email: healthsocialscience@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/healthsci/

Course coordinator

Associate Professor Catherine Joyce

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements

Description

This flexible, four-year Bachelor of Helath Science and Bachelor of Business degree takes a unique, international approach to health sciences and reflects existing and projected demands for the current and future multidisciplinary, multi-skilled workforce in Australia and internationally. The degree combines the strengths of business theory and skills and with theory and skills in public health. With work experience post-graduation, BHSc/BBus graduates are expected to find employment in a wide range of settings which require a public health management, marketing, or economics focus.

Outcomes

The course's learning outcomes are dependent upon these core studies across the four years of the course. They are enhanced and enriched by complementary major sequences, and individual elective choices.

However, at a minimum, the Bachelor of Health Science / Bachelor of Business aims to develop graduates who will:

(1.) be critical and creative scholars who:

  • produce innovative solutions to problems
  • apply research skills to business and health challenges
  • communicate effectively and perceptively

(2.) be responsible and effective global citizens who:

  • engage in an internationalised world
  • exhibit cross cultural competence
  • demonstrate ethical values

(3.) have a comprehensive understanding of their discipline and be able to provide discipline-based solutions relevant to the business, professional and public policy communities that we serve

(4.) have a well-developed understanding of multidisciplinary decision-making in systems and organisations

(5.) achieve a broad education based on independent learning, critical thinking, problem-solving and evaluation.

Please see the Handbook entries for the two single degrees for more detail of the course objectives. These are available at:

Special Requirements

Police and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police and Working with Children checks prior to participating in practical units. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually. However, in some community-partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Health requirements

In order to meet health requirements for working in the healthcare facilities and for the protection of other students, and themselves, students may need to comply with certain precautionary procedures. These may consist of confidential tests for immune status (including blood tests and skin tests), receiving vaccines and having x-rays where the evidence indicates that these are appropriate.

Vaccinations

The Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences recommends that all students accept responsibility for having up-to-date immunisations before commencing this course. Recommended immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella, tuberculosis and hepatitis B.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork practice units

This course requires certain students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements. In the fieldwork setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the fieldwork component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the fieldwork component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a fieldwork practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Professional recognition

This double degree with relevant units is recognised by the following legal entities:

  • Australian Institute of Management
  • Australian Marketing Institute
  • Financial Services Institute of Australasia
  • CPA Australia
  • Risk Management Institute of Australasia
  • The Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC)
  • Public Health Association of Australia
  • Australian Health Promotion Association
  • Australian Epidemiology Association.

Professional recognition may be dependent upon work experience requirements and the correct choice of units.

Details of educational requirements for professional recognition can be found at: http://www.buseco.monash.edu.au/asg/cds/publications/professional-recognition.html

Structure

The Bachelor of Health Science/Bachelor of Business includes:

  • 16 units (96 points) from the Faculty of Business and Economics in the Bachelor of Business component at the Caulfield campus
  • 16 units (96 points) from the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences in the Bachelor of Health Science component at the Caulfield campus

In order to meet the requirements for the Bachelor of Health Science/Bachelor of Business degree, a student must complete:

(a.) health science core units (60 points)

(b.) units in a health science major sequence (36 points)

(c.) business core units (36 points)

(d.) units in a business major sequence (48 points)

(e.) BBus electives at second and/or third-year level (12 points)

(f.) a minimum of 36 points at third-year-level including those completed in the major

(g.) a total of 192 points (32 units).

Candidates may complete a second major or a second minor sequence from disciplines offered by the school or from other faculties or schools.

Students are excluded from undertaking MTH1010 as it is equivalent to the maths entry required for the degree.

Health science major

A health science major sequence requires the completion of a minimum of 36 points. Majors are available in:

  • clinical and public health sciences
  • health programs and policy.

Business major

A business major sequence requires the completion of a minimum of 48 points. Majors are available in:

  • accounting
  • banking and finance
  • business law
  • econometrics
  • economics
  • human resource management
  • management
  • marketing.

BBus electives

BBus electives may be taken from the lists of major sequence units provided. Electives must be taken at second and/or third year level.

Requirements

Students complete the following units:

Core units

First year

Semester one
  • HSC1061 Data evidence and critical thinking in health
  • HSC1081 Foundations of public health
  • AFF1000 Principles of accounting and finance
  • BTF1010 Commercial law
Semester two
  • HSC1052 Health and social care systems and policy
  • HSC1112 Global health: opportunities and challenges
  • MGF1010 Introduction to management
  • MKF1120 Marketing theory and practice

Second year

Semester one
  • HSC1101 Biological bases of health and disease 1
  • HSC2141 Analysing patterns of health and disease
  • ECF1100 Microeconomics
  • ETX1100 Business statistics
Semester two
  • HSC1102 Biological bases of health and disease 2
  • HSC2022 Culture, society and health
  • BHSc major sequence unit 1
  • BBus major sequence unit 1

Third Year

Semester one
  • HSC2101 Health promotion: global and local
  • BHSc major sequence unit 2
  • BBus major sequence unit 2
  • BBus elective 1
Semester two
  • HSC3002 Health for all in a global world
  • BHSc major sequence unit 3
  • BBus major sequence unit 3
  • BBus elective 2

Fourth Year

Semester one
  • BHSc major sequence unit 4
  • BBus major sequence unit 4
  • BHSc major sequence unit 5
  • BBus major sequence unit 5
Semester two
  • BHSc major sequence unit 6
  • BBus major sequence unit 6
  • BBus major sequence unit 7
  • BBus major sequence unit 8

Health science major sequences

Health programs and policy

  • HSC2051 Health program planning*
  • HSC2052 Health and social care systems and policy 2
  • HSC2092 Community development and partnerships
  • HSC2062 Communicating health*
  • HSC3011 Contemporary health challenges
  • HSC3052 Health promotion in primary and clinical settings
  • HSC3061 Health program evaluation*
  • HSC3082 Health program practicum*
  • HSC3072 Health policy and politics*

* This unit is compulsory in a health programs and policy major.

Clinical and public health sciences

  • HSC2111 Treatments and technologies*
  • HSC2102 Clinical epidemiology
  • HSC2142 Research methods in the health sciences
  • HSC3001 Health, law and ethics
  • HSC3041 Disease prevention and control
  • HSC3102 Environmental determinants of health and disease*
  • HSC3131 Quantitative research design and analysis*
  • HSC3141 Fundamentals of health service management
  • HSC3142 Health economics
  • PHY2021 Body systems physiology
  • BIO1011 Biology 1
  • BIO1011 Biology 2
  • MTH2222 Mathematics of uncertainty
  • one or more of: MTH1010 Functions and their applications, MTH1020 Analysis of change, MTH1030 Techniques for modelling
  • one unit from the health program and policy major (second year level)
  • one unit from the health program and policy major (third year level)

* This unit is compulsory in a clinical and public health sciences major.

Business major sequences

Accounting

(a.) The following six units:

  • AFF1000 Principles of accounting and finance
  • AFF1121 Introduction to financial accounting
  • AFF2391 Cost information for decision making
  • AFF2491 Company reporting
  • AFF3431 Performance measurement and control
  • AFF3491 Advanced financial accounting theory and practice

(b.) two units from the following list:

  • AFF2631 Financial management
  • AFF2851 Accounting information systems and financial modelling
  • AFF3511 Strategic management accounting
  • AFF3631 Auditing and assurance
  • AFF3791 Comparative international accounting
  • AFF3851 Advanced accounting information systems and financial modelling
  • AFX3551 International study program in accounting
  • BTF2220 Corporations law and trusts
  • BTF3931 Taxation law
  • ECF1200 Macroeconomics
  • ETX2121 Data analysis in business

Banking and finance

(a.) The following six units:

  • AFF1300 Money and capital markets
  • AFF2401 Commercial banking and finance
  • AFF2631 Financial management
  • AFF3121 Investments and portfolio management
  • AFF3841 Lending decisions
  • MGX3100 Management ethics and corporate governance

(b.) two units from the following list:

  • AFF2701 Equity markets
  • AFF2851 Accounting information systems and financial modelling
  • AFF3111 Personal financial planning
  • AFF3301 Money market operations
  • AFF3331 International banking and finance, or AFX3871 International study program in banking and finance
  • AFF3351 Investment banking
  • AFF3651 Treasury management
  • AFF3751 Futures and options markets
  • BTF2601 Banking law
  • ECF1200 Macroeconomics
  • ECF2331 Macroeconomic and monetary policy
  • ETF3300 Quantitative methods for financial markets
  • ETX2121 Data analysis in business

Business law

(a.) The following two units:

(b.) six units from the following list:

Econometrics

(a.) At least two of the following three units:

(b.) six units from the following list:

  • ETF2480 Business modelling
  • ETF2700 Mathematics for business
  • ETF3200 Quantitative business analysis
  • ETF3300 Quantitative methods for financial markets
  • ETF3480 Optimisation for managers
  • ETF3500 Survey data analysis
  • ETF3600 Quantitative methods for business research
  • ETX3231 Business forecasting

Economics

(a.) The following six units:

(b.) two units from the following list:

Human resource management

(a.) The following six units:

  • MGF1010 Introduction to management
  • MGF2341 Managing employee relations
  • MGF2661 Human resource management
  • MGF3430 International human resource management
  • MGF3881 Current issues in human resource management
  • MGX3441 Human resource strategy

(b.) two units from the following list:

Management

(a.) The following six units:

(b.) two units from the following list:

  • MGF2341 Managing employee relations
  • MGF2511 Managing quality, innovation and knowledge
  • MGF2661 Human resource management
  • MGF3361 Performance management
  • MGF3381 Managing information systems
  • MGF3681 International management
  • MGX3771 Operations management
  • MGX3991 Leadership principles and practices

Marketing

(a.) The following seven units:

(b.) one additional unit from the level two and three units offered by the Department of Marketing at the Caulfield campus. The unit BTF3181 (Marketing law) may also be chosen as part of the marketing major in this degree.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Business
Bachelor of Health Science


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBHlthSci/BSW
CRICOS code075624C
Total credit points required192
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3870
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9903 1657, email: healthsocialscience@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/healthsciences

Course coordinator

Catherine Joyce

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Full-time study only
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements.

Description

NOTE: This course has had one or more changes made to it since publication on 1 October 2011. For details of change/s, please consult the change register at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/2012-change-register.html.

This course equips students for careers in social work with specialised knowledge of the health and social care system.

All students undertake a foundation year in applied, social and health sciences. Study covers areas of research, communication, health systems, health promotion, and the determinants of health. Later-year core units include studies in epidemiology and public health, indigenous health and wellbeing, and health promotion, plus social work subjects.

Although the course is principally intended to prepare graduates for a career in social work, the health science major sequence completed by all students also provides a grounding in health promotion and community development and partnerships, and expands career options.

Outcomes

On completion of this course students should be able to:

  • access, select, critically appraise, interpret and apply best available evidence to inform policy and practice
  • demonstrate understandings of human rights, justice and equity frameworks as tools for evaluating the effectiveness of public policy, programs and practice
  • describe the structure, function and biology of the human body, and explain the interface between disease processes and strategies for prevention and management
  • recognise local, national and global disparities in health status and the determinants of inequity
  • design effective health promoting interventions for communities, organisations and populations using theory and evidence to guide the selection of strategies and measurement of outcomes
  • build intersectoral coalitions and strategic alliances and work collaboratively in partnerships with other health professionals, consumers, communities, and organisations across multiple sectors to advance population health
  • demonstrate respect for diversity underpinned by a concern for equity, equality, humanity and social justice
  • interact sensitively, effectively, and in a professional manner with individuals and communities regardless of age, gender, cultural/ socioeconomic/educational/racial/ethnic background, or lifestyle preferences
  • integrate the principles and provisions of Indigenous ways of knowing and cultural safety into public health policies, program and services
  • demonstrate appropriate oral, written and IT skills, including the ability to present coherent arguments, negotiate effectively and manage conflict
  • understand and critically analyse the historical, political and social context of the social services
  • have an understanding of and be able to critically analyse the nature and role of social work, its values, ethical base, and sources of knowledge
  • understand, critically analyse, and apply a variety of social work theories and models of intervention to the solution of individual, family and community problems
  • understand and be able to apply an understanding of factors affecting people's functioning - their life stage, health, and mental health - to the solution of their problems
  • understand the organisational context of human services, how this affects the workings of human services, and how to develop and change organisations
  • have a beginning understanding of the processes of planning and evaluating the effectiveness of human services
  • demonstrate the skills to function as a graduate in employment in the human services
  • demonstrate understanding of themselves as individuals and as professionals, critically analyse the way their experiences can affect their work with clients, learn to handle these constructively, and learn to use their personal capacities effectively in helping clients resolve problems.

Special requirements

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community-partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months

Health requirements

In order to meet health requirements for working in the healthcare facilities and for the protection of other students, and themselves, students may need to comply with certain precautionary procedures. These may consist of confidential tests for immune status (including blood tests and skin tests), receiving vaccines and having x-rays where the evidence indicates that these are appropriate.

Vaccinations

The faculty recommends that all students accept responsibility for having up-to-date immunisations before commencing this course. Recommended immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella, tuberculosis and hepatitis B.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements. In the fieldwork setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the fieldwork component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the fieldwork component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a fieldwork practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Fieldwork expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during fieldwork placement. Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Professional recognition

This course is accredited by the Australian Association of Social Workers.

Structure

The normal pattern of study is 24 points per semester. Depending on the point value of units, this may equate to three or four units per semester, or in semesters where a field placement is undertaken, this is reduced to two units plus the placement.

The course is undertaken in the following sequence:

  • first year is comprised of health science units only
  • second year is comprised of five health science units and three social work units
  • third year includes three health science units (these complete the health science major sequence); the remainder are social work units (including the first field placement)
  • the final year is comprised of social work units only, including the second field placement.

All units are compulsory.

Requirements

First year

Semester one

  • HSC1061 Data, evidence and critical thinking
  • HSC1101 Biological basis of health and disease 1
  • PSY1011 Psychology 1A
  • SWK1011 Introduction to human services practice

Semester two

  • HSC1052 Health and social care systems and policy
  • HSC1081 Foundations of public health
  • HSC1102 Biological basis of health and disease 2
  • HSC1112 Global health: Opportunities and challenges

Second year

Semester one

Semester two

  • HSC2022 Culture, society and health
  • HSC2051 Health program planning
  • HSC2141 Analysing patterns of health and disease
  • HSC3002 Health for all in a global world

Third Year

Semester one

  • HSC2062 Communicating health
  • HSC3011 Contemporary health challenges
  • SWK3400 Critical social work 1 - Individual and families: Context and practice

Semester two

  • SWK3180 Supervised professional practice 1
  • SWK3410 Critical social work 2: Community work, context and practice
  • SWK3440 Leadership in social work and human services

Fourth year

Semester one

  • SWK4030 Human rights, law and ethics contexts for social work practice
  • SWK4031 Working with complexity
  • SWK4400 Critical social work 3 - Group work: Context and practice
  • SWK4450 Social policy and social justice

Semester two

  • SWK4401 Critical social work 4 - Individual, health and society: Context and practice
  • SWK4560 Supervised professional practice 2

Award(s)

Bachelor of Social Work
Bachelor of Health Science


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBHSc/BSW(Hons)
CRICOS code075622E
Total credit points required216
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT, 8 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield)
Off-campus (Caulfield)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3965
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9903 2610, email: social.work@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/bsw

Course coordinator

Dr Catherine Flynn

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Four years full-time. To complete the degree requirements within four years it is necessary for students to overload in year four (or part-time equivalent).
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements.

Description

This honours course allows students who are enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science and Bachelor of Social Work (course 3870) to undertake social work honours in the fourth year of the double degree. Entry to honours is by invitation to students who have achieved grades of at least distinction level in third year social work units.

The course aims to develop skills necessary for research by studying the methodological, theoretical and ethical issues that underpin social work research. Students are provided with the same learning and practice opportunities as students in the pass degree; however, the honours program also aims to reward academic excellence. Students in the honours program are expected to develop and complete a research project which will include a critical literature review, ethics approval where indicated, and a 10,000-12,000 word thesis.

Outcomes

At the conclusion of the honours programs students will:

  • understand the theoretical, methodological and ethical issues that underpin research
  • understand how to undertake a research project and write a research report
  • understand the nature of the research process including the formulation of research questions and the development of an appropriate research methodology
  • be able to articulate a range of quantitative and qualitative research frameworks
  • be able to utilise data analysis methods associated with the various research frameworks
  • be able to develop a relevant ethics application
  • understand the structure needed to write a research report
  • have skills in presenting a research proposal to other students and staff and learning from the feedback received
  • have completed a thesis of approximately 10,000 words
  • be able to undertake further research in other contexts.

Credit for prior studies

Credit will be granted for units successfully completed in the first three years of the Bachelor of Health Science and Bachelor of Social Work.

Entry requirements

Students must have successfully completed the first three years of the Bachelor of Health Science and Bachelor of Social Work with a distinction average in third year units in the Bachelor of Social Work component.

Special requirements

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community-partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months

Health requirements

In order to meet health requirements for working in the healthcare facilities and for the protection of other students, and themselves, students may need to comply with certain precautionary procedures. These may consist of confidential tests for immune status (including blood tests and skin tests), receiving vaccines and having x-rays where the evidence indicates that these are appropriate.

Vaccinations

The faculty recommends that all students accept responsibility for having up-to-date immunisations before commencing this course. Recommended immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella, tuberculosis and hepatitis B.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements. In the fieldwork setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the fieldwork component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the fieldwork component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a fieldwork practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Fieldwork expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during fieldwork placements.

Professional recognition

This course is accredited by the Australian Association of Social Workers.

Structure

This course comprises compulsory social work units in addition to the required number and sequence of health science units. Students undertake the core social work honours units in the final year.

Requirements

First year

Semester one

  • HSC1061 Data, evidence and critical thinking
  • HSC1101 Biological basis of health and disease 1
  • PSY1011 Psychology 1A
  • SWK1011 Introduction to human services practice

Semester two

  • HSC1052 Health and social care systems and policy
  • HSC1082 Foundations of Public Health
  • HSC1102 Biological basis of health and disease 2
  • HSC1112 Global health: Opportunities and challenges

Second year

Semester one

Semester two

  • HSC2022 Culture, society and health
  • HSC2051 Health program planning
  • HSC2052 Health and social care systems and policy 2
  • HSC3002 Health for all in a Global World

Third Year

Semester one

  • HSC2062 Communicating health
  • HSC3011 Contemporary health challenges
  • SWK3400 Critical Social work 1 - Individual & Families: Context and practice

Semester two

  • SWK3180 Supervised Professional Practice 1
  • SWK3410 Critical Social work 2: Community work, context and practice
  • SWK3440 Leadership in Social Work & Human Services

Fourth year

Semester one

  • SWK4001 Honours research methods
  • SWK4030 Human Rights, Law and ethics contexts for social work practice
  • SWK4032 Working with complexity: Honours
  • SWK4441 Leadership and social policy: Honours
  • SWK4410 Community Work

Semester two

  • SWK4002 Honours project seminar
  • SWK4003 Honours dissertation
  • SWK4560 Supervised Professional Practice 2
  • SWK4401 Critical Social Work 4 - Individual, Health & Society: Context and practice

Award(s)

Bachelor of Health Science
Bachelor of Social Work (with Honours)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMBBS
CRICOS code017101M
Total credit points required240
Standard duration of study (years)5 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Bendigo, Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/0040
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9905 2048, email: medicineadmissions@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/medical/central/prospective-students.html

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Full-time study only
  • This course requires students to attend a compulsory residential transition program prior to the commencement of week one and undertake off-campus clinical placements.

Description

The five-year Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) curriculum is designed as an integrated structure incorporating four themes, within which units are taught in an interdisciplinary fashion by staff from across the faculty. The basic knowledge, skills and attitudes that form the curriculum will be related to clinical and other problems or issues. Learning in an appropriate medical context is an overarching principle of the curriculum.

During the early years of the course, the basic medical and behavioural sciences (anatomy, biochemistry, genetics, immunology, microbiology, pathology, pharmacology, physiology, psychology and sociology) are introduced within interdisciplinary units. These units will all have a major focus on clinical issues through clinical case studies.

The course features extended semester durations and requires about 25 formal contact hours per week, though in years three to five, it is expected that students will spend around 40 hours per week working in a clinical site. This provides students with time for self-directed study, and the time and opportunity to be in control of their own learning and to develop skills in problem-solving and the critical appraisal of information.

Patient-centred learning activities

A patient-based learning model will be used, where the knowledge, skills and attitudes that form the content of the curriculum are brought to life via formal patient-centred teaching exercises. Most of the learning activities are designed to support students as they work with patient-centred scenarios.

The themes

The faculty has adopted a four-theme structure. These themes are:

  • Theme I - Personal and professional development
  • Theme II - Population, society, health and illness
  • Theme III - Scientific basis of clinical practice
  • Theme IV - Clinical skills

The four themes will run through all years of the course, but will not be of equal weight; nor will they be of constant weight throughout the course.

Theme I

'Personal and professional development' will focus on the doctor as an individual. This theme concentrates on the personal attributes and qualities needed by medical students and, ultimately, medical practitioners. It covers elements of health enhancement, professional responsibilities, communication skills, information technology, medical informatics and computing skills, ethics and legal issues, and clinical effectiveness.

Theme II

'Population, society, health and illness' provides the structure to develop students' abilities to deal with broader society and population issues. Students will consider the social, environmental and behavioural contexts of illness and the practice of medicine, including an emphasis on rural and remote Australia. Other elements of this theme will be built around health promotion, epidemiology, public health, community diversity, population and global health, and a range of other societal issues. The history and philosophy of the scientific approach to medicine will also be included, extending this to approaches to knowledge and information, and an understanding of evidence-based medicine.

Theme III

'Scientific basis of clinical practice' includes much of the human systems-based teaching in the course. The knowledge and concepts that underpin medicine, both in the basic medical sciences and in the clinical sciences, will be delivered within this theme. In the early semesters, the basic sciences of anatomy, biochemistry, genetics, microbiology, pathology, pharmacology, physiology and psychology of each system will be taught in an integrated manner and from a relevant clinical perspective.

Theme IV

The 'Clinical skills' theme encompasses the whole range of clinical skills, from the earliest to the later parts of the course. Practice in clinical skills (including procedural skills) is stressed early and often. The approach in clinical skills development will be to develop defined clinical competencies. This will begin with clinical aspects of communication skills and move through history taking and physical examinations to the more advanced clinical and procedural skills.

In the early years of the course, this theme will include general practice and rural visits, and an introduction to community clinics and hospitals. Multi-professional education will be promoted through educational interactions with nurses, paramedics, radiographers and other health care professionals. The rural health activities in the early years of the course will provide opportunities for our students to interact with a range of health care professionals. The later years will include advanced elective experience in diverse medical work places, both within and outside the hospital environment.

Community Based Practice Program

The Community Based Practice Program (CBP) is an integral and innovative component of the MBBS course for second-year medical students. CBP provides a meaningful context for future medical practitioners to gain an understanding of issues that relate to social justice, equity and diversity in the wider community. The Centre for Medical and Health Sciences Education in partnership with key community-based organisations are responsible for the administration and coordination of CBP.

Students complete a community-based placement, attend orientation and integration lectures, and complete a report so that they understand the context and links between health and illness, medicine and social justice.

Rural practice

The five-year curriculum encourages all students to spend time in rural areas. To meet the requirements of the Australian Government funded RUSC program (Rural Undergraduate Support and Co-ordination), students that hold a Commonwealth-supported place (CSP) will be required to undertake a minimum of four weeks' experience in rural areas.

Outcomes

The Monash University Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery program will strive to graduate doctors who:

  • are knowledgeable, skilful, reflective and compassionate
  • are innovative in their approach to and solution of problems
  • are skilled at accessing, appraising, and applying the best available evidence to their everyday practice
  • are committed to the health of populations as well as individuals
  • are concerned with issues of equity, quality and humanity in health care and act as advocates for the disadvantaged and dispossessed
  • maintain high standards throughout their professional life by a commitment to life-long learning and teaching
  • have the skill to address the key questions relevant to the community and to medicine
  • are capable of leadership and yet are comfortable working as a team member
  • uphold the community's trust and expectations of the role of a doctor
  • are advocates for health by practising preventative medicine and health promotion
  • recognise the essential role of research in underpinning medical practice.

Special requirements

Health requirements

For the protection of other students, patients and themselves, students in the MBBS course should comply with certain precautionary procedures.

This policy is in accordance with the National Health and Medical Research Council advice that educational institutions training students in health sciences should ensure that such students are protected as far as possible by vaccination against risks of infection.

The faculty's own policy requires that all students accept responsibility for having a satisfactory immunisation status at the commencement of the MBBS course. Immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella and hepatitis B.

Prospective students should note that, prior to enrolment, they are provided with detailed written information about the effect that HIV, hepatitis B or other infections may have on the ability of health care workers to practice their profession. During the early weeks of first year, arrangements will be made by the faculty for students to have consultations with medical practitioners, to check that their immunisation status is satisfactory and to receive advice about additional vaccination requirements. It should be noted that students will be responsible for covering the costs incurred with this process.

Police and Working with Children checks

It is essential that all MBBS students have current Working With Children and Police checks regarding their suitability to undertake clinical and community placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain both checks prior to undertaking their course. As the Working With Children checks cover a five year period, most students will only need to obtain a free check at the commencement of year 1, whilst students must apply and pay for a Police check annually. Note that some community-based partnerships require a Police check be renewed every six months.

First Aid Certificates

It is highly recommended that students hold or attain by the end of first semester, a current registered Level 2 or Senior First Aid Certificate.

Student registration with the Medical Practitioners Board of Victoria

In keeping with a student's professional responsibilities, all MBBS students must be registered with the Medical Practitioners Board of Victoria and must keep the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences informed of any matters that would impact on that registration.

Fieldwork

Clinical practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the clinical component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the deputy dean (MBBS curriculum).

Clinical expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during clinical placements.

Structure

Years one and two

On the weekend prior to the commencement of the course, students will attend a compulsory residential transition program, designed to focus on transition to university life, personal ethics, healthy lifestyle, group support and introduction to communication skills.

Throughout the first two years, blocks of systems-based sub-units will be presented with a mix of basic medical science content, patient-based presentations and discussions in small groups. These sub-units combine basic content with generic skills and are set in appropriate clinical contexts, largely through the use of patient-oriented learning. Topics include:

  • cardiovascular
  • endocrinology
  • gastrointestinal
  • genomics
  • human behaviour
  • human development and growth
  • immunology and infection
  • metabolism
  • molecules, cells and tissues
  • musculo-skeletal
  • neurosciences
  • nutrition
  • renal
  • reproduction
  • respiratory.

Years three and four

In the third and fourth years, the clinical content is delivered in blocks of clinical rotations, with a mix of advanced and applied medical science, patient-oriented presentations, and discussions in small tutorial groups. A diversity of clinical settings is used, including a range of hospitals, ambulatory clinics and the rural environment. The emphasis will be on students gaining real clinical experience, participating in patient care and understanding how health care teams work.

In the third year, students will study 'Integrated medicine and surgery' which will be taught together with a series of problem-based and core-based learning sessions. The fourth year will be largely taken up with the core clinical rotations* of 'Women's and children's health' and 'General practice and psychological medicine'.

Year five

The fifth year of the course is focused on facilitating the transition of students into the medical workplace as trainee interns and will be structured as a series of clinical rotations*. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences designed to substantially enhance their clinical reasoning, diagnostic and case management skills. Students will consolidate and enhance their knowledge, clinical skills and professional behaviours in five clinically orientated rotations:

  • aged care
  • emergency medicine
  • medical
  • surgical
  • specialty.

In addition, students will undertake a student elective rotation in a clinical area of personal interest, subject to faculty approval.

* Students choose from a range of placements offered by the faculty.

Requirements

First year

First semester

Second semester

Second year

First semester

Second semester

Third year

First semester

Second semester

Fourth year

  • MED4000 Mark and grade for Years 3 and 4
  • MED4171 Specialty Clinical Practices I
  • MED4182 Specialty Clinical Practices II
  • MED4200 Integrated Clinical Studies

Fifth year

  • MED5091 Advanced clinical practice I
  • MED5092 Advanced clinical practice II
  • MED5100 Honours grade
  • MED5102 Contemporary developments in clinical practice: Patient safety

Progression to further studies

Students may apply for an optional one year research component, the Honours degree of the Bachelor of Medical Science (0041).

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Bachelor of Human Sciences after successfully completing at least 144 points of study.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (with Honours)

Where more than one award is listed the actual award conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMBBS
CRICOS code061237G
Total credit points required192
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Gippsland)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3952
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 5122 6445, email gippslandmed@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/medical/gippsland

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Full-time study only
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements.

Description

NOTE: This course has had one or more changes made to it since publication on 1 October 2011. For details of change/s, please consult the change register at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/2012-change-register.html.

The four-year graduate-entry Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) curriculum is designed as an integrated structure incorporating four themes, within which units are taught in an interdisciplinary fashion by staff from across the faculty, and from a wide range of clinical environments. The basic knowledge, skills and attitudes that form the curriculum are related to clinical and other problems or issues. Learning in appropriate medical and other health professional contexts is an overarching principle of the curriculum.

For all years, semesters are of 18 weeks' duration. The course requires about 28 contact hours per week. This provides students with time for self-directed study, and the time and opportunity to be in control of their own learning and to develop skills in problem-solving and the critical appraisal of information.

The degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery may be awarded at either pass or honours standard. The conferring of this award with honours is based on academic achievement.

Patient-based learning activities

A patient-based learning model will be used, where the knowledge, skills and attitudes that form the content of the curriculum are brought to life via formal patient-focused learning activities. Most of the learning activities are designed to support students as they work with patient-centred scenarios.

The themes

The faculty has adopted a four-theme structure. These themes are:

  • Theme I - Personal and professional development
  • Theme II - Population, society, health and illness
  • Theme III - Scientific basis of clinical practice
  • Theme IV - Clinical skills.

The four themes will run through all years of the course, but are not to be of equal weight; nor are they of constant weight throughout the course.

Theme I

'Personal and professional development' focuses on the doctor as an individual. This theme concentrates on the personal attributes and qualities needed by medical students and, ultimately, medical practitioners. It covers elements of communication skills, information technology, medical informatics and computing skills, ethics and legal issues, and clinical effectiveness.

Theme II

'Population, society, health and illness' provides the structure to develop students' abilities to deal with broader society and population issues. Students consider the social, environmental and behavioural contexts of illness and the practice of medicine, including an emphasis on rural and remote Australia. Other elements of this theme are built around health promotion, epidemiology, public health, community diversity, population and global health, and a range of other societal issues. The history and philosophy of the scientific approach to medicine is also included, extending this to approaches to knowledge and information, and an understanding of evidence-based medicine.

Theme III

'Scientific basis of clinical practice' includes much of the human systems-based teaching in the course. The knowledge and concepts that underpin medicine, both in the basic medical sciences and in the clinical sciences, are delivered within this theme. In the early semesters, the basic sciences of anatomy, biochemistry, genetics, microbiology, pathology, pharmacology, physiology and psychology of each system will be taught in an integrated manner and from a relevant clinical perspective.

Theme IV

The 'Clinical skills' theme encompasses the whole range of clinical skills, from the earliest to the later parts of the course. Practice in clinical skills (including procedural skills) is stressed early and often. The approach in clinical skills development is to develop defined clinical competencies. This begins with clinical aspects of communication skills and moves through history taking and physical examinations to the more advanced clinical and procedural skills.

In the early years of the course, this theme includes general practice and rural visits, and an introduction to community clinics and hospitals. Multi-professional education is promoted through educational interactions with nurses, paramedics, radiographers and other health care professionals. The rural health activities in the early years of the course provide opportunities for our students to interact with a range of health care professionals. The later years will include advanced elective experience in diverse medical work places, both within and outside the hospital environment.

Community Based Practice Program

The Community Based Practice (CBP) Program is an integral component of the MBBS course for Year A medical students. It provides a meaningful context for future medical practitioners to gain an understanding of the socioeconomic determinants of health, social justice, equity, and diversity in communities.

Students complete a period of placement in based in a community agency. Field educators guide students through the work of the agency, allowing students to interact with community members and agency clients. The richness of this interaction promotes and cements an understanding of the links between health, well-being, and illness.

Rural practice

The graduate entry curriculum is rurally contextualised, and, in addition, includes a week focused on Indigenous health. Additionally, students are encouraged to join the rural students club, 'Wildfire'.

Outcomes

The Monash University Gippsland Medical School will strive to graduate doctors who:

  • are knowledgeable, skilful, reflective and compassionate
  • are innovative in their approach to and solution of problems
  • are skilled at accessing, appraising, and applying the best available evidence to their everyday practice
  • demonstrate awareness of the social, ethical, economic and environmental context of health and illness and psychological wellbeing and delivery of care
  • are committed to the health of populations as well as individuals
  • are concerned with issues of equity, quality and humanity in health care and act as advocates for the disadvantaged and dispossessed
  • maintain high standards throughout their professional life by a commitment to have the skill to address the key questions relevant to the community and to medicine
  • are capable of leadership and yet are comfortable working as a team member
  • uphold the community's trust and expectations of the role of a doctor
  • are advocates for health by practising preventative medicine and health promotion
  • recognise the essential role of research in underpinning medical practice.

Special requirements

Health requirements

For the protection of other students, patients and themselves, students in the MBBS course should comply with certain precautionary procedures.

Prospective students should note that, on enrolment, they are provided with detailed written information about the effect that HIV, hepatitis B or other infections may have on the ability of health care workers to practice their profession. Students are expected to enrol in Year A, with their immunisation status up to date.

Police and Working with Children checks

It is essential that all MBBS students have current Working with Children and Police checks regarding their suitability to undertake clinical and community placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain both checks prior to undertaking their course. As the Working With Children checks cover a five-year period, most students will only need to obtain a free check at the commencement of year 1, whilst students must apply and pay for a Police check annually. Note that some community-partnered programs require a police check be renewed every six months.

First Aid Certificates

It is highly recommended that students hold, or attain by the end of first semester, a current registered Level 2 or Senior First Aid Certificate.

Student registration with the Medical Practitioners Board of Victoria

In keeping with a student's professional responsibilities, all MBBS students must be registered with the Medical Practitioners Board of Victoria and must keep the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences informed of any matters that would impact on that registration.

Fieldwork

Clinical practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the clinical component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the Deputy Dean (MBBS Curriculum).

Structure

Year A

The overall aim of semester one, Year A, is to introduce students to basic principles of the four themes. Teaching and learning activities include problem-based learning and other tutorials, small group sessions, lectures, seminars, and practical work.

The transition needs of graduate entry students differ from those of undergraduate entry students, who enter an MBBS program as a continuation of (usually) full-time study. We accommodate the diverse academic and vocational backgrounds of graduate entry students through a range of activities commencing in the first week of year A.

Year A introduces ethical and legal issues, population health (basic epidemiology and biostatistics) and knowledge management, and the social context of health, illness and medicine. Significant curriculum time will be allocated to fundamental learning in the key biomedical sciences covering cell biology, basic pathological processes and anatomy and physiology. Students are introduced to the clinical environment in the first weeks of Year A. During the year they are expected to develop appropriate clinical communication and teamwork skills, basic procedural skills, including physical examination procedures.

During Year A, students explore the whole person through a systems-based approach. Content relating to the clinical science that underpins clinical practice is aligned with human lifespan development, in which the students study the stages of human, physical and psychological development from birth to death. Clinical skills sessions and clinical placement days are aligned with each of the systems. Students develop clinical reasoning and focused history-taking skills in the context of these clinical placements. Students commence the Community Based Practice programs. Students in the graduate entry program meet all the objectives of the rural curriculum as prescribed for the undergraduate course, however, the timing and progression of this experience will be different.

In Year A, all students will undertake three modules from the Monash University Indigenous Health curriculum. This study is a mandatory precursor to an Indigenous health community activity. This activity delivers the objectives identified in the CDAMS Indigenous Health Curriculum Framework (2004).

Year B

Year B emphasises the integration of knowledge and skills in medicine and surgery, including pathobiology, diagnostics, therapeutic and clinical skills, further development of evidence-based clinical practice (EBCP), occupational and environmental medicine, law and ethics, integrated with continuing personal and professional development and patient advocacy skills. This is the first opportunity for students to work continuously in a clinical environment to consolidate knowledge and skills which they have developed in Year A, within a consistent and authentic clinical context. Vertical integration of learning in the curriculum is promoted extensively. We will also enable some limited experience for our students with private healthcare providers, community-based practices and industrial sites.

Teaching and learning activities are structured within a framework of problem-based learning (PBL) and experiential activities. Students are placed in clinical attachments for the year and rotated through specialty units in medicine and surgery. These placements are structured to balance students' learning needs and to provide an opportunity for students to participate in the daily ward-based care of medical and surgical patients under the supervision of clinical teaching staff. Students are strongly encouraged and supported to be self-directed; they are offered a broad opportunity to acquire the clinically relevant knowledge, skills and experiences that will support them in later years of the curriculum.

Year C

Year C of the graduate entry MBBS course continues to vertically integrate and consolidate generic skills and attributes such as clinical skills, clinical reasoning, professional judgment and professional behaviour. The key focus of the year will be on experiential learning during clinical attachments that link existing knowledge and clinical skills to new clinical contexts and the development of higher level skills in a range of clinical settings.

The approach to teaching and learning in Year C provides students with an experiential learning program built around an inclusive clinical clerkship. Across the year, students are placed in a range of clinical situations (for a minimum of one semester) encompassing in-patient, ambulatory and community-based settings. Learning within the clinical environment is guided by directed activities covering the core curriculum content identified for key discipline areas. Key concepts and topics are also addressed in a series of illustrative discussion cases (index cases) which map to curriculum objectives and content.

Year D

Year D of the graduate entry MBBS course has a strong focus on transition to internship. Students primarily act as student interns in a range of environments. They undertake a series of clinical attachments which they choose from a range of relevant placement options (rotations). Students also undertake one elective rotation which provides an opportunity to pursue studies in an area of interest, to broaden or deepen their knowledge and skills in a variety of community, health and medicine-related fields. During each of the rotations, students complete concurrently five designated activities or learning modules. The modules are designed to guide student learning in the clinical environment and are aligned with each rotation to reflect the type of experience the student is most likely to encounter in that particular rotation.

In addition to the rotations program, students undertake a specific program, the Patient Safety Unit, which provides targeted teaching and learning experiences in patient safety. This unit provides a systematic introduction to essential components of risk management and quality improvement and equips the students with the skills necessary to become a safe intern.

Year D equips students to build on their clinical experiences in Years B and C. Overall, the structure and curriculum of Year D is designed to facilitate consolidation and enhancement of clinical skills, and provide opportunities for students to undertake a program that reflects their interests. Students will be able to choose their selective rotations from the total pool of options offered by the Central, Gippsland and Malaysia Medical Schools. Students in Year D will be encouraged to exercise maximum flexibility in choosing their placements to meet the curriculum requirements in a variety of learning situations. Limitations to that choice will, of course, apply in situations of poor assessment outcomes in previous learning activities, requiring directed Year D activities, or in the event that a potential placement becomes politically or geographically unsafe (Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (DFAT) regulations apply).

The conferring of this award with honours is based on academic achievement.

Requirements

Year A

First semester

Second semester

Year B

First semester

Second semester

Year C

Full year

  • GMC4200 Integrated clinical studies

First semester

  • GMC4151 Specialty clinical practices 1

Second semester

  • GMC4161 Specialty clinical practices 2
  • GMC4000 Final grade

Year D

First semester

  • GMD5071 Advanced clinical practice 1

Second semester

  • GMD5000 Final grade
  • GMD5082 Advanced clinical practice 2
  • GMD5102 Contemporary developments in clinical practice: Patient safety

Alternative exit(s)

The Bachelor of Human Sciences is an exit award for students enrolled in this course, who have successfully completed at least 144 points of study, but who cannot or do not wish to progress through their degree.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (with Honours)

Where more than one award is listed the actual award conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMBBS
Total credit points required240
Standard duration of study (years)5 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Sunway)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3856
Contact details

Telephone: +(603) 5636 0600 ext 3704/3705, email: admissions@monash.edu.my or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/medical/malaysia/admission.html

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course requires students to undertake a residential program and off-campus clinical placements. This course requires students to undertake placements in Australia during fifth year

Description

The five-year Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) curriculum is designed as an integrated structure incorporating four themes, within which units are taught by staff from across the faculty, in an interdisciplinary fashion. This course may be awarded at either pass or honours standard.

During the early years of the course, the basic medical and behavioural sciences (anatomy, biochemistry, genetics, immunology, microbiology, pathology, pharmacology, physiology, psychology and sociology) are introduced within interdisciplinary units. These units will all have a major focus on clinical issues through clinical case studies.

The course is delivered in about 20 formal contact hours per week. This provides opportunity for self-directed study, and for students to be given the time and opportunity to be in control of their own learning and to develop skills in problem-solving and the critical appraisal of information.

For first year, semesters are of 13 weeks duration. In second year, semesters are of 14 weeks duration. In third and fourth years, the course has been structured as two semesters of 18 weeks each. In fifth year, the semesters are a notional 18 weeks, although there may be some requirement for more flexible arrangements.

The basic knowledge, skills and attitudes that form the curriculum will be related to clinical and other problems or issues. Learning in an appropriate medical context is an overarching principle of the curriculum.

Patient-centred learning activities

A patient-based learning model will be used, where the knowledge, skills and attitudes that form the content of the curriculum are brought to life via formal patient-centred teaching exercises. Most of the learning activities are designed to support students as they work with patient-centred scenarios.

The themes

The faculty has adopted a four-theme structure. These themes are:

  • Theme I - Personal and professional development
  • Theme II - Population, society, health and illness
  • Theme III - Scientific basis of clinical practice
  • Theme IV - Clinical skills.

The four themes will run through all years of the course, but will not be of equal weight; nor will they be of constant weight throughout the course.

'Personal and professional development' will focus on the doctor as an individual. This theme concentrates on the personal attributes and qualities needed by medical students and, ultimately, medical practitioners. It covers elements of communication skills, information technology, medical informatics and computing skills, ethics and legal issues, and clinical effectiveness.

'Population, society, health and illness' provides the structure to develop students' abilities to deal with broader society and population issues. Students will consider the social, environmental and behavioural contexts of illness and the practice of medicine, including an emphasis on rural and remote Australia. Other elements of this theme will be built around health promotion, epidemiology, public health, community diversity, population and global health, and a range of other societal issues. The history and philosophy of the scientific approach to medicine will also be included, extending this to approaches to knowledge and information, and an understanding of evidence-based medicine.

'Scientific basis of clinical practice' includes much of the human systems-based teaching in the course. The knowledge and concepts that underpin medicine, both in the basic medical sciences and in the clinical sciences, will be delivered within this theme. In the early semesters, the basic sciences of anatomy, biochemistry, genetics, microbiology, pathology, pharmacology, physiology and psychology of each system will be taught in an integrated manner and from a relevant clinical perspective.

The 'Clinical skills' theme encompasses the whole range of clinical skills, from the earliest to the later parts of the course. Practice in clinical skills (including procedural skills) is stressed early and often. The approach in clinical skills development will be to develop defined clinical competencies. This will begin with clinical aspects of communication skills and move through history taking and physical examinations to the more advanced clinical and procedural skills.

In the early years of the course, this theme will include general practice and rural visits, and an introduction to community clinics and hospitals. Multi-professional education will be promoted through educational interactions with nurses, paramedics, radiographers and other health care professionals. The rural health activities in the early years of the course will provide opportunities for our students to interact with a range of health care professionals. The later years will include advanced elective experience in diverse medical work places, both within and outside the hospital environment.

Community Based Partnerships

The Community Based Partnerships (CBP) program is an integral and innovative component of the new MBBS course for second-year medical students. CBP provides a meaningful context for future medical practitioners to gain an understanding of issues that relate to social justice, equity and diversity in the wider community.

Students complete a community-based placement, attend orientation and integration lectures, and complete a report so that they understand the context and links between health and illness, medicine and social justice.

Rural practice

The five-year curriculum will include an experience in rural areas for all students. This includes one week in a rural community in first year and a two-week rural program undertaken in Year 2 of the course.

Outcomes

The Monash University Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery program will strive to graduate doctors who:

  • are knowledgeable, skilful, reflective and compassionate
  • are innovative in their approach to and solution of problems
  • are skilled at accessing, appraising, and applying the best available evidence to their everyday practice
  • demonstrate awareness of the social, ethical, economic and environmental context of health and illness and psychological wellbeing and delivery of care
  • are committed to the health of populations as well as individuals
  • are concerned with issues of equity, quality and humanity in health care and act as advocates for the disadvantaged and dispossessed
  • maintain high standards throughout their professional life by a commitment to life-long learning and teaching
  • have the skill to address the key questions relevant to the community and to medicine
  • are capable of leadership and yet are comfortable working as a team member
  • uphold the communities trust and expectations of the role of a doctor
  • are advocates for health by practising preventative medicine and health promotion
  • recognise the essential role of research in underpinning medical practice.

Special requirements

Health requirements

For the protection of other students, patients and themselves, students in the MBBS course should comply with certain precautionary procedures.

This policy is in accordance with the National Health and Medical Research Council advice that educational institutions training students in health sciences should ensure that such students are protected as far as possible by vaccination against risks of infection.

The faculty's own policy requires that all students accept responsibility for having a satisfactory immunisation status at the commencement of the MBBS course. Immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella and hepatitis B.

Police and Working with Children checks

To undertake clinical and community placements for components of study in Australia, students will be required to undertake a police check by the Victorian Police, a Working with Children Check, and to register with the Medical Practitioners' Board of Victoria prior to commencement. Further information will be provided to students at the appropriate time.

First Aid Certificates

It is highly recommended that students hold or attain by the end of first semester a current registered Level 2 or Senior First Aid Certificate.

Fieldwork

Clinical practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the clinical component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the Deputy Dean (MBBS Curriculum).

Structure

Years one and two

In the first week of the first year of the course, students will attend a residential transition program, designed to focus on transition to university life, personal ethics, healthy lifestyle, group support and introduction to communication skills.

Throughout the first two years, blocks of systems-based sub-units will be presented with a mix of basic medical science content, patient-based presentations and discussions in small groups. These sub-units combine basic content with generic skills and are set in appropriate clinical contexts, largely through the use of patient-oriented learning. Topics include:

  • molecules, cells and tissues
  • human development and growth
  • genomics
  • metabolism
  • musculo-skeletal
  • cardiovascular
  • respiratory
  • renal
  • endocrinology
  • neurosciences
  • reproduction
  • human behaviour
  • gastrointestinal
  • nutrition
  • immunology
  • infection.

Years three and four

Years three to five will be based at the Clinical School in Johor, with clinical studies centred in the Sultanah Aminah Hospital, a tertiary and referral hospital in Johor Bahru. In the third and fourth years, the clinical content is delivered in blocks of clinical rotations, with a mix of advanced and applied medical science, patient-oriented presentations, and discussions in small tutorial groups. A diversity of clinical settings is used, including a range of hospitals, ambulatory clinics and the rural environment. The emphasis will be on students gaining real clinical experience, participating in patient care and understanding how health care teams work.

In the third year, students will study 'Integrated medicine and surgery' which will be taught together with a series of problem-based and core-based learning sessions. The fourth year will be largely taken up with the core clinical rotations of 'Women's and children's health' and 'General practice and psychological medicine'.

Year five

The fifth year of the course is focused on facilitating the transition of students into the medical workplace as trainee interns and will be structured as a series of clinical rotations. In order to comply with the Australian Medical Council (AMC) accreditation requirements students will be required to undertake a clinical rotation in Australia.*

Students will participate in a range of learning experiences designed to substantially enhance their clinical reasoning, diagnostic and case management skills. Students will consolidate and enhance their knowledge, clinical skills and professional behaviours in five clinically orientated rotations: aged care, emergency medicine, medical, surgical and specialty. In addition, students will undertake a student elective rotation in a clinical area of personal interest, subject to faculty approval.

* Students choose from a range of placements offered by the faculty.

Requirements

First year

First semester

Second semester

Second year

First semester

Second semester

Third year

First semester

Second semester

Fourth year

  • MED4000 Mark and grade for Years 3 and 4
  • MED4171 Specialty Clinical Practices 1
  • MED4182 Specialty Clinical Practices 2
  • MED4200 Integrated Clinical Studies

Fifth year

  • MED5091 Advanced clinical practice 1
  • MED5092 Advanced clinical practice 2
  • MED5100 Honours grade
  • MED5102 Contemporary developments in clinical practice: patient safety

Alternative exit(s)

The Bachelor of Human Sciences is an exit award for students enrolled in this course, who have successfully completed at least 144 points of study, but who cannot or do not wish to progress through their degree.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (with Honours)

Where more than one award is listed the actual award conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMBBS/LLB
Total credit points required384
Standard duration of study (years)7 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Bendigo, Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/1074
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9905 2048; email MBBSstudentservices@monash.edu ; visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/medical/central/combined.html

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders. This program is only available to students who have been accepted into the Monash MBBS program, and interested students must apply for and satisfy entry requirements in order to enter the MBBS/LLB
  • Full-time study only. To complete the degree requirements as outlined within seven years, it is necessary for students to overload in years two to seven.
  • Students are required to attend a residential transition program prior to the commencement of week one and undertake off-campus clinical placements.

Description

This combined program is a recognition by the faculties of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences and Law that the burgeoning area of medical law requires a pool of graduates with an academic grounding in both professions. Monash is the only university in Australia that offers this joint degree.

Outcomes

The Monash University Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery program will strive to graduate doctors who:

  • are knowledgeable, skilful, reflective and compassionate
  • are innovative in their approach to and solution of problems
  • are skilled at accessing, appraising, and applying the best available evidence to their everyday practice
  • demonstrate awareness of the social, ethical, economic and environmental context of health and illness and psychological wellbeing and delivery of care
  • are committed to the health of populations as well as individuals
  • are concerned with issues of equity, quality and humanity in health care and act as advocates for the disadvantaged and dispossessed
  • maintain high standards throughout their professional life by a commitment to life-long learning and teaching
  • have the skill to address the key questions relevant to the community and to medicine
  • are capable of leadership and yet are comfortable working as a team member
  • uphold the community's trust and expectations of the role of a doctor
  • are advocates for health by practising preventative medicine and health promotion
  • recognise the essential role of research in underpinning medical practice.

The objectives of the LLB program at Monash are to enable students to gain an understanding of basic legal concepts and legal institutions and of the historical, social, political and economic factors influencing their development. Upon completion of the LLB, students will be able to identify, use and evaluate the concepts, principles, rules and methods used in legal argument and will have developed oral and written skills, especially of legal argument, legal research and critical analysis. Students will have gained an understanding of concepts of justice, a concern to promote justice and an appreciation of their professional responsibilities.

Special requirements

Health requirements

For the protection of other students, patients and themselves, students in the MBBS course should comply with certain precautionary procedures.

Prospective students should note that, on enrolment, they are provided with detailed written information about the effect that HIV, hepatitis B or other infections may have on the ability of health care workers to practice their profession. Students are expected to enrol in Year A, with their immunisation status up to date.

Police and Working with Children checks

It is essential that all MBBS students have current Working with Children and Police checks regarding their suitability to undertake clinical and community placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain both checks prior to undertaking their course. As the Working With Children checks cover a five year period, most students will only need to obtain a free check at the commencement of year 1, whilst students must apply and pay for a Police check annually. Note that some community-partnered programs require a police check be renewed every six months.

First Aid Certificates

It is highly recommended that students hold or attain by the end of first semester, a current registered Level 2 or Senior First Aid Certificate.

Student registration with the Medical Practitioners Board of Victoria

In keeping with a student's professional responsibilities, all MBBS students must be registered with the Medical Practitioners Board of Victoria and must keep the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences informed of any matters that would impact on that registration

Fieldwork

Clinical practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the clinical component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the Deputy Dean (MBBS Curriculum).

Structure

Law component

Students undertake a program of core and elective units from the Faculty of Law. Refer also to 'Bachelor of Laws - basic course structure' at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2010handbooks/undergrad/law-08.html.

Medicine/surgery component

On the weekend prior to the commencement of the course, students will attend a compulsory residential transition program, designed to focus on transition to university life, personal ethics, healthy lifestyle, group support and introduction to communication skills.

Years one and two

Throughout the first two years, blocks of systems-based sub-units will be presented with a mix of basic medical science content, patient-based presentations and discussions in small groups. These sub-units combine basic content with generic skills and are set in appropriate clinical contexts, largely through the use of patient-oriented learning. Topics include:

  • cardiovascular
  • endocrinology
  • gastrointestinal
  • genomics
  • human behaviour
  • human development and growth
  • immunology and infection
  • metabolism
  • molecules, cells and tissues
  • musculo-skeletal
  • neurosciences
  • nutrition
  • renal
  • reproduction
  • respiratory.

Years three and four

In the third and fourth years, the clinical content is delivered in blocks of clinical rotations, with a mix of advanced and applied medical science, patient-oriented presentations, and discussions in small tutorial groups. A diversity of clinical settings is used, including a range of hospitals, ambulatory clinics and the rural environment. The emphasis will be on students gaining real clinical experience, participating in patient care and understanding how health care teams work.

In the third year, students will study 'Integrated medicine and surgery' which will be taught together with a series of problem-based and core-based learning sessions. The fourth year will be largely taken up with the core clinical rotations* of 'Women's and children's health' and 'General practice and psychological medicine'.

Year five

The fifth year of the course is focused on facilitating the transition of students into the medical workplace as trainee interns and will be structured as a series of clinical rotations*. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences designed to substantially enhance their clinical reasoning, diagnostic and case management skills. Students will consolidate and enhance their knowledge, clinical skills and professional behaviours in five clinically orientated rotations:

  • aged care
  • emergency medicine
  • medical
  • surgical
  • specialty.

In addition, students will undertake a student elective rotation in a clinical area of personal interest, subject to faculty approval.

* Students choose from a range of placements offered by the faculty.

Requirements

The medicine/surgery component requires that students complete 240 points of study, comprising 48 points in each year, except fourth and sixth year (which is comprised entirely of law units). The law component requires that students complete 144 points of study, including 18 compulsory units and a further 36 points of elective law units. The structure as outlined below would allow a student to complete the double-degree program within seven years.

First year

(48 points)

Second year

(60 points)

Third year

(60 points)

Fourth year

(54 points)

Fifth year

  • LAW3201 Constitutional law
  • MED4000 Mark and Grade Years 3 and 4
  • MED4171 Specialty Clinical Practices 1
  • MED4182 Specialty Clinical Practices 2
  • MED4200 Integrated Clinical Studies

(54 points)

Sixth year

(54 points)

Seventh year

  • MED5091 Advanced clinical practice 1
  • MED5092 Advanced clinical practice 2
  • MED5100 Honours Grade
  • MED5102 Contemporary developments in clinical practice: patient safety
  • 6 points of law electives

(54 points)

Progression to further studies

Eligible students may if they choose, during the course of the MBBS/LLB, intermit their studies to undertake the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Laws
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (with Honours)
Bachelor of Laws (with Honours)

Where more than one award is listed for one or both components of the double degree the actual award(s) conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBMid
CRICOS code059121D
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3562
Contact details

Visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing; email: nursing.enquiries@monash.edu; telephone: +61 3 9904 4260

Course coordinator

Dr Carole Gilmour

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Full-time study only
  • The clinical component of this course requires students to be rostered to work a mix of day, evening, weekend and night shifts in years two and three, and may encompass travel to a number of locations.

Description

NOTE: This course has had one or more changes made to it since publication on 1 October 2011. For details of change/s, please consult the change register at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/2012-change-register.html.

The course offers an innovative curriculum that is sensitive to the changing educational needs of midwives, the health care industry and the community. It aims to prepare a competent midwife who can work in a variety of maternity settings to the full capacity of the internationally defined role and scope of practice of the midwife.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, graduates will be expected to:

  • practice competently and confidently at a beginning level in a variety of maternity settings
  • practice which is evidence-informed
  • reflect attitudes which are congruent with the philosophy of valuing women, women-centred care, and woman-midwife partnership
  • work both as a primary carer and in collaboration with other healthcare professionals in providing comprehensive care through women's reproductive life
  • achieve employment in a variety of maternity care settings.

Special requirements

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police and Working with Children checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually. However, in some community-partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Drug administration policy

Students should be aware of their legal position regarding the administration and storage of drugs. In addition, it is the policy of the campus that where drugs are required to be checked by two people prior to administration under the Drugs, Poisons and Controlled Substances Act 1981 (Victoria), and Drugs, Poisons and Controlled Substances Regulations 1995; the student and supervisor (clinical teacher or registered nurse) are considered as one person. Students should be aware of the drug administration policy relevant to the particular year of study. For more information please visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing/current.html and refer to the section entitled 'Clinical Guidelines'.

Vaccination policy

It is required that students obtain proof of relevant vaccinations prior to clinical placements. Arrangements regarding serological screening and vaccination will be organised with the campus nurse on commencement.

Fieldwork

Clinical practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In years two and three, clinical practice in midwifery units will involve students working a supernumerary 16 to 24 hours per week. Students will be rostered to work a mix of day, evening, weekend and night shifts. Attendance on clinical placement is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit. Clinical make-up for time missed will be arranged in consultation with the clinical coordinator on receipt of a medical certificate.

Students who do not achieve a satisfactory result in their knowledge and skill level will be denied access to the clinical placement linked to the theory and practice units involved. A student may be withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed unsafe, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Clinical expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during clinical placement. Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Professional recognition

Successful completion of the course will lead to eligibility for registration as a midwife with the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia.

Structure

Students complete 21 compulsory units, many of which have clinical practice requirements plus choose two elective units to ensure a total of 144 credit points. The clinical practice component of the course makes up approximately 50 per cent of the Bachelor of Midwifery, providing students with the opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision.

Requirements

The following course requirements refer to the Bachelor of Midwifery course approved for 2012. Students enrolled in prior years should consult the Handbook for that year's course requirements. Archived Handbooks are available at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/handbooks.

First year

First semester

  • BMA1901 Human structure and function 1
  • MID1001 With childbearing woman
  • NUR1001 Professional and scholarly communication
  • NUR1010 Foundations of nursing practice

Second semester

  • BMA1912 Human bioscience in nursing
  • MID1002 Making practice connections
  • MID1003 The childbearing journey
  • NUR1102 Health assessment in clinical practice

Second year

First semester

  • MID2004 Being with birthing woman
  • MID2006 Practice allegiances
  • NUR2001 Evidence health practice
  • elective

Second semester

Third year

First semester

  • MID3108 Working with babies
  • MID3000 Theory and Practice of Complex Midwifery
  • NUR3003 Education for clinical practice

Second semester

  • MID3105 Women's health: Women's business
  • MID3110 Professional midwifery practice
  • MID3201 Midwifery practice elective: Contractual learning in an area of choice
  • elective

Award(s)

Bachelor of Midwifery


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBNurs
CRICOS code075119J
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT, 6 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/0727
Contact details

Visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing; telephone: +61 3 9904 4260 (Peninsula), +61 3 9902 6454 (Gippsland); email nursing.enquiries@monash.edu

Course coordinator

Ian Munro

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • The clinical component of this course requires students to be rostered to work a mix of day, evening, weekend and night shifts in years one two and three, and may encompass travel to a number of locations.

Description

The Bachelor of Nursing will prepare graduates for increasingly complex health care situations in Australia and internationally. Graduates will possess attributes that prepare them as competent beginning level Registered nurses who can provide leadership and care across the age continuum. Graduates will have the scope of practice to provide care in multiple settings, including primary health care and health promotion.

Students will incrementally develop knowledge for the safe practice of clinical skills in a variety of health care facilities and services over the three years of the degree program. The Monash graduate will have a broad scope of practice enabling them to critically analyse health care situations, concepts and perspectives.

Outcomes

On completion of the course the graduate should be able to:

  • meet currently accepted standards of nursing practice as set down in the Australian Nursing and Midwifery Council (ANMC) National Competencies for the Registered Nurse
  • provide holistic nursing care as a first-level practitioner in a variety of health care settings compatible with the broad health care needs and goals of Australia's multi-cultural society
  • encompass caring as a foundational concept for nursing practice
  • demonstrate effective communication in the health care setting
  • practice safely and maintain legal and ethical standards of practice
  • identify the health care needs and problems of individuals and groups of people in a variety of settings
  • set priorities in respect of health care needs and problems and make referrals when appropriate
  • plan, implement and evaluate care activities which encourage individuals and groups to achieve independence or self help in achieving and maintaining optimal levels of health
  • demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of political, historical, cultural, social and professional forces which have influenced nursing in the past and which provide the potential for change within nursing
  • understand the scientific principles underlying safe physical care of the client
  • appreciate the importance of participating in further education
  • understand and appreciate the importance of nursing research and critically analyse and apply research findings to nursing practice
  • develop an ability to work within a team and adopt a collaborative approach to health care both at an interpersonal and an interdisciplinary level
  • participate in quality improvement programs to ensure quality care practices
  • participate in health teaching to individuals and groups.

Credit for prior studies

Students who successfully complete a TAFE Certificate IV in Health (Nursing) may apply for credit for up to 24 credit points in the first year of the course. Students who have successfully completed a TAFE Diploma of Nursing may apply for credit for up to 48 credit points in the course, potentially enabling them to complete the degree in two years.

Students who have completed or commenced other studies may also be considered for credit. All credit applications will be individually assessed.

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community-partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Drug Administration Policy

Students should be aware of their legal responsibilities regarding the administration and storage of drugs in keeping with the Drugs Poisons and Controlled Substances Act 1981 (Vic) and the Drugs Poisons and Controlled Substances Regulations 2006 (Vic). The School of Nursing and Midwifery have formulated a policy and students should be aware of the drug administration policy relevant to their particular year of study. For more information please visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing/current.html and refer to the section entitled 'Clinical Guidelines'.

Vaccination policy

It is required that students obtain documentary evidence of relevant vaccinations prior to clinical placements for presentation to the course coordinator on request. Students may not be eligible to attend clinical placement without the required vaccinations.

Fieldwork

Clinical practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit. All students in this course will be required to attend a variety of clinical placements including mental health placements. Travel to metropolitan and rural sites may be required. Clinical placements begin in the first year of the degree and will increase in duration and complexity as the student progresses.

Generally speaking, students on clinical experience will take on shift work, including weekend shifts and night duty and work a supervised, unpaid 40 hour week. Make-up for time missed will be arranged in consultation with the clinical coordinator and unit coordinator on receipt of a medical certificate or other acceptable documentation.

A student may be denied access to or withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Professional recognition

Successful completion of the course will lead to eligibility for registration as a registered nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia

Structure

Students complete 20 compulsory units comprising 18 core units and two electives, many of which have clinical practice requirements.

Requirements

The following course requirements refer to the Bachelor of Nursing course approved from 2012. Students enrolled prior to 2012 should consult the 2011 Handbook for course requirements. Archived Handbooks are available at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/handbooks.

First year

First semester

  • BMA1901 Human structure and function
  • NUR1001 Professional and scholarly communication
  • NUR1010 Foundations of nursing practice
  • NUR1105 Foundations of leadership in practice

Second semester

  • BMA1912 Human bioscience in nursing
  • NUR1102 Health assessment in clinical practice
  • NUR1202 Legal issues and concepts
  • NUR1205 Population and socio-cultural health research utilisation

Second year

First semester

  • NUR2003 Contexts of health care
  • NUR2106 Integrated nursing practice 1
  • NUR2107 Person centred mental health care

Second semester

  • NUR2206 Integrated nursing practice 2
  • NUR2207 Mental health clinical practice
  • elective

Third year

First semester

  • NUR3001 Evidence based practice
  • NUR3002 Integrated nursing practice 3
  • NUR3003 Education for clinical practice
  • elective

Second semester

  • NUR3004 Preparing for practice
  • NUR3005 Chronic illness management in primary care

Award(s)

Bachelor of Nursing


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBN(CommHealth)
CRICOS code075114C
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT, 6 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Berwick)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/4506
Contact details

Visit http://www.med.edu.au/nursing; telephone: +61 3 9904 7140; Email: Penisula nursing.enquiries@med.monash.edu.au, Berwick nursing.enquiries-berwick@monash.edu

Course coordinator

Jill French

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.

Description

The course aims to develop a graduate nurse who is committed to the promotion, maintenance and restoration of health and to the prevention of disease. It is anticipated that this first level practitioner will be skilled in the delivery of holistic health care and be able to apply an extensive body of knowledge from relevant disciplines in varied practice settings across both community and hospitals. Students are expected to develop the skill of critical analysis in relation to the theory and practice of nursing, and also develop skills according to accepted standards of nursing practice.

Outcomes

On completion of the course the graduate should be able to:

  • meet currently accepted standards of nursing practice as set down in the Australian Nursing and Midwifery Accreditation Council (ANMAC) National Competencies for the Registered Nurse
  • provide holistic nursing care as a first-level practitioner in community and health care settings compatible with the broad health care needs and goals of Australia's multicultural society
  • encompass caring as a foundation concept for nursing practice
  • demonstrate effective communication in community and health care settings
  • practice safely and maintain legal and ethical standards of practice
  • identify the health care needs of individuals and groups of people in community and health care settings
  • set priorities in respect of health care and education needs and problems and make referrals when appropriate
  • plan, implement and evaluate care activities which encourage individuals and groups to achieve independence or self help in achieving and maintaining optimal levels of health
  • demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of political, historical, cultural, social and professional forces which have influenced nursing in the past and which provide the potential for change within nursing
  • understand the scientific principles underlying safe physical care of the client
  • appreciate the importance of participating in further education
  • understand and appreciate the importance of nursing research and critically analyse and apply research findings to nursing practice
  • work collaboratively within a multidisciplinary team  approach to health and community care both at an interpersonal and an interdisciplinary level
  • participate in quality improvement programs to ensure quality care practices
    plan and deliver health teaching to individuals and groups.

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police and Working with Children checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually. However, in some community-partnered programs, there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Drug administration policy

Students should be aware of their legal responsibilities regarding the administration and storage of drugs. In addition, it is the policy of the School of Nursing and Midwifery that where drugs are required to be checked by two people prior to administration; the student and supervisor (clinical teacher or registered nurse) are considered as one person. Students should be aware of the drug administration policy relevant to the particular year of study.

Clinical Expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses related to clinical placements/fieldwork.
Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Vaccination policy

It is required that students obtain relevant vaccinations prior to clinical placements for presentation to the course coordinator on request.

Fieldwork

In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision.

Clinical experience is obtained in a wide variety of health agencies throughout Victoria, Australia and overseas.
Clinical experience makes up approximately 50 per cent of the Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) course. Generally speaking, students on clinical experience will take on shift work, including weekend shifts and night duty and work a supervised unpaid 40 hour week. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit. Make-up for time missed will be arranged in consultation with the clinical coordinator on receipt of a medical certificate.

A student may be denied access to or withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Professional recognition

Pending - National accreditation with the Australian Nursing and Midwifery Accreditation Council.

Structure

The Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) is a three year full-time or six year part-time degree which provides a broad educational foundation for general nursing practice as well as a focus on community health and primary care.

The course consists of 22 core units, drawn from both nursing and public health/health promotion. Students also undertake clinical placements in order to gain experience in a wide variety of related health agencies. Graduates will be eligible for registration as Registered Nurses with the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia.

Requirements

Year one

First semester

  • BMA1901 Human structure and function
  • NUR1001 Professional and scholarly communication
  • NUR1101 Perspectives of health and wellness
  • HSC1081 Foundations of public health

Second semester

  • BMA1912 Human bioscience in nursing
  • NUR1102 Health assessment in clinical practice
  • NUR1202 Legal issues and concepts
  • HSC1072 Health promotion 1

Year two

First semester

  • NUR2106 Integrated nursing practice 1
  • NUR2003 Contexts of health care
  • NUR2107 Person-centred mental health care

Second semester

  • NUR2206 Integrated nursing practice 2
  • NUR2207 Mental health clinical practice
  • HSC2051 Health program planning

Year three

First semester

  • NUR3002 Integrated nursing practice 3
  • NUR3003 Education for clinical practice
  • NUR3001 Evidence-based health care
  • HSC3052 Health promotion in primary and clinical settings

Second semester

  • NUR3004 Preparing for practice
  • NUR3005 Chronic illness management in primary care

Areas of Study

Award(s)

Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBNP
CRICOS code067101G
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT, 6 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Gippsland)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3963
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 99026454; Email: nursing.enquiries-gippsland@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing

Course coordinator

Jacinta Secomb

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course requires students to undertake placements in a range of regional, rural and metropolitan health care agencies. These placements are managed by the School of Nursing and Midwifery clinical office who ensure that students receive a variety of clinical placements across all locations.

Description

NOTE: This course has had one or more changes made to it since publication on 1 October 2011. For details of change/s, please consult the change register at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/2012-change-register.html.

This course offers the student the opportunity to gain skills and knowledge in nursing and prepares the graduate for a career in nursing or further study at postgraduate level.

Outcomes

On completion of the course, the graduate will be able to:

  • provide person-centred nursing care as a beginning practitioner in a variety of health care settings within local and global contexts
  • incorporate cultural, spiritual, developmental and social dimensions in the assessment of an individual and in the planning, implementation and evaluation of their care
  • practice in a safe manner that meets accepted legal, ethical and professional standards, including the Australian Nursing and Midwifery Council (ANMC) National Competency Standards for the Registered Nurse
  • enhance practice through the use of reflection in various aspects of the nursing role
  • communicate effectively both with the individuals for whom they care and those with which they work
  • use and apply evidence-based practice as a foundation for nursing care
  • contribute effectively to the delivery of high quality health care to individuals, families, groups and communities
  • develop and implement health promotion and education programs to change/improve the health status of individuals, families, groups and communities.

Credit for prior studies

Students who successfully complete a TAFE Certificate IV in Health (Nursing) may apply for credit for up to 24 credit points in the first year of the course. Students who successfully complete a TAFE Diploma in Nursing may apply for credit for up to 48 credit points in the first year of the course.

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police and Working with Children checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually. However, in some community partnered programs, there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Drug Administration Policy

Students should be aware of their legal responsibilities regarding the administration and storage of drugs. In addition, it is the policy of the School of Nursing and Midwifery that where drugs are required to be checked by two people prior to administration under the Drugs, Poisons and Controlled Substances Act 1981 (Victoria), and Drugs, Poisons and Controlled Substances Regulations 2006; the student and supervisor (clinical teacher or registered nurse) are considered as one person. Students should be aware of the drug administration policy relevant to the particular year of study. For more information please visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing/current.html and refer to the section entitled 'Clinical Guidelines'.

Vaccination Policy

It is required that students obtain relevant vaccinations prior to clinical placements for presentation to the course coordinator on request.

Fieldwork

Clinical practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.

Clinical experience makes up approximately 50 percent of the course. Generally speaking, students on clinical experience will take on shift work, including weekend shifts and night duty and work a supervised, unpaid 40 hour week. Make-up for time missed will be arranged in consultation with the clinical coordinator on receipt of a medical certificate.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the clinical component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Clinical expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during clinical placement. Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Professional recognition

Successful completion of the course and meeting the requirements for registration outlined by the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia will lead to eligibility for registration as a registered nurse with the Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Agency. Details regarding the boards requirements can be found at http://www.nursingmidwiferyboard.gov.au/Registration-Standards.aspx

Structure

The curriculum has three themes and four streams. In first year students focus on the theme of healthy living; in second year the focus shifts to pathophysiology and in third year it considers all aspects of health care in acute care and community. The following major streams run throughout the curriculum:

  • personal and professional development
  • scientific basis of clinical practice
  • society, population, health and illness
  • nursing knowledge and skills.

Requirements

First year

First semester

  • BMA1901 Human structure and function 1
  • NUR1002 Health, illness and professional nursing
  • NUR1101 Perspectives of health and wellness
  • NUR1201 Appreciating research and scholarship

Second semester

  • BMA1912 Human Bioscience in nursing
  • NUR1202 Legal issues and concepts
  • NUR1203 Evidence-based nursing practice

Second year

First semester

  • NUR2002 Nursing practice in context 1
  • NUR2006 Principles of nursing pharmacology
  • SRH2002 Indigenous health and wellbeing

Second semester

  • NUR2004 Nursing practice in context 2
  • NUR2104 Mental health practice 1
  • Elective

Third year

First semester

  • NUR3003 Education for clinical practice
  • NUR3104 Mental health practice 2
  • NUR3106 Introduction to high acuity

Second semester

  • NUR3009 Transition to nursing practice
  • NUR3204 Integrated Community Care

Award(s)

Bachelor of Nursing Practice


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBNP/BMid
CRICOS code070624K
Total credit points required192
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Gippsland)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3953
Contact details

Visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing; email nursing.enquiries-gippsland@monash.edu; telephone +61 3 9902 6454

Course coordinator

Ms Jan Jones

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is available for full-time study only.
  • Full-time study only.
  • The clinical component of this course requires students to be rostered to work a mix of day, evening, weekend and night shifts. Travel to metropolitan and rural off-campus locations for clinical practica will be required.

Description

The aim of the Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery is to produce a nurse midwife who is a highly capable individual able to work in partnership with the interdisciplinary team in general nursing and midwifery practice settings.

Outcomes

On completion of the Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery graduates will be able to:

  • practice within the scope of practice and standards set down by the Australian Nursing Council Inc (ANCI) national competencies for registered nurses and Australian Nursing and Midwifery Council (ANMC) national competencies for midwives
  • provide beginning-level holistic health care for individuals and communities in our multicultural society
  • practice within ethical and legal guidelines
  • plan, implement and evaluate care that encourages individuals to achieve optimum health and well being
  • demonstrate knowledge that is evidence-based and underpinned by sound political, historical, cultural and
  • social understandings of health
  • appreciate the significance of ongoing education and research to improve practice
  • work collectively and collaboratively with others on the health care team and value the partnerships formed with people in their care.

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Drug Administration Policy

Students should be aware of their legal responsibilities regarding the administration and storage of drugs. In addition, it is the policy of the School of Nursing and Midwifery that where drugs are required to be checked by two people prior to administration; the student and supervisor (clinical teacher or registered nurse) are considered as one person. Students should be aware of the drug administration policy relevant to the particular year of study. For more information please visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing/current.html and refer to the section entitled 'Clinical Guidelines'.

Vaccination Policy

It is required that students obtain relevant vaccinations prior to clinical placements for presentation to the course coordinator on request.

Fieldwork

Clinical practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit. Clinical experience may be obtained in a wide variety of health agencies throughout Victoria and Australia, and includes the potential for practice overseas.

Clinical experience makes up approximately 50 percent of the Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery course. Generally speaking, students on clinical experience will take on shift work, including weekend shifts and night duty and work a supervised, unpaid 37.5 hour week. Make-up for time missed will be arranged in consultation with the clinical coordinator on receipt of a medical certificate.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the clinical component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Clinical expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during clinical placement. Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Professional recognition

Successful completion of this course will lead to eligibility for registration with the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia as a Registered Nurse and Midwife.

Structure

Students complete 25 compulsory units. Clinical placements will also be undertaken throughout the course. The clinical practica comprise a major component of the course and require students to have experiences in a variety of clinical settings.

Requirements

Students complete:

First year

First semester

  • BMA1901 Human structure and function 1
  • MID1003 The childbearing journey
  • NUR1101 Perspectives of health and wellness
  • NUR1201 Appreciating research and scholarship

Second semester

  • BMA1912 Human Bioscience in Nursing
  • MID1002 Making practice connections
  • NUR1203 Evidence-based nursing practice

Second year

First semester

  • NUR2002 Nursing practice in context 1
  • MID2004 Being with birthing woman
  • MID2105 Supporting birthing women

Second semester

  • NUR2004 Nursing practice in context 2
  • NUR2104 Mental Health practice 1
  • SRH2002 Indigenous health and wellbeing

Third year

First semester

  • MID3103 Childbearing obstacles
  • MID3104 Navigating childbearing challenges
  • NUR1002 Health, illness and professional nursing
  • NUR3104 Mental health 2

Second semester

  • MID3201 Midwifery practice elective
  • MID3202 Supporting the newborn infant
  • NUR1202 Legal issues and concepts

Fourth year

First semester

  • MID4001 Preparation for practice (Midwifery)
  • NUR3003 Education for clinical practice
  • NUR3106 Introduction to high acuity nursing

Second semester

  • NUR3009 Transition to nursing practice
  • NUR3204 Integrated community care

Award(s)

Bachelor of Midwifery
Bachelor of Nursing Practice


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBN/BEH(Para)
CRICOS code058757J
Total credit points required192
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3892
Contact details

Visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing; telephone: +61 3 9904 4260; email: nursing.enquiries@med.monash.edu.au.

Course coordinator

Dr Virginia Plummer

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Full-time study only
  • The clinical component of this course requires students to be rostered to work a mix of day, evening, weekend and night shifts, and may encompass travel to a number of locations. This course also requires study of a clinical practice unit in the summer semester between third and fourth year.

Description

This integrated course offers students the opportunity to gain skills and qualifications in nursing and emergency health and inter-professional practice. The course prepares graduates for employment opportunities in an expanded scope of practice roles in nursing and paramedic environments. The career prospects for the graduate are enhanced due to a dual qualification and the synergies which the two professions share.

Outcomes

On completion of the course the graduate will be qualified for a career in three areas; as a registered nurse, a paramedic or a paramedic nurse. Qualified paramedic nurses will undertake a key role in community-based triage, pre-hospital and in-hospital care and retrieval and will have an essential role in multi-victim disasters.

The graduate will:

  • work in an inter-professional practice context
  • provide holistic, person centred nursing and paramedic care as a beginning practitioner in a variety of health care settings within local and global perspectives
  • incorporate the individual's cultural, spiritual, and social values in planning, implementing and evaluating care
  • practice in a manner that is reflective of the ethical and legal dimensions of the professions
  • act as a reflective practitioner recognising the learning needs of themselves and others
  • interpret and apply evidence-based practice as a foundation for nursing and paramedic care
  • demonstrate the ability to communicate effectively as a member of the multidisciplinary team
  • demonstrate an understanding of contexts in which health care is delivered within national and global perspectives
  • practice in accordance with the Australian Nursing and Midwifery Council (ANMC)Competencies

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police and Working with Children checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community-partnered programs, there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Medical Fitness Test

All applicants are required to complete a medical fitness test prior to commencement of the course.

Drug administration policy

Students should be aware of their legal responsibilities regarding the administration and storage of drugs. In addition, it is the policy of the School of Nursing and Midwifery that where drugs are required to be checked by two people prior to administration; the student and supervisor (clinical teacher or registered nurse) are considered as one person. Students should be aware of the drug administration policy relevant to the particular year of study. For more information please visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing/current.html and refer to the section entitled 'Clinical Guidelines'.

Vaccination policy

It is required that students obtain relevant vaccinations prior to clinical placements for presentation to the course coordinator on request.

Fieldwork

Clinical practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.

Generally speaking, students on clinical experience will take on shift work, including weekend shifts and night duty and work a supervised, unpaid 40 hour week. Make-up for time missed will be arranged in consultation with the clinical coordinator on receipt of a medical certificate.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the clinical component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Clinical expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during clinical placement. Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Professional recognition

Successful completion of the course will lead to eligibility for registration as a registered nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia.

Structure

Students are required to undertake approx 35 per cent of their units in shared nursing discipline units, 35 per cent in shared emergency health discipline units, 15 per cent in inter-professional units and 15 per cent in shared health sciences units.

Requirements

Students must satisfactorily complete the following units:

First year

First semester

  • BEH1011 Clinical concepts of paramedic practice
  • BMA1901 Human structure and function 1
  • NUR1001 Professional and scholarly communication
  • NUR1010 Foundations of nursing practice

Second semester

  • BMA1912 Human bioscience in nursing
  • NUR1205 Population and socio-cultural health research
  • NUR1102 Health assessment in clinical practice
  • NUR1202 Legal issues and concepts

Second year

First semester

  • NUR2107 Person centred mental health care
  • NUR2106 Integrated Nursing Practice 1
  • IPE1011 Foundations of health in primary clinical care 1

Second semester

  • NUR2206 Integrated Nursing Practice 2
  • NUR2207 Mental health clinical practice 1
  • BEH1102 Clinical concepts of paramedic practice 2

Third year

First semester

  • NUR3002 Nursing practice context 3
  • NUR3001 Evidence based health care
  • NUR3003 Education for Clinical Practice
  • BEH2131 Paramedic management of cardiovascular conditions

Second semester

  • BEH2012 Paramedic management of respiratory conditions
  • BEH2022 Paramedic management of trauma
  • BEH2141 The Paramedic in The Community

Summer A semester

  • BEH2032 Paramedic clinical practice 1

Fourth year

First semester

  • BEH3011 Paramedic management of medical conditions
  • NEH4001 Preparing for interprofessional practice
  • BEH2121 Paramedic Management of Maternal and Neonatal Health

Second semester

  • BEH3032 Paramedic management of critical care specialty situations
  • NUR3005 Chronic Illness Management in Primary Care
  • NEH4012 Interprofessional practice in community hospital settings

Award(s)

Bachelor of Nursing
Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBNutSc
CRICOS code075117M
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3956
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9594 5510, email: nutrition.dietetics@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nutrition-dietetics

Course coordinator

Dr Maxine Bonham

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course may require students to undertake off-campus work/research.

Description

The Bachelor of Nutrition Science prepares students to become nutrition scientists and qualifies students for careers in a wide variety of fields including, the food industry, nutrition research, government and non-government agencies and public health.

The course has a strong scientific and nutrition foundation in the first two years as you discover the scientific basis of nutrient requirements and healthy eating intertwined with practical elements such as assessing dietary intake, food chemistry and composition, and the complex regulatory requirements relating to the food you eat every day. The final year focuses on research skills culminating in a nutrition-related research project encouraging the student to apply the principles of scientific inquiry. A choice of electives in year three will allow the student to tailor the degree to their relevant interests.

Outcomes

The Bachelor of Nutrition Science aims to prepare graduates with the professional and personal qualities and competencies required for working as a nutrition scientist across a range of domains. The course integrates academic teaching and learning contextualised for the study of nutrition with an emphasis on research aimed at the maintenance of health and prevention of disease.

On successful completion of the course, it is expected graduates will:

  • understand the associations between nutrition and health and nutrition and disease and integrate and apply this to the practice of nutrition science
  • be skilled human nutrition scientists; innovative in their approach to analysis, critical thinking, problem-solving and evaluation
  • possess appropriate oral, written and IT skills, including the ability to present coherent argument, negotiate effectively and manage conflict
  • communicate effectively and efficiently with other peers, professionals, clients and the public
  • formulate and apply the principles of scientific inquiry to plan and undertake a research project to test a nutrition-related hypothesis.
  • describe and discuss in detail the impact of nutrients, gene- nutrient interactions and their potential role in the prevention of diet-related diseases
  • advocate on behalf of individuals, groups and the profession influencing the wider environment about factors which affect eating behaviour and nutrition standards
  • demonstrate effective communication skills to communicate nutritional sciences at an appropriate level to both experts and lay people
  • demonstrate awareness of the social, ethical, economic, political and environmental context of food and eating, nutrition, health and illness and psychological wellbeing
  • maintain high standards in professional life through a commitment to life-long learning and excellence of practice

Credit for prior studies

Assessment for credit for prior studies will be made on an individual basis.

Entry requirements

Honours Program

Successful completion of the Bachelor of Nutrition Science may provide an opportunity for progression into the Bachelor of Nutrition Science Honours program.

Vaccinations

This policy is in accordance with the National Health and Medical Research Council advice that educational institutions training students in health sciences should ensure that such students are protected as far as possible by vaccination against risks of infection.

The faculty recommends that all students accept responsibility for having up-to-date immunisations before commencing the course. Recommended immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella, tuberculosis and hepatitis B.

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community-partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork placements

This course may require students to undertake off-campus work/research.

Fieldwork expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses.

Professional recognition

Graduates may be eligible to apply for registration as an Associate Nutritionist with the letters ANutr. Suitability for Associate Registration is determined by the Registration Committee of the Nutrition Society Australia and applies to qualified graduates with a Bachelor of Science or other suitable qualification in nutrition or an appropriate subject.

Graduates may also be eligible for associate membership of the Dietetic Association of Australia and eligible to apply for Accredited Nutritionist credential.

Structure

The Bachelor of Nutrition Science course is built around four themes delivered within a partially integrated curriculum. The first two years of the course provide the scientific foundations to the study of nutrition, a focus on food and food science, developing skills in research and enquiry and the development of students - from a personal and professional perspective. This part of the course is co-taught with the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetic.

In year three of the course, the focus moves to the development of the student as a skilled researcher. The undertaking of a novel piece of nutrition research offers the opportunity to apply and develop the knowledge and research skills emphasised in years one and two.

The importance of public health nutrition is also a prominent feature of the third year as the challenges associated with the increase in chronic disease are articulated.

Requirements

Units are 12 credit points unless otherwise specified.

First year

First semester

  • BND1001 Personal and professional perspectives in nutrition
  • BND1101 Science foundations

Second semester

  • BND1102 Introduction to food and nutrition science
  • BND1002 Evaluating the evidence: Nutrition and population health

Second year

First semester

  • Food: Science, composition, safety, standards and skills*
  • Nutrition across the life span*

Second semester

  • Integrated science systems (18 points)*
  • Applied research methods in nutrition (6 points)*

Third year

First semester

  • Public health nutrition (6 points)*
  • Nutrition controversies (6 points)*
  • two 6-point electives

Second semester

  • Research project (18 points)*
  • elective (6 points )

* Unit code and title to be confirmed.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Nutrition Science


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBNutDietet
CRICOS code075337K
Total credit points required192
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3404
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9594 5510, email: nutrition.dietetics@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nutrition-dietetics

Course coordinator

Professor Helen Truby

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Full time study only
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus placements.

Description

The Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics aims to prepare graduates with the professional and personal qualities required for future dietetic practice in a variety of workplace settings. The course integrates academic teaching and learning with clinical, population health, food service, research and management experience and is undertaken in both academic and professional practice placement settings.

On completion of this course, students will be expected to demonstrate the generic attributes of a Monash graduate and graduates will be "equipped to live, learn, work and contribute globally" (Monash Directions 2025).

The objectives of the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics have been classified according to the four themes of the course:

Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice

Theme 2: Determinants and Influences of Public Health and Nutrition

Theme 3: Nutrition Fundamentals of Health and Disease

Theme 4: Food: from science to systems

Applied and practical learning experiences will transverse all themes to support the integrated approach to the teaching and learning of the Nutrition and Dietetics course.

The development of skills and knowledge in research relevant and/or applied to nutrition and dietetic practice will underpin each of the four core themes of the program.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, it is expected graduates will:

  • Fulfil (and potentially surpass) the National Competency Standards for Entry Level Dietitians as defined by the Dietitians Association of Australia (DAA) 2009*
  • Maintain professional and ethical conduct as outlined in the DAA Code of Professional Conduct*
  • Accept responsibility and practise in a safe and ethical manner in relation to themselves, their peers/colleagues, clients and the community/populations
  • Be skilled human nutrition scientists; innovative in their approach to analysis, critical thinking, problem-solving and evaluation
  • Understand the associations between nutrition and health and nutrition and disease and integrate and apply this to the practice of nutrition and dietetics.
  • Value research and be skilled at accessing, critically appraising and applying the best available evidence to everyday practice
  • Engage in the expanding knowledge base and be aware of the latest advances in nutrition and dietetics and related areas
  • Learn independently, in a resourceful and timely manner, and effectively using relevant technology
  • Possess appropriate oral, written and IT skills, including the ability to present coherent argument, negotiate effectively and manage conflict
  • Communicate effectively and efficiently with other peers, professionals, clients and the public
  • Respect and understand the roles of other professionals and work collaboratively within the nutrition and dietetics team and as part of the broader interdisciplinary healthcare team
  • Work effectively and flexibly with a diverse range of people and function well within teams across a range of settings
  • Be culturally competent and self aware
  • Be reflective, empathetic and compassionate with a concern for issues of equity, equality, humanity and social justice
  • Advocate on behalf of individuals, groups and the profession influencing the wider environment about factors which affect eating behaviour and nutrition standards
  • Demonstrate awareness of the social, ethical, economic, political and environmental context of food and eating, nutrition, health and illness and psychological wellbeing, and delivery of care
  • Integrate knowledge of relevant public policy and health and social care systems into practice
  • Integrate advanced food knowledge and food skills into their professional practice
  • Be committed to the health of populations as well as individuals and be proactive in health promotion
  • Be client-centred in their approach, respecting the right of clients and their support networks to collaborate in decision-making
  • Achieve a breadth of education with a tolerance and respect for ambiguity & differing views
  • Maintain high standards in professional life through a commitment to lifelong learning and excellence of practice

* Available at http://www.daa.asn.au

Credit for prior studies

Assessment for credit for prior studies will be made on an individual basis and is not guaranteed.

Special requirements

Health requirements

In order to meet health requirements for working in teaching hospitals and professional placement sites and for protection of other students and themselves, students in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics need to comply with certain precautionary procedures. These consist of confidential tests for immune status (including blood tests and skin tests), receiving vaccines and having x-rays where the evidence indicates these are appropriate and there are no specific contraindications in individual cases.

Prospective students should note that on enrolment, students are provided with detailed written information and, as appropriate, counselling about the effect that HIV or hepatitis B infection may have on the ability of health care workers to practise their profession. Additional information is provided to students in their third year when they are in contact with patients as part of their clinical studies.

Vaccinations

This policy is in accordance with the National Health and Medical Research Council advice that educational institutions training students in health sciences should ensure that such students are protected as far as possible by vaccination against risks of infection.

The faculty recommends that all students accept responsibility for having up-to-date immunisations before commencing the course. Recommended immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella, tuberculosis and hepatitis B.

Police Checks and Working with Children Checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Fieldwork

Professional practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus supervised practice placements. In the practice setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the practice component of each unit. Placement may occur in metropolitan and rural settings.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the placement component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a practicum if required skills, knowledge and professional behaviour are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Clinical expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during clinical placement. Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Professional recognition

This course meets the accreditation requirements of the Dietitians Association of Australia (DAA).

Structure

The Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics is an innovative, partially integrated four year undergraduate degree commencing in 2012. The curriculum is integrated so that learning is consistently placed within the context of nutrition and dietetic practice in a variety of settings.

The three years are primarily conducted at the University and the last eighteen months are spent primarily in the professional placement setting at sites managed by our placement partners. These include clinical, food service, community nutrition and public health nutrition settings. Students complete 13 compulsory units that fulfill the Dietitians of Association of Australia Entry Level Competencies. Units range between 6-18 credit points.

Requirements

First year

First semester

  • BND1001 Personal and Professional Perspectives in Nutrition12 CP
  • BND1101 Science Foundations 12 CP

Second semester

  • BND1102 Introduction to Food and Nutrition Science 12 CP
  • BND1002 Evaluating the evidence: nutrition and population health 12 CP

Second year

First semester

  • Integrated science systems 18 CP
  • Applied Research methods in Nutrition 6CP

Second semester

  • Food: Science, Composition, Science, Safety, Standard and Skills (12CP)
  • Nutrition across the Lifespan (12CP)

Third year

First semester

  • Dietetic Skills and Simulated Practice 12 CP
  • Public Heath Nutrition 12 CP

Second semester

  • Nutrition Program Planning 24CP

Fourth year

First semester

  • Clinical Dietetics Practice 24CP

Second semester

  • Professional Practice in the Healthcare setting 24CP

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit with a Bachelor of Nutrition Science after successful completion of three years of the course.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBOccTherapy
CRICOS code063700F
Total credit points required192
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3869
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9904 4466, email: occupationaltherapy@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/occupationaltherapy

Course coordinator

Dr Ted Brown and Dr Helen Bourke-Taylor

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Full-time study only
  • This course requires annual fieldwork placements in a metropolitan or regional location.

Description

The course uses a combination of traditional and scenario-based learning and teaching methods. Students develop expertise in working cooperatively to seek out information and applying their learning to situations relevant to occupational therapy practice. The curriculum incorporates knowledge from the disciplines of occupational science (the study of humans as occupational beings), as well as biomedical, behavioural and social sciences.

As part of the Monash Bachelor of Occupational Therapy, students also complete fieldwork education in various practice settings during each year of the course. This provides opportunities for students to apply knowledge and skills, and appreciate the relevance of ongoing learning in the context of supervised health service delivery.

Honours

Students who obtain a minimum 75 per cent cumulative grade average during years one and two of the BOccTherapy, and who are ranked in the top 10 per cent of the course for their respective year, will be eligible to be admitted into the honours course. No additional period of study is required for the awarding of honours in this degree.

Outcomes

Graduates of occupational therapy will be able to:

  • demonstrate the knowledge, skills and attributes appropriate for a competent entry level practitioner:
  • develop strategies to enable individuals, groups and communities to participate in everyday occupations that they want and need to do
  • appraise barriers to people's participation and devise strategies to overcome these
  • articulate the unique professional contribution of occupational therapy
  • be client-centred in their approach
  • critically appraise the nature and meaning of occupation, the occupational nature of human beings and the theories and basic principles related to enabling occupation and occupational performance
  • explain biomedical and social sciences concepts underpinning occupational therapy practice
  • be proactive in prevention-oriented and health promotion practice, demonstrating commitment to the health of populations as well as individuals
  • describe different research approaches and be skilled at applying the best available evidence to everyday practice
  • practice ethically, respectfully and collaboratively, and assume leadership, supervisory and management roles as appropriate
  • create personal strategies to maintain high standards in their professional life, contribute to their professional community and engage in lifelong learning
  • recognise the intrinsic value of people irrespective of culture, values, beliefs and socio-economic status.

Credit for prior studies

Applicants applying for credit must clearly demonstrate that the content of their previous studies is at least equivalent to the Monash Bachelor of Occupational Therapy course components for which they are seeking credit.

Applicants can also apply for credit of prior studies for the two six-credit point electives that are part of the Monash Bachelor of Occupational Therapy based on previously completed tertiary level units.

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Health requirements

In order to meet health requirements for working in health care facilities and for the protection of other students, and themselves, students may need to comply with certain precautionary procedures. These may consist of confidential tests for immune status (including blood tests and skin tests), receiving vaccines and having x-rays where the evidence indicates that these are appropriate.

Vaccinations

The faculty recommends that all students accept responsibility for having up-to-date immunisations before commencing this course. Recommended immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella, tuberculosis and hepatitis B.

Monash University is required to inform placement organisations of the immunisation status of all students. If a student does not satisfy the placement organisation's immunisation requirements, it may refuse to accept the student for a placement. A student who is unable to complete all compulsory placements cannot meet the requirements for successful completion of the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy as specified by Monash University.

Food handling certificate

Students will be required to pay for and undertake the relevant study to gain a food handling certificate level one. The certificate is called 'Safe Food Handling' and information can be found at http://www.chisholm.edu.au. The course usually runs for one day and a TAFE organisation is asked to conduct the course on-campus during Semester One of the first year of study..

Fieldwork

Fieldwork placements

This course requires students to complete a total of 1000 hours of fieldwork education, as required by the World Federation of Occupational Therapists (WFOT). Participation in fieldwork education is integral to learning and is a requirement of the program in all years. This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork education placements. A mix of metropolitan and rural health services are utilised for fieldwork education. In practice settings, students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under the supervision of qualified occupational therapy staff. Attendance is mandatory for the practice education component. All students will undertake one rural fieldwork education placement sometime during second, third or fourth year. Students should take these matters into consideration when considering casual employment.

Fieldwork expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during clinical placement. Uniforms and accessories may be required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Structure

At the commencement of the course, students study foundation units in occupational science, anatomy, physiology, psychology, health science and occupational therapy practice. This knowledge is then developed and applied to the assessment and intervention processes used by occupational therapists with individuals, groups and communities.

Students also undertake annual fieldwork placements, and an inter-professional education block each semester during the eight semesters of the occupational therapy program. The latter involves working with students enrolled in other health science courses (for example, physiotherapy, radiography and medical imaging, nutrition and dietetics) around structured academic content focused on mutual understanding, collaboration and teamwork.

Units undertaken in the first and second years are common to all students. There are some differences in the units undertaken at third and fourth years depending on whether the student is undertaking the pass or honours level of the degree.

Requirements

First year

First semester

  • BMA1901 Human structure and function 1
  • IPE1011 Foundations of health
  • OCC1011 Professional issues
  • OCC1021 Psychology for occupational therapy

Second semester

  • BMA1902 Human structure and function 2
  • OCC1012 Occupational science
  • OCC1022 Foundations of occupational therapy practice
  • OCC1032 Development across the lifespan

Second year

First semester

  • OCC2011 Occupational performance, capabilities and components

Second semester

  • OCC2020 Enabling occupation 1A: Performance challenges
  • OCC2022 Skills for evidence-based practice 1
  • 6 Point Elective

Third year

First semester

All students complete:

  • OCC3030 Enabling occupation 1B: Performance challenges
  • OCC3041 Skills for evidence-based practice 2
  • IPE1010 Health promotion in primary clinical care

Second semester

All students complete:

  • OCC3052 Enabling occupation II: Performance challenges in population health

In addition:

  • pass degree students complete OCC3062 Participatory community practice 1: Development
  • honours degrees students complete OCC3072 Occupational therapy honours project 1

Fourth year

First semester

All students complete:

Plus one 6-point elective. Students are able to select from any units available in the University, or one of the following:

  • OCC4111 Introduction to hand therapy theory, principles and practice
  • OCC4121 Adaptive and assistive technology*
  • OCC4131 Assessment of children: Methods, policy, ethics and issues*
  • OCC4141 Occupational therapy for young children with a disability and their families
  • OCC4142 Occupational therapy for school aged children with disabilities.

* Only offered in alternate years.

In addition:

  • pass degree students complete OCC4071 Participatory community practice 2: Implementation
  • honours degrees students complete OCC4091 Occupational therapy honours project 2

Second semester

All students complete:

  • OCC4082 Advanced professional practice
  • OCC4092 Transition to practice 2

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Bachelor of Human Sciences after successfully completing at least 144 points of study.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Occupational Therapy
Bachelor of Occupational Therapy (with Honours)

Where more than one award is listed the actual award conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBPT
CRICOS code064803B
Total credit points required192
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3868
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9904 4466, email: physiotherapy@monash.edu or visit

http://www.monash.edu/physiotherapy

Course coordinator

Ms Prue Morgan

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Full-time study only
  • The clinical component of this course requires students to travel to a variety of health services and agencies, including a rural placement. Students are required to be flexible, as hours of work and attendance days may vary.

Description

Monash physiotherapy education is built around five themes delivered within a fully integrated curriculum. Commencing first semester, the curriculum is structured around conditions for which people typically seek physiotherapy. In the later years of the course, the focus moves to learning in a clinical environment. This provides opportunities for students to apply knowledge and skills, and appreciate the relevance of ongoing learning in the context of supervised health service delivery.

Monash physiotherapy education facilitates development of skills through small group learning. Other features of this degree are opportunities to experience interdisciplinary service delivery and inter-professional education (IPE). In IPE, students spend some time each semester learning and collaborating with students enrolled in other health science courses including occupational therapy, nursing, ambulance and paramedic studies, medical imaging, nutrition and dietetics, and social work.

In the third and fourth years of study, the majority of time is spent in clinical education. Some flexibility may be required of students, both in terms of hours worked at clinics and scheduling of clinical education. Clinical practicum across all years of the course is compulsory.

All students will undertake rural clinical education during third or fourth year. Students should take these matters into consideration when considering casual employment.

Transfer to the Honours degree of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy may be possible for high achieving students at the end of first year.

Course themes

Theme 1: Personal and professional development

This theme focuses on the development of personal attributes and skills that assist the student in the transition from student to physiotherapist. It includes verbal and written communication skills and developing an understanding of the importance of relevant ethical and legal issues and the physiotherapy profession.

Theme 2: Population, society and health

This theme provides the structure to learn about and deal with broader society and population issues and is underpinned by an internationally accepted socio-ecological model of health.

Theme 3: Fundamental knowledge of health science

This theme provides the knowledge and skills required for physiotherapy clinical practice. It includes biomedical and behavioural sciences as well as the theory of physiotherapy practice.

Theme 4: Applied practice

This theme develops clinical competencies for physiotherapy practice. It focuses on the incorporation of the best available research evidence with the clinical reasoning skills of assessment, management, evaluation and health care across the lifespan and across a spectrum of patient environments and circumstances.

Theme 5: Research

This theme provides opportunities to gain the knowledge and skills to locate, interpret and critically evaluate research relevant to physiotherapy practice.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, students will be expected to demonstrate the generic attributes of a Monash graduate. The objectives of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy have been classified according to the themes of the course.

On successful completion of the course the student will be expected to demonstrate the following specific attributes within these themes:

  • have a standard of knowledge, skills and technical competency appropriate for an entry level practitioner in physiotherapy
  • be prepared to maintain high standards in their professional life through a commitment to lifelong learning
  • be aware of the latest advances in physiotherapy and related fields, and be positioned to engage in the expanding knowledge base
  • appreciate the value of research and be skilled at accessing, critically appraising and applying the best available evidence to their everyday practice
  • be effective users of relevant technology
  • understand and show respect for the roles of other professionals and be able to work collaboratively within the discipline of physiotherapy and as part of a multidisciplinary team
  • have the knowledge and skills to practise in a safe and ethical manner in relation to themselves, their clients and the community
  • be client-centred in their approach, respecting the right of clients and their support networks to participate in decision-making
  • demonstrate awareness that people's health encompasses their activities and participation as well as their body structures and functions, personal and environmental factors
  • be able to supervise, manage and take responsibility, as appropriate, when working in collaboration with other professionals, students, clients and their support networks
  • achieve a breadth of education with a tolerance for ambiguity and differing views
  • be reflective and compassionate, with a concern for issues of equity, equality, humanity and social justice
  • have the ability to learn independently and be innovative in their approach to analysis, critical thinking, problem-solving and evaluation
  • be able to effectively and efficiently communicate with other professionals, clients and the public
  • possess appropriate oral, written and IT skills, including the ability to present coherent argument, negotiate effectively and manage conflict
  • demonstrate awareness of the social, ethical, economic, political and environmental context of illness, health and wellbeing
  • be committed to the health of populations as well as individuals and be proactive in prevention-oriented physiotherapy practice and health promotion
  • understand the social and ethical dimensions of physiotherapy professional activities
  • integrate knowledge of relevant public policy and health and social care systems into their practice
  • be able to work effectively with a diverse range of people and settings.

Credit for prior studies

Applicants applying for credit must clearly demonstrate to the selection committee that the content of their previous studies is at least equivalent to the Monash Bachelor of Physiotherapy course components for which they are seeking credit.

Special requirements

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Health requirements

Students will be required to comply with the faculty Immunisation and Infection Risk Policy, and current recommendations and procedures, to enable them to proceed through the course with an acceptably low level of risk.

Prospective and enrolling students will be provided with detailed written information and, as appropriate, counselling about the effects that HIV or hepatitis B infection may have on the ability of health care workers to practice their profession.

Vaccinations

It is recommended that all students accept responsibility for having up-to-date immunisations before commencing the course. Recommended immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella, and hepatitis B.

Monash University is required to inform placement organisations of the immunisation status of all students. If a student does not satisfy the placement organisation's immunisation requirements, it may refuse to accept the student for a placement. A student who is unable to complete all compulsory placements cannot meet the requirements for successful completion of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.

First aid

In addition to the units outlined below, students will complete their 'Apply First Aid' certificate as part of their studies.

Fieldwork

Clinical practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component.

Clinical expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during clinical placement. Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Professional recognition

Upon successful completion of this course, graduates are eligible to apply for registration with the Physiotherapy Board of Australia.

Structure

During the first and second years of the course, education in the biomedical and behavioural sciences (anatomy, biomechanics, kinesiology, pathology, pharmacology, physiology, psychology, radiology, sociology), foundations of physiotherapy practice and research, is provided on campus using a problem-based and patient-centred approach to learning.

All students will participate in interprofessional education in year one and two to gain knowledge and insight into multidisciplinary health services and issues.

On-campus learning continues in the early weeks of year three. The focus then changes to learning in the clinical setting. Clinical education aims to develop knowledge and practice in the delivery of physiotherapy services under the supervision of experienced physiotherapists. Clinical education will be undertaken in a diversity of settings, with challenges increasing across years three and four. Year four also includes paediatrics and the opportunity to undertake elective units in areas of interest. A mix of metropolitan and rural health services are utilised for clinical education.

Requirements

First year

First semester

Second semester

Second year

First semester

Second semester

Third year

First semester

Second semester

Fourth year

First semester

Second semester

First or second Semester

  • PTY4070 Physiotherapy 7 - clinical
  • PTY4080 Physiotherapy 8 - clinical

Progression to further studies

Students who demonstrate exemplary performance in the first year of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy may be offered a place in course 3891 Bachelor of Physiotherapy (with Honours), subject to supervisor availability.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Bachelor of Human Sciences after successfully completing at least 144 points of study.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Physiotherapy


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBPT(Hons)
CRICOS code064804A
Total credit points required216
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3891
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9904 4466, email: physiotherapy@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/physiotherapy

Course coordinator

Professor Jenny Keating

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Full-time study only. To complete the degree requirements within four years it is necessary for students to overload in years two, three and four (or part-time equivalent).
  • The clinical component of this course requires students to travel to a variety of health services and agencies, including a rural placement. Students are required to be flexible, as hours of work and attendance days may vary.

Description

The Honours Degree of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy provides a recognised research course for undergraduate students. It provides students with the opportunity to develop research skills beyond the extensive research component already existing within course 3868 Bachelor of Physiotherapy. Students undertaking the honours degree program will be well placed with regard to applying for scholarships to pursue higher degrees by research, obtaining formal post graduate research opportunities and applying complex research skills in clinical practice.

Outcomes

In addition to the course objectives for course 3868 Bachelor of Physiotherapy, on completion of the honours degree graduates will be able to:

  • sustain collaboration with an academic supervisor
  • develop a focused research question
  • complete a sophisticated and comprehensive search for relevant information
  • construct a systematic review using the principles argued by the Cochrane Collaboration
  • extract relevant data from studies included in a review using systematic methods
  • apply knowledge of appropriate research design in the development of a high quality research proposal
  • demonstrate an understanding of the principles of ethical research through the development and submission of an ethics application to conduct research
  • determine and apply data analysis methods appropriate for a research question
  • implement a focused research project
  • demonstrate the ability to collect, manage and analyse data collected during the conduct of research
  • demonstrate the ability to accurately document research findings and develop defensible conclusions
  • demonstrate the ability to present research findings and respond in an educated way to enquiries about the research findings
  • utilise feedback appropriately
  • write a scholarly account of a research project in a 10,000-12,000 word thesis
  • demonstrate the ability to adhere to project timelines
  • archive relevant documents arising from the conduct of research
  • write a final report to the approving ethics committee describing project completion.

Entry requirements

Eligible students undertaking the Bachelor of Physiotherapy may be offered a place in the Honours Degree of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy at the end of first year.

Special requirements

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Health requirements

Students will be required to comply with the faculty Immunisation and Infection Risk Policy, and current recommendations and procedures, to enable them to proceed through the course with an acceptably low level of risk.

Prospective and enrolling students will be provided with detailed written information and, as appropriate, counselling about the effects that HIV or hepatitis B infection may have on the ability of health care workers to practice their profession.

Vaccinations

It is recommended that all students accept responsibility for having up-to-date immunisations before commencing the course. Recommended immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella, and hepatitis B.

Monash University is required to inform placement organisations of the immunisation status of all students. If a student does not satisfy the placement organisation's immunisation requirements, it may refuse to accept the student for a placement. A student who is unable to complete all compulsory placements cannot meet the requirements for successful completion of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.

First aid

In addition to the units outlined below, students will complete their 'Apply First Aid' certificate as part of their studies.

Fieldwork

Clinical practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component.

Clinical expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during clinical placement. Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Professional recognition

Upon successful completion of this course, graduates are eligible to apply for registration with the Physiotherapy Board of Australia.

Structure

The Bachelor of Physiotherapy (with Honours) is an alternative and parallel pathway to the Bachelor of Physiotherapy. Honours students undertake all units within the Bachelor of Physiotherapy plus three additional units

Requirements

First year

First semester

Second semester

Second year

First semester

Second semester

Full year

  • PTY2000 Honours systematic review*

Third year

First semester

Second semester

Full year

  • PTY3000 Honours research proposal*

Fourth year

First semester

Second semester

Semester One or Two

  • PTY4070 Physiotherapy 7 - clinical
  • PTY4080 Physiotherapy 8 - clinical

Full year

* Full year unit

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Bachelor of Human Sciences after successfully completing at least 144 points of study.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Physiotherapy (with Honours)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBPsychSciBus
CRICOS code069370D
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT, 6 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Sunway)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3863
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9905 3965, email: ugcourse.psych@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/psych/course/ugrad/bpsychbus-index.html

Course coordinator

Dr Tom Whelan

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.

Description

This course is intended for students who wish to apply psychological training to work in a business environment. Students acquire a fundamental understanding of the major principles of psychology and are exposed to a broad cross section of topics relevant to applied and professional psychology. They also acquire a basic knowledge of core business disciplines and specialised knowledge in one business area, and develop an understanding of psychology in a business environment.

Students will enhance their ability to develop careers in psychology, and/or business through the development of effective interpersonal and communication skills, the mastering of essential research design procedures, statistical analyses and methods of written and oral communication relevant to the fields of psychology and business.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, students will have:

  • acquired a fundamental understanding of the major principles of psychology
  • been exposed to a broad cross section of topics relevant to applied and professional psychology
  • acquired a basic knowledge of core business disciplines and specialised knowledge in one business area
  • developed effective interpersonal and communication skills
  • mastered the essential research design procedures, statistical analyses and methods of written and oral communication relevant to the fields of psychology and business
  • developed an understanding of psychology in a business environment
  • acquired skills in modern information technologies, which will enhance their effectiveness in employment
  • the ability to commence or develop careers in psychology, marketing, management, human resources, or other business areas
  • the skills and encouragement to progress to postgraduate studies and/or research.

Professional recognition

The Bachelor of Psychological Science and Business is accredited by the Australian Psychology Accreditation Council.

This degree does not make students eligible to register as a psychologist. A career in psychology will require further study and training after completion of the Bachelor of Psychological Science and Business.

Structure

The course consists of:

  • a ten unit undergraduate major sequence in psychology from the School of Psychology and Psychiatry
  • six core business units from the Faculty of Business and Economics
  • an eight-unit major in any major sequence offered by the Faculty of Business and Economics on the campus at which the student is enrolled.

Requirements

First year

First semester

  • AFW1000 Principles of accounting and finance
  • MGW1010 Introduction to management
  • MKW1120 Marketing theory and practice
  • PSY1011 Psychology 1A

Second semester

Second year

First semester

  • PSY2031 Developmental and biological psychology
  • PSY2051 Research design and analysis
  • two units from the Business and Economics major*

Second semester

  • PSY2042 Cognitive and social psychology
  • PSY2112 Organisational psychology
  • two units from the Business and Economics major*

Third year

First semester

  • PSY3041 Psychological testing, theories of ability and ethics
  • PSY3051 Perception and personality
  • two units from the Business and Economics major*

Second semester

  • PSY3032 Abnormal psychology
  • PSY3062 Research methods and theory
  • two units of from the Business and Economics major*

* Refer to areas of study entries at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/aos/index-byfaculty-bus.html for details of Business and Economics majors and units available.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Psychological Science and Business


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBPsych(Hons)
CRICOS code055711C
Total credit points required192
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT, 8 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3883
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9905 3965, email: ugcourse.psych@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/psych/course/ugrad/bpsych-index.html

Course coordinator

Dr Greg Yelland

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.

Description

This degree is designed for students who wish to study psychology intensively with a view to pursuing a career as a research or professional psychologist. In the first three years of the course, students study the core areas of the scientific discipline of psychology, as well as being able to pursue their individual interests in a range of areas relating to the application of psychology. Students are also introduced to other disciplines which complement the study of psychology. In the fourth year, students undertake the honours program in psychology.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the course the student will be expected to able to:

  • describe and discuss theories and research, and investigate and critically evaluate issues in the core discipline areas of psychology - perception, cognition, learning, motivation, emotion, language, social and biological bases of behaviour, abnormal psychology, lifespan development, individual differences, history and philosophy of psychology, testing, assessment, intercultural and indigenous psychology
  • contribute to discipline knowledge through research, including critical review of scientific literature, identification of research problems, design and conduct of research, application of statistical analyses to evaluate research outcomes, and clear communication of findings according to the professional requirements of the discipline
  • describe and discuss the ethical standards and legislative frameworks governing research and practice in psychology, and demonstrate an appreciation of the role of ethics in maintaining the integrity of the profession
  • recognise the importance of the relationship between knowledge of the scientific discipline of psychology and the application of this knowledge in the practice of psychology, and to demonstrate this understanding across a number of applications of the discipline
  • demonstrate the skills required to maintain professional competence by keeping up with recent developments and contemporary issues in the field and appreciate the importance of ongoing professional development and training and demonstrate a foundation knowledge in a selected range of related discipline areas that complement the theoretical and practical application of psychology.

Professional recognition

The Bachelor of Psychology (with Honours) is accredited by the Australian Psychology Accreditation Council pending completion by its first graduates.

Structure

Students study 24 six credit point units in the first three years of the course:

  • nine core psychology units which form part of the Australian Psychology Accreditation Council accredited sequence in psychology
  • seven psychology elective units, one of which must be PSY3260 Advances in psychology, mental health and neuroscience
  • eight units from a range of recommended non-psychology elective units.

In the fourth year of the course, students undertake the requirements of the current honours program in psychology (48 points). To be eligible for progression into the fourth year of the course, students must achieve at least the minimum entry requirement that is standard for all honours programs in psychology based on the average grade across all core third-year units.

Requirements

First year

First semester

  • PSY1011 Psychology 1A
  • three non-psychology electives

Second semester

  • PSY1022 Psychology 1B
  • three non-psychology electives

Second year

First semester

  • PSY2031 Developmental and biological psychology
  • PSY2051 Research design and analysis
  • one psychology elective
  • one non-psychology elective

Second semester

  • PSY2042 Cognitive and social psychology
  • two psychology electives
  • one non-psychology elective

Third year

First semester

  • PSY3041 Psychological testing, theories of ability and ethics
  • PSY3051 Perception and personality
  • PSY3260 Advances in psychology, mental health and neuroscience
  • one psychology elective

Second semester

  • PSY3032 Abnormal psychology
  • PSY3062 Research methods and theory
  • two psychology electives

Fourth year

Full year

  • PSY4100 Psychology honours research project

First semester

  • PSY4210 Statistics and research design for professional psychology
  • PSY4270 Psychological assessment

Second semester

  • PSY4220 Ethical and professional issues in psychology

Plus one of:

  • PSY4110 Psychology in Society
  • PSY4130 Developmental and Clinical Neuroscience

Elective units

Psychology electives

Some of these units can be taken in the second year of study, depending on the prerequisites or corequisites. Not all units are offered each year.

Non-psychology electives

The 48 points of non-psychology electives must be chosen from a list of recommended electives, or students can apply to the course coordinator for approval of an elective unit not on this list. Some electives may only be offered at one location or by off-campus learning. The non-psychology electives can include units from biology, philosophy, sociology, criminal justice and health sciences. Students undertake six non-psychology units in their first year and two non-psychology units in their second year. A list of recommended first and second year non-psychology elective units are listed below.

Recommended first year elective units
  • ATS1281 Understanding crime
  • ATS1282 Criminal justice in action: Police, courts and corrections
  • ATS1365 Introduction to sociology I
  • ATS1366 Introduction to sociology II
  • ATS1371 Philosophy: Introduction A (Life, death, and morality)
  • ATS1835 Philosophy: Introduction B (Time, self, and mind)
  • BIO1011 Biology I
  • BIO1022 Biology II
  • MGW1010 Managing people and organisations*
  • MGW1100 Managerial communication*
  • MKW1120 Marketing theory and practice*

* Some units offered by the Faculty of Business and Economics may be available to take as electives, however enrolments in these units may depend on students satisfying the Business and Economics requirements (mathematics prerequisites).

Recommended second year elective units

Non-psychology electives undertaken in second year may be a continuation of the above first-year-level elective units.

Progression to further studies

To be eligible for progression into the fourth year of the course, students must achieve at least the minimum entry requirement that is standard for all honours programs in psychology Admission to the honours year is determined solely by academic merit. The minimum requirement is an average grade of 70 per cent in core psychology units at the third year level, however in practice the cut-off has been in the 75-80 per cent range over the last five years. In addition the applicant must demonstrate a suitable background in research methods. Because of limitations in resources and availability of supervision, it may be necessary to limit entry. Students will also be eligible to apply for entry to other fourth-year psychology programs at Monash (eg the Postgraduate Diploma of Psychology) or at other universities.

Alternative exit(s)

Students who do not meet the entry requirements for the fourth-year honours program in this course will exit with the award of Bachelor of Psychological Science, provided they have successfully completed the first three years of the program as outlined above. These students will be eligible to apply for entry to other fourth-year psychology programs at Monash (eg the Postgraduate Diploma of Psychology) or at other universities.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Psychology (with Honours)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBPH
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (South Africa)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/4502
Contact details

School of Health Sciences, MSA

http://www.monash.ac.za/healthsci/bachelor-of-public-health.html

Course coordinator

Professor Geoff Setswe Head, School of Health Sciences Monash South Africa Tel: +27 11 950 4330

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Some units in this course require students to undertake off-campus site visits and/or placements. These may occur in a range of settings and can include travel to metropolitan and rural areas. Students are required to be flexible, as hours of attendance/work may vary. Full-time study only.

Description

The Bachelor of Public Health is a multidisciplinary three year degree that provides students with opportunities to choose pathways in public health promotion, programs and policy, and clinical and public health sciences, leading to a wide range of careers. It also provides a pathway to graduate entry and postgraduate clinical programs (for example medicine, social work, nursing and allied health) as well as honours and higher degrees by research

Outcomes

The Bachelor of Public Health strive to graduate entry-level practitioners in the fields of public health programs, policy and/or research who can:

  • demonstrate the knowledge, skills and technical competency relevant to their public health pathway
  • access, critically appraise and apply the best available evidence to address public health issues
  • use relevant knowledge and skills to optimise the allocation and utilisation of public health resources
  • recognise and critique the relationship between public health, policymaking, sectoral interests and health and social care systems
  • demonstrate the capacity to work in local, regional or global health contexts
  • articulate the relationship between health, equity, human rights and social justice and advocate accordingly.
  • communicate effectively in a professional context and demonstrate cultural and ethical competence.

Credit for prior studies

Credit may be granted for formal learning, such as a course offered by a professional body, enterprise, private educational institution, or by any other accredited provider recognised by Monash South Africa.

Recognition of prior learning

Students may be granted credit on the basis of recognition of prior learning where they can demonstrate experience of approximately three to five years working within the industry.

Immunisation and health requirements

Up-to-date immunisation schedules are required. Specific health requirements will pertain to some local and international placements.

Fieldwork

This course requires students in some units to undertake off-campus site visits and clinical placements.

Professional recognition

The Bachelor of Public Health is accredited by the Higher Education Quality Committee (HEQC)

Structure

This course comprises:

(a.) health science core units (78 points)

(b.) units in a health science major sequence (36 points)

(c.) electives at first, second and third-year level (30 points)

(d.) a maximum of eight first-year level units (48 points)

(e.) a minimum of 36 points at third-year level including those completed in the major

(f.) a total of 144 points (24 units).

Requirements

To qualify for the Bachelor of Public Health, students must complete the following units:

Core units

First year

Semester 1
  • HSC1061 Data, evidence and critical thinking in health
  • HSC1081 Foundations of Public Health
  • HSC1101 Biological bases of health and disease 1
  • one first-year elective
Semester 2
  • HSC1052 Health and social care systems
  • HSC1102 Biological bases of health and disease 2
  • HSC1112 Global Health: opportunities and challenges
  • one first-year elective

Second year

Semester 1
  • HSC2141 Analysing patterns of health and disease
  • HSC2101 Health promotion: global and local
  • one major sequence unit
  • one second-year level elective
Semester 2
  • HSC2022 Culture, society and health
  • HSC2142 Research methods in the health sciences
  • one major sequence unit
  • one second-year elective

Third Year

Semester 1
  • HSC3001 Health, law and ethics
  • HSC3041 Disease prevention and control
  • one major sequence unit or one third-year level elective*

* students complete the major or elective unit not undertaken in semester one.

Semester 2
  • HSC3002 Health for all in a global world
  • three major sequence electives

Major sequences

Students select six units from one of the following streams.

Health programs and policy

  • HSC2051 Health program planning*
  • HSC2052 Health and social care systems and policy 2
  • HSC2062 Communicating health *
  • HSC2092 Community development and partnerships
  • HSC3011 Contemporary health challenges
  • HSC3052 Health promotion in primary and clinical settings
  • HSC3061 Health promotion evaluation *
  • HSC3072 Health policy and politics*
  • HSC3082 Health program and practicum*

* This unit is compulsory in a health programs and policy major.

Clinical and public health sciences (only available from 2013)

  • BIO1011 Biology 1
  • BIO1022 Biology 2
  • HSC2102 Introduction to clinical research
  • HSC2111 Treatments and technologies**
  • HSC3102 Environmental determinants of health and disease**
  • HSC3131 Quantitative research design and analysis **
  • HSC3141 Fundamentals of health service management
  • HSC3142 Health economics
  • MTH2222 Mathematics of uncertainty
  • PHY2021 Body systems physiology
  • one or more of MTH1010 Functions and their applications, MTH1020 Analysis of change, MTH1030 Techniques for modelling
  • one second-year level unit from the health program and policy major
  • one third-year level unit from the health program and policy major

** This unit is compulsory in a clinical and public health sciences major.

Minimum grade for course completion

Students must complete 144 credit points for the award.

Award(s)

Bachelor of Public Health


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBRadMedImag
CRICOS code072587E
Total credit points required192
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/1963
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9905 1212; email enquiries.radiography@monash.edu; visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/bradmedimag

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Full-time study only.
  • The clinical component of this course requires students to be rostered in a progressive manner to various hospital and private practice radiology departments.

Description

The course provides a professional education in general radiography, digital vascular imaging, computed tomography, general ultrasound and magnetic resonance imaging to facilitate entry into the radiography profession. There is a strong emphasis upon the development of clinical competency in general radiography and computed tomography. Throughout the course, the biological sciences are closely integrated with radiologic science, and students develop a range of professional skills in relation to the assessment and management of patients, evidence based practice, and research methods. In final year, students complete either a research project in an aspect of medical imaging and radiation sciences of interest to them or extended study in sonography and an in depth literature review of a selected medical imaging topic.

Outcomes

A graduate with the award of Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging will have acquired a basic knowledge and understanding of:

  • the scientific concepts underpinning modern radiologic physics
  • the psycho-social basis of illness and disease
  • professional ethics and legal obligations, professional communication, and research methods
  • patient care
  • radiation protection, radiation biology and x-ray dosimetry
  • radiographic equipment, imaging instrumentation and positioning methodology
  • human biology, anatomy (with its cross-sectional representation by CT, ultrasound and MRI) and physiology;
  • the applications of informational technology in the field of medical imaging
  • digital image processing
  • the instrumentation and practical applications of sonography and MRI.

It is expected that graduates will have the skills to be able to:

  • communicate an understanding of the wider applications and the biological consequences of ionising and non-ionising
  • utilise radiation in the diagnosis and treatment of disease
  • design and implement strategies to minimise the radiation dose to patients
  • select the optimum system and implement radiographic projections
  • critically evaluate radiographic and medical images
  • effectively participate under close supervision in a range of digital vascular, abdominal ultrasound and MRI examinations
  • apply research principles, methods and findings to professional practice while adhering to the codes of professional conduct as set out by the Medical Radiation Practice Board of Australia.

Special requirements

Health requirements

For the protection of other students, patients and themselves, students in the Master of Medical Radiations course should comply with certain precautionary procedures.

This policy is in accordance with the National Health and Medical Research Council advice that educational institutions training students in health sciences should ensure that such students are protected as far as possible by vaccination against risks of infection.

Students enrolled in the Master of Medical Radiations are required to meet the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences Immunisation and Infection Risk Policy (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/current/immunisation/). Students should accept the responsibility for having a satisfactory immunisation status prior to the commencement of the clinical components.

Upon enrolment, students are provided with detailed written information and, as appropriate, counselling about the effect that HIV or hepatitis B infection may have on the ability of health care workers to practise their profession. It is recommended that students discuss any concerns with their doctor or the University Health Service. Immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella and hepatitis B.

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police checks and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a Police check renewed every six months.

Fieldwork

Clinical practice

This course requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the clinical component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the Head of Department. This may impact on a student's course progression, however, students will be given the opportunity to repeat any relevant unit/s.

Clinical expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during clinical placement. Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Professional recognition

The Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging has been accredited by the Australian Institute of Radiography (AIR). Graduates are eligible to apply for registration as radiographers with the Medical Radiation Practitioners Board of Victoria.

Structure

This course comprises 16 compulsory units.

The course is designed to ensure that all imaging and methods, radiologic biology and professional skills units are closely related and integrated with the clinical studies. To broaden career opportunities, a range of selective research studies is available in year four of the course.

Clinical placements commence in first semester of first year and continue throughout all four years of the course.

Honours

A candidate is awarded a degree with honours for meritorious performance throughout the course. All units which have a numerical mark are considered in the determination of an honours result. Greater weight is given to units in the later years of the course than to those in the earlier years.

Requirements

First year

First semester

Second semester

  • RAD1012 Radiographic science and practice 2
  • RAD1082 Radiologic biology 2

Second year

First semester

  • RAD2051 Radiographic science and practice 3
  • RAD2061 Radiologic biology 3

Second semester

  • RAD2012 Radiographic science and practice 4
  • RAD2092 Radiologic biology 4 and sectional anatomy

Third year

First semester

  • RAD3051 Medical imaging science and practice 1
  • RAD3061 Medical imaging science (ultrasound)

Second semester

  • RAD3042 Medical imaging science and practice 2
  • RAD3092 Magnetic resonance imaging (physics and technology

Fourth year

  • RAD4000 Radiography and medical imaging work experience
  • RAD4070 Research in medical imaging (24 points), or RAD4080 Selected topics in medical imaging (24 points),
  • RAD4160 Advanced medical imaging and clinical skills (24 points),

Award(s)

Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging
Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging (with Honours)

Where more than one award is listed the actual award conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBSWelf
CRICOS code075115B
Total credit points required144
Standard duration of study (years)3 years FT, 6 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Berwick)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/4504
Contact details

On-campus: +61 3 9903 5061

Off-campus: +61 3 9903 1047

welfare.berwick@monash.edu

Visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/socialwork

Course coordinator

Kerry Brydon

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus placements.

Description

The Bachelor of Social Welfare is a coursework degree with theoretical, skill development and supervised professional practice units. The course includes opportunities for group-based learning, community engagement, practice research and integration of social welfare theory and practice and students will specialise in either child welfare or aged care during their final year of study. Social welfare skills components and professional practica introduce students to contemporary social welfare practice. The areas covered in the curriculum meet Australian Community Workers Association (AIWCW) accreditation requirements, including 400 hours of supervised professional practice. Graduates will be able to practice as professional social welfare workers in a range of human service fields.

Outcomes

On completion of the course, graduates will be able to:

  • Enact the principles of social justice and human rights in their professional social welfare careers
  • Seek leadership roles in the social welfare and human services sector
  • Engage sensitively and confidently with individuals, groups and communities in local, national and international social welfare contexts
  • Analyse ethical issues in practice
  • Employ outstanding interpersonal skills for effective engagement and social action
  • Practice in a way that respects diversity, especially when working with Indigenous Australians
  • Critically analyse aspects of society, especially the impact of social, political and economic arrangements on individual and community wellbeing
  • Incorporate knowledge of the social welfare system, the law and concepts of power and oppression into social welfare practice
  • Apply sophisticated knowledge of individual development, and the impact of key life events on individual wellbeing, in social welfare practice
  • Demonstrate competence in the theory and practice of social welfare assessment, intervention and evaluation with individuals, families, groups, communities and organisations, and in research and social policy analysis
  • Execute practice decisions based on research and evidence
  • Reflect critically on their practice

Credit for prior studies

In accordance with the both University and Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences policies, credit will be granted for prior learning where it is assessed as equivalent to Monash University study. This applies to both credit transfer towards the degree based on a previously attended course within another Australian university, TAFE or VET course or equivalent.

Maximum credit allowed

The Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences allows credit for studies undertaken at another institution that is assessed as being equivalent to the units studied in the specific course. Credit may be given for all units for which equivalence of learning is established within the limits of at least 48 credit points in the course or not less than half the course, whichever is less.

Recognition of prior learning

Recognition of prior learning will be considered through an assessment process whereby the individual applicant can demonstrate that previous formal and informal learning has helped to achieve learning outcomes, competency outcomes or standards for entry into and/or partial completion of the proposed degree of study.

Police Checks

All students undertaking a placement at Monash are required to undertake a National Police Check before commencing. An original of these documents must be provided to the Fieldwork co-ordinator prior to placement commencing. A Police Check Verification form must also be completed. Should a student be found to have a police record, the fieldwork team may discuss the matter with potential supervisors if necessary. Students incur the cost of the National Police Check.

Working With Children Check (WWCC)

The Victorian Department of Justice policy is that all students undertaking a clinical placement, that involves working with children, must obtain a Working with Children Check (WWCC). It is the student's responsibility to obtain this check prior to undertaking the placement. Thus, where such a placement forms part of the course requirements, the faculty requires all students to have a WWCC. The original WWCC ID Card must be sighted by the Fieldwork Coordinator once issued and a Verification form completed.

Not all States have legislated with regard to the WWCC, and for those that have, not all offer the service to students. So, for students undertaking interstate placements, the requirement for obtaining a WWCC varies according to that State's laws and regulations.

It is the responsibility of students to meet costs associated with these requirements., It is also the responsibility of students to meet all costs associated with their fieldwork placements such as travelling to/from the placement and arranging leave from their normal place or work (where appropriate). Students are not paid for duties undertaken during the course of placement.

Fieldwork

This course requires students to undertake two separate clinical placements totalling 400 hours.

Professional recognition

Pending accreditation with the Australian Community Workers Association Inc (ACWA)

Requirements

Year 1

Semester 1

  • ATS1840 Psychology and You
  • HSC1081 Foundations of public health
  • SWK1011 Introduction to human services practice
  • ATS1369 Understanding university learning

Semester 2

  • ATS1359 Exploring human behaviour: An introduction to psychology
  • HSC1052 Health and social care systems
  • ATS1251 Introduction to indigenous Australian studies
  • ATS1370 Knowledge and context

Year 2

Semester 1

  • SWK2100 Social welfare practice with individuals
  • SWK2110 Social welfare and the law
  • SWK2120 Introduction to child welfare and aged care
  • SWK2130 Social welfare and society

Semester 2

  • SWK2140 Social welfare and practice with communities
  • SWK2150 Social welfare and policy
  • SWK2160 Social welfare direct practice and skills 1

Year 3

Semester 1

  • SWK3330 Social welfare and practice with families and groups
  • SWK3310 Social welfare practice and research
  • SWK3320 Protection from child abuse

OR

  • SWK3340 Protection from elder abuse
  • SWK3330 Advanced child welfare practice

OR

  • SWK3350 Advanced aged care practice

Semester 2

  • SWK3360 Social welfare direct practice and skills 2
  • SWK3370 Social welfare and management
  • SWK3380 Global issues in child welfare

OR

  • SWK3390 Global issues in aged care

Areas of Study

Award(s)

Bachelor of Social Welfare


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBSocWk
CRICOS code001453G
Total credit points required96
Standard duration of study (years)2 years FT, 4 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield)
Off-campus (Caulfield, Singapore)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/0004
Contact details

Telephone – On-campus: +61 3 9903 5061, Off-campus: +61 3 9903 1047, email: social.work@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/bsw

Course coordinator

Dr Uschi Bay (on-campus) Grace Brown (off-campus)

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Students are required to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements.

Description

The course aims to provide professional education for the practice of social work. It covers social work principles and methods of intervention relating to individuals, families, groups and communities. It also includes social work research, social policy and management. Fieldwork is interwoven with class work during the course.

Outcomes

On completion of this course students should be able to:

  • understand and critically analyse the historical, political and social context of the social services
  • have an understanding of and be able to critically analyse the nature and role of social work, its values, ethical base, and sources of knowledge
  • understand, critically analyse, and apply a variety of social work theories and models of intervention to the solution of individual, family and community problems
  • understand and be able to apply an understanding of factors affecting people's functioning - their life stage, health, and mental health - to the solution of their problems
  • understand the organisational context of human services, how this affects the workings of human services, and how to develop and change organisations
  • have a beginning understanding of the processes of planning and evaluating the effectiveness of human services
  • deepen existing skills of written and oral presentation, argument and analysis, and be able to apply these effectively in practice
  • develop the skills to function as a graduate in employment in the human services
  • to develop their understanding of themselves as individuals and as professionals, critically analyse the way their experiences can affect their work with clients, learn to handle these constructively, and learn to use their personal capacities effectively in helping clients resolve problems.

Special requirements

Police and Working with Children Checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students will be required to obtain these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however in some community partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements. In the fieldwork setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the fieldwork component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the fieldwork component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a fieldwork practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Fieldwork expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during fieldwork placements.

Professional recognition

Graduates will qualify for membership of the Australian Association of Social Workers.

Structure

This course comprises 12 compulsory units.

Requirements

Level one

First semester

  • SWK3220 Social work in a globalised world
  • SWK3230 Social work research
  • SWK3400 Critical social work 1- Individuals and families: Context and practice

Second semester

  • SWK3440 Leadership in social work and human services
  • SWK3180 Supervised professional practice 1
  • SWK3410 Critical social work 2: Community work, context and practice

Level two

First semester

  • SWK4030 Human rights, law and ethics contexts for social work practice
  • SWK4031 Working with complexity
  • SWK4410 Community work: Theory and practice
  • SWK4440 Social work leadership and policy

Second semester

  • SWK4401 Critical social work 4: Individual, health and society: context and practice
  • SWK4560 Supervised professional practice 2

Award(s)

Bachelor of Social Work


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBSW(Hons)
CRICOS code076776A
Total credit points required120
Standard duration of study (years)2 years FT, 4 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield)
Off-campus (Caulfield, Singapore)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3864
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9903 1047, email: social.work@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/bsw

Course coordinator

Dr Catherine Flynn

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • To complete the degree requirements within four years it is necessary for students to overload in year two (or part-time equivalent)
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus placements.

Description

The Bachelor of Social Work (with Honours) aims to develop skills necessary for research by studying the methodological, theoretical and ethical issues that underpin social work research. Students are provided with the same learning opportunities as the Bachelor of Social Work. However, the honours program also aims to reward academic excellence. Entry to honours is by invitation to students who have achieved grades of at least distinction level in third year social work units. Students in the honours program are expected to develop and complete a research project which will include a critical literature review and ethics approval where indicated and a 10-12,000 word thesis.

Outcomes

On completion of the honours program students are expected to be able to:

  • have an understanding of the theoretical, methodological and ethical issues that underpin research
  • have developed the skills and knowledge students need to develop a research project and write a research report
  • understand the nature of the research process including the formulation of research questions and the development of an appropriate research paradigm
  • be able to articulate a range of quantitative and qualitative research frameworks utilised in social research
  • utilise data analysis methods associated with the various research framework
  • develop a completed relevant ethics application
  • understand the structure needed to write a research report
  • present a research proposal to other students and staff and learn from the feedback received
  • complete a thesis of approximately 10,000 words
  • develop the ability to undertake further research in other contexts.

Special requirements

Police and Working with Children Checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain Police these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied and paid for annually, however, in some community partnered programs there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork practice units

This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements. In the fieldwork setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the fieldwork component of each unit.

Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the fieldwork component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a fieldwork practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Fieldwork expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during fieldwork placement.

Professional recognition

This course is accredited by the Australian Association of Social Workers

Structure

Students in this course will complete all the requirements for levels one and two of course 0004 Bachelor of Social Work with an additional 24 credit points for the honours component.

Requirements

The following units are compulsory and are in addition to the units for the Bachelor of Social Work levels one and two, which are outlined at http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/2012handbooks/courses/0004.html

Level three

First semester

  • SWK3220 Social work in a globalised world
  • SWK3230 Social work research
  • SWK3400 Critical social work 1: individuals and families (context and practice)

Second semester

  • SWK3180 Supervised professional practice 1
  • SWK4400 Critical social work 3: group work and community engagement (context and practice)
  • SWK3410 Critical social work 2: Community work, context and practice

Level four

First semester

  • SWK4001 Honours research methods
  • SWK4030 Human rights, law and ethics contexts for social work practice
  • SWK4032 Working with complexity: Honours
  • SWK4441 Social work leadership and social policy: Honours
  • SWK4410 Community work

Second semester

  • SWK4002 Honours project seminar
  • SWK4003 Social work honours dissertation
  • SWK4560 Supervised professional practice 2
  • SWK4401 - Critical social work 4: individual, health and society (context and practice)

Award(s)

Bachelor of Social Work (with Honours)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBBNSc (Hons)
CRICOS code045447G
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3514
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9905 3908, email: hons.psych@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/psych/course/4thyear/bbns-honours.html

Course coordinator

Dr Jillian Broadbear

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.

Description

The honours program in behavioural neuroscience is designed to build upon the knowledge and experience gained during completion of course 2341 Bachelor of Behavioural Neuroscience. This program provides the opportunity for research training in specialised areas relevant to behavioural neuroscience and will help students acquire sophisticated and transferable research skills. Students may undertake this honours course in the discipline of behavioural neuroscience or in a second approved discipline in which they have majored as part of their Bachelor of Behavioural Neuroscience degree.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this course, students will have:

  • acquired research experience using scientific principles, concepts and skills in an area of behavioural neuroscience
  • gained a research oriented approach to answering questions relevant to behavioural neuroscience in preparation for a professional career in a related field and/or further studies (masters or PhD)
  • formulated, carried out and reported independent and original research
  • acquired hands-on experience with research design, statistical analysis, critical review of literature, report writing and oral presentations.

Entry requirements

To be eligible for entry into the honours program, students must have achieved a distinction average or better in the four core third-year behavioural neuroscience units in the Bachelor of Behavioural Neuroscience. Special consideration will be taken into account if it was granted for study in these units.

Students who have completed their second major in the discipline of psychology may be eligible to complete their Honours Degree of Bachelor of Behavioural Neuroscience in the psychology stream. Completion of a fourth year in psychology is mandatory for students intending to gain registration as a practicing psychologist. To be eligible for entry into the psychology honours stream, students must have successfully completed the appropriate undergraduate accredited sequence in psychology (see course entry for Psychology Honours).

Students who have majored in another biomedical science discipline may be eligible to obtain an Honours degree in the Bachelor of Behavioural Neuroscience by successfully undertaking honours in one of the following:

  • anatomy and developmental biology
  • biochemistry
  • genetics
  • immunology
  • pharmacology
  • physiology.

In order to be considered for fourth year entry into one of these disciplines, students must meet the prescribed selection criteria for the respective honours program. These criteria are described in the Handbook entry for the honours program for each of these disciplines. Regardless of the stream/discipline in which the honours year is completed, students are required to undertake a research project on a topic that is relevant to behavioural neuroscience.

Structure

The honours program structure is dependent on the discipline in which the student completed their undergraduate studies:

(a.) Students who enrol to do honours in behavioural neuroscience in the School of Psychology and Psychiatry complete a research design and analysis unit as well as a unit comprising one large or two smaller research projects and a literature review.

(b.) Students who enrol to do honours in the discipline of psychology in the School of Psychology and Psychiatry complete the coursework components as well as a supervised research project which forms the basis for a literature review and thesis.

(c.) Students who specialise in the disciplines of physiology, anatomy and developmental biology, biochemistry, genetics, pharmacology or immunology complete a 36 point research project and 12 credit points of advanced studies, as prescribed for that discipline.

Requirements

Students enrolled in the behavioural neuroscience honours program complete the following units:

  • BNS4100 Behavioural neuroscience honours: Research project (42 points)
  • BNS4200 Behavioural neuroscience honours: Research design and analysis (6 points)

Students completing honours in other disciplines must complete the prescribed units for that discipline.

Award(s)

Honours degree of Bachelor of Behavioural Neuroscience


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBBiomedSc(Hons)
CRICOS code041538D
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3418
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9902 4900, email: biomed@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/biomed/honours

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Full-time study only

Description

This honours program is an additional year built upon the knowledge and experience gained in course 2230 Bachelor of Biomedical Science. In this course, students undertake approved research projects under the supervision of a member of the academic or research staff. There is a wide breadth of biomedical research available in the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, providing a high degree of flexibility for students to pursue their honours year in a field of their choice.

Studies can be undertaken within one of the schools of the faculty including:

  • Biomedical Sciences
  • Psychology and Psychiatry
  • Central Clinical School
  • Eastern Health Clinical School
  • Public Health and Preventative Medicine
  • Southern Clinical School

Studies can also be undertaken with one of the affiliated institutes such as the:

  • Australian Regenerative Medicine Institute
  • Baker Medical Research Institute
  • MacFarlane Burnet Centre for Medical Research
  • Mental Health Research Institute
  • Prince Henry's Institute of Medical Research
  • Monash Institute of Medical Research.

Outcomes

On completion of the Honours degree of Bachelor of Biomedical Science students will:

  • be able to critically review the scientific literature in their discipline
  • understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project
  • be able to execute and analyse a set of laboratory-based, or other appropriate studies
  • be proficient in computer based data acquisition, analysis, presentation, and word processing
  • be able to write up scientific work in a potentially publishable way
  • show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to a specialist audience
  • have acquired a range of technical skills appropriate to their discipline
  • have the capacity to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project
  • have the capability to pursue higher studies and learning in selected disciplines of biomedical science
  • have gained insight into the breadth and diversity of the biomedical sciences.

Entry requirements

The entry requirements for the Honours degree of Bachelor of Biomedical Science are completion of all requirements for course 2230 Bachelor of Biomedical Science at Monash University with an average of 70 per cent or higher in at least 24 points at third-year level (including at least 12 points in biomedical science core units).

Students applying for admission based on comparable qualifications in biomedical science will need to demonstrate that they have achieved an appropriate standard in comparable studies. The entire academic record will be examined, with a focus on the final year of studies.

Structure

The research project and the writing up of a thesis constitutes the major portion of the student's work, as well as:

  • a core component common to all students
  • an approved component specific to the department or discipline in which the individual is undertaking their research project.

Requirements

Students must complete the following units:

  • BMS4100 Biomedical science research project
  • BMS4200 Advanced studies in biomedical science

Award(s)

Honours degree of Bachelor of Biomedical Science


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBEH(Pmed)(Hons)
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3881
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9904 4327, email: enqueries.paramedics@med.monash.edu.au

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders.

Description

Students will undertake a guided advanced studies program in an aspect of community-based emergency health. In addition, students will undertake an approved research project under the supervision of a member of the academic or research staff.

Outcomes

By completion of this course, the graduate should demonstrate the knowledge, understanding, skills and attitudes to:

  • design, development and implement a research project with consideration of the ethical, legal and cultural responsibilities involved
  • write up scientific work in a potentially publishable manner
  • demonstrate communication skills relating to the research and professional community and to undertake both oral and written presentations with a scientific audience
  • demonstrate proficiency in data acquisition, analysis, presentation and word processing
  • use appropriate statistical analyse research data
  • critically review the scientific literature in community-based emergency health
  • discuss the breadth and diversity of research in health sciences.

Entry requirements

Entry to this honours degree will require completion of all requirements for the award of the pass degree of 3445 Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) with an average of 70 per cent or higher in at least 24 credit points at third year level. For acceptance into the honours degree, applications from equivalent paramedic degrees from other universities will need to demonstrate that they have achieved the appropriate academic standard.

Requirements

Full-time

Students can commence either in first or second semester. Students undertake the 'Advanced studies' unit and the 'Research project Part A' unit in their first semester and 'Research project Part B' unit in their second semester.

  • BEH4100 Advanced studies in community-based emergency health (12 points)
  • BEH4200 Community emergency health research project - Part A (12 points)
  • BEH4300 Community emergency health research project - Part B (24 points)

Part-time

Students can commence either in first or second semester. Students undertake the 'Advanced studies' unit and 'Research project Part A' as full year units in the first year, and the 'Research project Part B' unit as a full year unit in the second year.

  • BEH4100 Advanced studies in community-based emergency health
  • BEH4200 Community emergency health research project - Part A
  • BEH4300 Community emergency health research project - Part B

Award(s)

Honours degree of Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBHealthSci(Hons)
CRICOS code068372K
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital, Caulfield)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3971
Contact details

Caulfield phone: +61 3 9903 1680

Peninsula phone: +61 3 9904 4336

healthsocialscience@med.monash.edu.au

Course coordinator

Charles Livingstone

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.

Description

This course allows students who are enrolled in course 3882 Bachelor of Health Science to undertake a public and health science honours program as a fourth year of study. Graduates from other disciplines can also apply for entry into the degree, assuming equivalence of studies.

Supervision of honours projects will be primarily provided by staff from the School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine, although opportunity exists for students to identify a project and co-supervisor with Monash partner organisations such as the Burnet Institute, the Baker-IDI (Heart and Diabetes Institute), and others. In keeping with the degree's focus on health in a global context and the breadth of expertise in the School of Public Health and Preventative Medicine (SPHPM) and its partner organisations, it is expected that a range of local, national, and internationally-focussed honours projects will be available for students.

Outcomes

Graduates will be able to:

  • demonstrate a capacity to critically examine a public health or health science-related issue or issues within a global context
  • critically review the public health, health science and related literatures
  • demonstrate an understanding of the theoretical, methodological and ethical issues that underpin research
  • describe the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project
  • analyse a set of relevant studies that are related to their research project
  • undertake computer-based data acquisition, cleansing and analysis, presentation with proficiency
  • write up scientific work to a potentially publishable standard
  • use effective oral and written communication skills relevant when presenting to a specialist audience
  • demonstrate a capacity to perform a variety of scientifically-relevant and appropriate procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project
  • outline a plan to pursue higher studies in medical science and its associated disciplines
  • demonstrate insight into and describe the breadth and diversity of public health and health sciences within a global context.

Entry requirements

Students require a distinction average (ie H2A) across third year units from course 3882 Bachelor of Health Sciences, or an equivalent degree.

Structure

Students undertake coursework and research units.

Requirements

First semester

  • HSC4011 Advanced studies in contemporary and global health research (12 credit points)
  • HSC4001 Health science research project 1 (12 credit points)

Second semester

  • HSC4002 Health science research project 2 (24 credit points)

Award(s)

Honours degree of the Bachelor of Health Science


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBMedSc(Hons)
CRICOS code068848A
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield, Clayton, Gippsland, Sunway)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/0041
Contact details

Telephone: +61 3 9902 0237, email: bmedsc@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/bmedsc/

Course coordinator

Dr Juanita Fernando

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is only available to medicine/surgery students.
  • Full-time study only

Description

This course provides students with an opportunity to gain an in-depth understanding of an aspect of medical science and to pursue the study of this field through research. Students will undertake research activities supervised through a department of the faculty and complete a minor thesis.

Students who have successfully completed at least the first two years of the undergraduate MBBS course and the first year of the graduate entry MBBS may take leave from the medical course to pursue special studies in a discipline area offered by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences in order to qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Medical Science (BMedSc).

Students enrolled in a Monash University, MBBS may apply to undertake this course, as specified above, any time prior to graduation. Students who enrol in this course when they have completed the final year of their MBBS enrolment will be placed on intermission and will not be able to graduate from the MBBS until they have completed the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Medical Science. Both awards will be conferred at the same Graduation Ceremony.

Students who are undertaking a medicine program at a university other than Monash must have completed studies corresponding to a minimum of two years of the Monash undergraduate MBBS program in a medicine program with equivalent curriculum content, learning outcomes and academic standards as determined by the faculty.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, students will be expected to demonstrate the generic attributes of a Monash graduate. The objectives of the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science are to:

  • demonstrate retrieval, interpretation and evaluation of information in medical and other research based publications
  • acquire an understanding of various methodologies in human, public health and biomedical science research
  • acquire an in-depth understanding of an aspect, issue or problem within a human, public health or biomedical science research field
  • demonstrate an appreciation of the ethical requirements for research activities in human, public health and biomedical science research
  • demonstrate the capacity to design, frame, conduct and report on a small-scale project in human, public health or biomedical science research.

Entry requirements

The Honours Degree of Bachelor of Medical Science

Students must have successfully completed:

  • two or more years of the undergraduate Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) at Monash University
  • one or more years of the graduate Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery at Monash University
  • two or more years of a medicine/surgery course from another institution deemed by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences as equivalent.

Students wishing to undertake the BMedSc(Global Health) must have successfully completed at least three years of the Monash MBBS.

Students enrolled in a Monash University, Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) degree may apply to undertake this course, as specified above, any time prior to graduation. Students who enrol in this course when they have completed the final year of their Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery enrolment will be placed on intermission and will not be able to graduate from the MBBS until they have completed the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Medical Science. Both awards will be conferred at the same graduation ceremony.

The Honours Degree of Bachelor of Medical Science (Global Health)

Students must have successfully completed two or more years of the Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery at Monash University.

Structure

Monash MBBS students commence the course in semester one and must complete an honours research project (48 points). Applications for semester two entry will be considered on a case by case basis.

International Monash medicine/surgery students commence the course in semester one or two and must complete an honours research project (36 points) plus two course work units in research methodology (12 points).

Students seeking to receive the award of The Honours Degree of Bachelor of Medical Science (Global Health) will complete a course unit in global health research (12 points) and two project units (comprising a total of 36 points).

Requirements

Monash MBBS students

  • MED4101 Honours Degree of Bachelor of Medical Science 1 (24 points)
  • MED4102 Honours Degree of Bachelor of Medical Science 2 (24 points)

International Monash medicine/surgery students

  • MED4111 Medical Science Research Project A (18 points)
  • MED4112 Medical Science Research Project B (18 points)
  • MED4201 Medical Research Methods 1 (6 points)
  • MED4202 Medical Research Methods 2 (6 points)

Global health award students

  • HSC4011 Advanced studies in contemporary and global health research (12 points)
  • HSC4001 Global health research project 1 (12 points)
  • HSC4002 Global health research project 2 (24 points)

Award(s)

Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science
Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science (Global Health)

Where more than one award is listed the actual award conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBMid(Hons)
CRICOS code072591J
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3564
Contact details

Visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing; telephone: +61 3 9904 4260 (Peninsula); email nursing.enquiries@med.monash.edu.au

Course coordinator

Dr Carole Gilmour

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • 1 year full time, or equivalent part time

Description

The Honours Degree of the Bachelor of Midwifery provides a research pathway for high achieving graduates of a Bachelor of Midwifery course. It provides students with opportunities to develop research skills beyond those in their undergraduate course as a basis for future research and career progression. Students will engage in coursework, undertake research and submit a portfolio in a chosen area.

Outcomes

On completion of this course students will be able to:

  • critically review scientific literature in midwifery and health
  • describe the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project
  • develop a proposal for a research project
  • apply for ethical approval for projects, where necessary
  • execute and analyse a research project, or a set of studies
  • undertake computer-based data manipulation and analysis
  • present research findings, both written and orally, to a specialist audience
  • write up scientific work in a format suitable for publication
  • perform a range of technical skills appropriate to their research project
  • demonstrate understanding of the research process in an area relating to midwifery

Structure

Students must successfully complete 48 credit points.

This course comprises satisfactory completion of coursework, an individual research project and submission of a portfolio at the completion of the course. The research project will constitute the major portion of the student's work and will be supervised by an academic staff member.

Requirements

Students complete:

  • NUR4401 Clinical honours thesis I: Applied research methods and skills
  • NUR4402 Clinical honours thesis II: Framing a research proposal
  • NUR4403 Clinical honours thesis III: Conducting a research project
  • NUR4404 Clinical honours thesis IV: Analysing and reporting research

Award(s)

Honours degree of Bachelor of Midwifery


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBN(Hons)
CRICOS code072592G
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/1249
Contact details

Visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing; telephone: +61 3 9904 4260 (Peninsula), email nursing.enquiries@med.monash.edu.au

Course coordinator

Dr Carole Gilmour

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • 1 year full time, 2 years part time

Description

The Honours Degree of the Bachelor of Nursing provides a research pathway for high achieving graduates of a Bachelor of Nursing course. It provides students with opportunities to develop research skills beyond those in their undergraduate course as a basis for future research and career progression. Students will engage in coursework, undertake research and submit a portfolio in a chosen area.

Outcomes

On completion of this course students will be able to:

  • critically review scientific literature in nursing and health
  • describe the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project
  • develop a proposal for a research project
  • apply for ethical approval for projects, where necessary
  • execute and analyse a research project, or a set of studies
  • undertake computer-based data manipulation and analysis
  • present research findings, both written and orally, to a specialist audience
  • write up scientific work in a format suitable for publication
  • perform a range of technical skills appropriate to their research project
  • demonstrate understanding of the research process in an area relating to nursing

Structure

Students must successfully complete 48 credit points.

The program involves satisfactory completion of coursework, an individual research project and submission of a portfolio at the completion of the course. The research project will constitute the major portion of the student's work and will be supervised by an academic staff member.

Requirements

Students complete:

  • NUR4401 Clinical Honours Thesis I: Applied Research Methods and Skills
  • NUR4402 Clinical Honours Thesis II: Framing a Research Proposal
  • NUR4403 Clinical Honours Thesis III: Conducting a Research Project
  • NUR4404 Clinical Honours Thesis IV: Analysing and Reporting Research

Award(s)

Honours degree of Bachelor of Nursing


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBNutDiet(Hons)
CRICOS code056483B
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3865
Contact details

Telephone: + 61 3 9594 5510, email: nutrition.dietetics@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nutrition-dietetics/bnd-honours.html

Course coordinator

Dr. Karen Walker

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.

Description

This honours program is an additional year of study which builds upon the knowledge and experience gained in course 3404 Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics. It allows students to develop their research skills and competencies, learn specific techniques and gain a deeper understanding of a selected aspect of human nutrition. Students undertake a research project under the supervision of an approved member of the academic or research staff. The choice of project and supervisor will be organised by the student in consultation with potential supervisors and the honours year adviser. This allows a high degree of flexibility in the type of research project that can be undertaken, while focusing on the general area of human nutrition and health.

Outcomes

On completion of this course students will:

  • be able to critically review the scientific literature in their discipline
  • understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project
  • be able to develop a proposal for a research project and apply for ethics committee approval
  • be able to execute and analyse a research project, or a set of studies
  • be proficient in computer based data manipulation, analysis, presentation, and word processing
  • be able to write up scientific work in a report suitable to submit for publication
  • demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentation to a specialist scientific audience
  • have refined or acquired a range of technical skills appropriate to their project
  • have gained insight into the research process in an area relating to the health sciences.

Entry requirements

To be eligible for entry to the Honours Degree of the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics students are required to have:

  • completed course 3404 Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics at Monash University, or a comparable graduate qualification in dietetics from another approved tertiary institution or completed a science-based degree with substantial nutrition content at Monash University, or another approved tertiary institution.
  • a combined average of 70 per cent or higher in the final two years of their degree.

The head of the Department of Nutrition and Dietetic may make a case for a student who has demonstrated research potential but does not have a grade average that meets the requirements above.

Structure

The program consists of an individual major research project and a compulsory coursework component. The research project will constitute the major portion of the student's work. In addition all students will complete a research skills component of the course that is not directly related to their specific research projects. This component will focus on the development of key research skills including statistical analysis.

Requirements

Students must satisfactorily complete the following units:

  • BND4111 Research skills for dietitians
  • BND4121 Honours research project 1
  • BND4122 Honours research project 2

Award(s)

Honours degree of Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleBPsychScB(Psy)(Hons)
CRICOS code069374M
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton, Sunway)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3954
Contact details

http://www.med.monash.edu.au/psych/course/4thyear/psych-honours.html; email hons.psych@monash.edu; telephone +61 3 9905 3908

Course coordinator

Dr Tom Whelan

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.

Description

The honours program in psychology aims to increase student understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research, to develop their analytic, research and communication skills, and to provide them with advanced knowledge in specific areas of the science and practice of psychology. In this program students complete coursework components designed to expand their knowledge of statistics and the ethics of psychological research and practice, and broaden their understanding of the discipline. Students also undertake a supervised research project which aims to provide training in both discipline specific and generic research skills. The research project forms the basis of a literature review and research paper presented at the end of the course.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the course the student will be expected to able to:

  • describe and discuss theories and research, and investigate and critically evaluate issues in the core discipline areas of psychology
  • contribute to discipline knowledge through research, including critical review of scientific literature, identification of research problems, design and conduct of research, application of statistical analyses to evaluate research outcomes, and clear communication of findings according to the professional requirements of the discipline
  • describe and discuss the ethical standards and legislative frameworks governing research and practice in psychology, and demonstrate an appreciation of the role of ethics in maintaining the integrity of the profession
  • recognise the importance of the relationship between knowledge of the scientific discipline of psychology and the application of this knowledge in the practice of psychology, and to demonstrate this understanding across a number of applications of the discipline
  • demonstrate the skills required to maintain professional competence by keeping up with recent developments and contemporary issues in the field and appreciate the importance of ongoing professional development and training and demonstrate a foundation knowledge in a selected range of related discipline areas that complement the theoretical and practical application of psychology.

Entry requirements

Applicants must possess a bachelors degree and a major sequence in psychology accredited by the Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC), or qualification assessed as equivalent by the APAC. Ordinarily students would have completed course 3863 Bachelor of Psychological Science and Business or equivalent.

Admission to the honours year is determined solely by academic merit. The minimum requirement is an average grade of 70 per cent in core psychology units at the third year level, however in practice the cut-off has been in the 75-80 per cent range over the last five years. In addition the applicant must demonstrate a suitable background in research methods. Because of limitations in resources and availability of supervision, it may be necessary to limit entry.

Professional recognition

The program is accredited by the Australian Psychology Accreditation Council and meets the requirements of the Australian Psychological Society for Associate Membership.

Structure

In this course students complete coursework components , undertake a supervised research project and produce a literature review and research paper.

Requirements

Students complete:

  • PSY4100 Psychology honours research project (24 points - full-year)*
  • PSY4210 Statistics and research design for professional psychology
  • PSY4220 Ethical and professional issues in psychology
  • PSY4270 Psychological assessment

plus one elective unit from the following:

  • PSY4110 Psychology in society
  • PSY4130 Developmental and clinical neuroscience

Part-time students complete all units (except PSY4100) in their first year, and undertake PSY4100 in their second year.

All units are 6 points unless otherwise indicated.

Award(s)

Honours degree of Bachelor of Psychological Science and Business (Psychology)

The actual award conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, the timing of study, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradCertBiostats
Total credit points required24
Standard duration of study (years)1 year PT
Study mode and locationMulti-modal (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3420
Contact details

Postgraduate Office: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu. or visit http://www.med.monash.edu or /epidemiology/pgrad/

Course coordinator

Professor Andrew Forbes

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders
  • Part-time study only.
  • Students must attend compulsory block requirements.

Description

This course, offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine, provides a broad understanding of the value and basic principles of biostatistical methods in health and medical research. The degree assists in understanding the principles of epidemiology and its biostatistical underpinnings and practical application as well as improving computing and data management skills.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, students will be expected to:

  • demonstrate a broad understanding of the value and basic principles of biostatistical methods in health and medical research
  • demonstrate an understanding of the principles of epidemiology and its biostatistical underpinnings
  • have acquired skills in data management and statistical analyses to handle a variety of practical problems using modern statistical techniques and software
  • have developed the practical and technical skills to progress to further postgraduate studies in biostatistics.

Assessment

Assessment includes written assignments, practical exercises and examinations.

Structure

This course comprises one core unit and three elective units.

Requirements

Core unit

Elective units

Three of:

  • EPM5001 Health indicators and health surveys
  • EPM5002 Mathematical background for biostatistics
  • EPM5003 Principles of statistical inference
  • EPM5004 Linear models
  • EPM5005 Data management and statistical computing
  • EPM5006 Clinical biostatistics
  • EPM5007 Design of experiments and clinical trials
  • EPM5008 Longitudinal and correlated data analysis
  • EPM5009 Categorical data and generalised linear models
  • EPM5010 Survival analysis
  • EPM5012 Bioinformatics
  • EPM5013 Bayesian statistical methods
  • EPM5014 Probability and distribution theory
  • EPM5016 Advanced clinical trials

Progression to further studies

This course articulates with the Graduate Diploma 3421 in Biostatistics and then the Master of Biostatistics 3422.

Award(s)

Graduate Certificate in Biostatistics


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradCertClinResMeth
Total credit points required24
Standard duration of study (years)1 year PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3416
Contact details

Postgraduate office: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad

Course coordinator

Dr Allen Cheng

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders
  • Part-time study only.
  • Students are required to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks each semester

Description

This course, offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine, targets the needs of health professionals who seek training in the methods used to undertake sound clinical research. It provides the guidance through the many stages required for undertaking research, ie from the development of the research question through to the publication of the study results. The emphasis is on a practical approach to clinical research.

Outcomes

By the end of this course, students will be able to:

  • understand the concepts of clinical research, its ethical aspects and principles of good research practice
  • select the appropriate study design for any given research question
  • write a research proposal, ethics committee submission and grant application
  • initiate a research study and appropriately collect the data
  • appropriate manage and analyze the research data
  • prepare a manuscript for publication.

Assessment

Assessment includes written assignments and examinations.

Structure

This course comprises four core units

Requirements

First semester

Second semester

  • MPH2013 Research methods
  • MPH2083 Ethics, good research practice and practical research methods

Progression to further studies

This course articulates with the Master of Clinical Epidemiology 2309 or can lead to the Master of Public Health 0046.

Award(s)

Graduate Certificate in Clinical Research Methods


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGCCS
Total credit points required24
Standard duration of study (years)1 year PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3973
Contact details

Course administrator: telephone +61 3 9905 0090; email hpe.courses@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/sphc/cepdu/courses/index.html

Course coordinator

Dr Margaret Bearman

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders.
  • Part-time study only

Description

This course is designed to meet the unique requirements of teachers working in health professions education using simulation as an educational modality. The course enables participants to develop their teaching, curriculum design and program evaluation skills in interprofessional settings and addresses the medical, psychosocial, technical and organisational elements unique to simulation education. Participants will also develop their working knowledge of educational theories as they apply to their simulation education roles.

Outcomes

On completion of the course graduates should be able to:

  • differentiate between simulation-based learning and more traditional educational approaches
  • demonstrate an ability to develop effective teaching practices in relation to simulation-based activities
  • apply their understanding of the learning theories that underpin simulation learning and teaching
  • plan effective learning environments using a range of simulation resources and communication activities
  • demonstrate competence in using simulation-related tools and technologies
  • design, implement and evaluate effective simulation-based educational sessions
  • identify the legal, professional and ethical responsibilities of teachers in diverse educational settings
  • source and critically appraise the literature related to their simulation based activities
  • plan and conduct appropriate educational research in relation to simulation teaching and learning.

Maximum credit allowed

12 credit points

Assessment

Assessment includes written assignments, teaching practicals/plans and preparation of a structured teaching portfolio.

Structure

This course comprises three core units.

Requirements

Students complete:

  • MEU9001 Teaching and learning in health professional education
  • MEU9012 Simulation in health professional education
  • MEU9014 Applied simulation

Award(s)

Graduate Certificate in Clinical Simulation


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradCertEmergHth
Total credit points required24
Standard duration of study (years)1 year PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Peninsula)
Off-campus (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3876
Contact details

Telephone +61 3 9903 0690; email ingrid.brooks@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/cehpp

Course coordinator

Ms Ingrid Brooks

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders. The aeormedical and retrieval stream is only available to students sponsored by Ambulance Victoria and Tasmanian Ambulance Service.
  • Part-time study only.

Description

This course is available to health professionals who are aiming to improve their clinical practice and knowledge in the delivery of emergency health services. In 2012 only the aeormedical and retrieval stream is available; graduates will have this named award recorded on their testamur.

Outcomes

On completion of the course graduates will have the knowledge, skills and attributes to:

  • apply an appropriate ethical and professional construct as an emergency care provider to the field of community based emergency health
  • develop and enhance their personal and professional development through critical review of their own clinical practice and identification of suitable learning experiences to meet their learning needs
  • prepare for an advanced clinical practitioner role having explored an area of interest related to the field of community based emergency health
  • demonstrate a patient orientated, preventive and systematic clinical approach, the use of advanced clinical problem solving processes and the integration of theory, practical skills and clinical competence
  • communicate and work effectively with other emergency services personnel and other members of the health care team in the setting of a changing health care and emergency medical services system
  • develop an awareness of the responses of patients and their relatives to acute, life-threatening illness/injury, in a diverse cultural community
  • contribute to and utilise outcomes from quality management and clinical audit strategies, information technology and research programs
  • critically evaluate the relevance of research findings within the context of community-based emergency health.

Assessment

Assessment will be a mixture of written assignments and examinations. For clinical units, clinical simulation and professionalism assessment will form part of the assessment mix.

Structure

This course comprises core and elective units.

Requirements

Aeormedical and retrieval stream

Core units

  • PAR4201 Introduction to aeromedical and retrieval concepts
  • PAR4202 Aeromedical and retrieval - clinical
  • PAR4203 Aeromedical and retrieval practicum

Elective units

One of:

  • PAR4204 Aeromedical retrieval - rescue
  • PAR4205 Aeromedical and retrieval - project
  • PAR4206 International aeromedical retrieval
  • PAR4207 Aeromedical and retrieval coordination

Progression to further studies

Students undertaking the aeormedical and retrieval stream stream cannot progress to studies at the diploma level in this program, but may qualify for admission to the masters.

Award(s)

Graduate Certificate in Emergency Health (Aeromedical and Retrieval)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradCertHlthProfEd
Total credit points required24
Standard duration of study (years)1 year PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3413
Contact details

Course administrator: telephone +61 3 9905 0090; email hpe.courses@monash.edu

or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/sphc/cepdu/courses/index.html

Course coordinator

A/Prof Liz Molloy

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders.
  • Part-time study only.
  • Students are required to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study days.

Description

This highly practical applied course is designed to meet the unique requirements of teachers working in health professional contexts. It is aimed at a broad cross-section of the health professions including medicine, nursing, psychology, paramedic studies, pharmacy, dietetics, physiotherapy, radiography, occupational therapy and speech pathology. The course enables participants to develop their teaching and supervision skills in both clinical and non-clinical environments, their course development techniques and expand their working knowledge of educational theory to underpin future practice. Participants will be expected to explore and evaluate educational methods as well as teaching and assessment practices and principles. They will also be introduced to the principles of evidence-based educational practice.

Outcomes

On completion of the course graduates should be able to:

  • demonstrate effective teaching practices and the ability to reflect critically on the teaching performance of self and others
  • apply their understanding of theoretical perspectives on learning, teaching, assessment and evaluation to educational programs
  • design and apply assessment strategies for students in a range of educational contexts
  • identify the ethical and legal responsibilities of teachers in diverse educational settings
  • source the best evidence available appropriate to the design and delivery of educational interventions
  • use a range of teaching resources and communication technologies
  • compare and contrast different educational approaches used by various health professions and consider their relevance to their own professional practice.

Maximum credit allowed

12 credit points

Assessment

Assessment includes written assignments, teaching practicals/plans and preparation of a structured teaching portfolio.

Structure

This course comprises five core units.

Requirements

Core units

  • MEU9001 Teaching and learning in health professional education
  • MEU9002 Clinical teaching or MEU9014 Applied simulation
  • MEU9003 Assessment in health professional education
  • MEU9004 Course planning in health professional education
  • MEU9010 Independent study in health professional education

Progression to further studies

This course articulates with the Master of Health Professional Education 3860.

Award(s)

Graduate Certificate in Health Professional Education


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradCertHlthServMt
Total credit points required24
Standard duration of study (years)1 year PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2870
Contact details

Postgraduate office: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad/

Course coordinator

Professor Just Stoelwinder

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders
  • Part-time study only.
  • Students are required to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks each semester.

Description

This course, offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine, targets professionals working within the health care sector who wish to expand their knowledge and skills in the management of health services. It provides core competencies in health services management, including leadership, human resource and financial management of health services.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, graduates should be able to:

  • apply a detailed understanding of the principles of financial and resource management to a health care context
  • understand the difference between leadership and management
  • critically appraise the interface between health care management theory practice
  • develop skills in the analysis of management problems and problem solving techniques
  • demonstrate the interpersonal, communication and team leadership skills appropriate for senior health care managers
  • demonstrate skills in literature review, report writing, oral presentations, verbal and visual communications
  • demonstrate knowledge and develop skills in two areas of interest.

Assessment

Assessment includes web-based tasks, written assignments, examinations and individual and group presentations.

Structure

This course comprises two core and two elective units.

Requirements

Core units

  • MPH2066 Clinical leadership and management
  • MPH2068 Financial issues in health care management

Elective units

Two of:

  • ECX9720 Introduction to epidemiology and biostatistics
  • MPH2065 Law for health systems
  • MPH2067 Principles of health care quality improvement

Progression to further studies

This course articulates with the Graduate Diploma in Health Services Management 2314 and then the Master of Health Services Management or can lead to the Master of Public Health 0046.

Award(s)

Graduate Certificate in Health Services Management


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradCertMedAcup
Total credit points required24
Standard duration of study (years)1 year PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2678
Contact details

Senior Administrative Officer, Graduate Studies - Department of General Practice: Telephone +61 3 99024495; email genprac@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/general-practice/teaching/acupuncture.html

Course coordinator

Dr. Paul Ghaie

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders.
  • Part-time study only.
  • Attendance at two compulsory weekend workshops is required

Description

This course is designed for general practitioners to provide an understanding of medical acupuncture, both historically and philosophically. The knowledge and skills gained from the course, in addition to the practical guidance provided, should enable general practitioners to practice medical acupuncture with confidence with their own patients in appropriate clinical conditions.

Outcomes

On completion of the course, students should be able to:

  • understand the history and philosophy of acupuncture
  • demonstrate an understanding of its interlocking role in modern medical care
  • explain the mechanisms of action of acupuncture in scientific terms
  • demonstrate how to include a diagnosis relevant for acupuncture treatment within the standard western medicine model of care
  • utilise medical acupuncture safely and confidently as in integral part of medical care in general practice
  • develop non-pharmacological pain management strategies and promote self appraisal of drug prescribing and referral patterns for patients with pain
  • use and appraise validated outcome measurements following acupuncture treatment, and audit results to improve individual clinical practice

Assessment

Assessment is by coursework participation, assignments, as well as satisfactory completion of clinical supervision.

In addition to this, attendance, participation and case presentation at two compulsory weekend workshops is required. A pass of the external nationally accredited examination (AMAC, Part 1 exam) is required in order to be able to practice medical acupunture.

Professional recognition

This course is accredited with the Joint Consultative Committee on Medical Acupuncture (a tripartite committee with representatives from the Australian Medical Acupuncture College (AMAC), The Royal Australian College of General Practitioners (RACGP) and the Australian College of Rural and Remote Medicine (ACRRM).

Structure

This course comprises four core units.

Requirements

Students complete:

  • CMA4001 History and philosophy: Channels and points
  • CMA4002 Modern physiology: Physiology and assessment of pain
  • CMA4003 Acupuncture techniques and therapeutics
  • CMA4004 Clinical practice

Award(s)

Graduate Certificate in Medical Acupuncture


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradCertOccHlth
Total credit points required24
Standard duration of study (years)1 year PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2868
Contact details

Postgraduate Office: Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine, The Alfred Hospital, Melbourne, Victoria 3004: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad/

Course coordinator

Professor Malcolm Sim

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders
  • Part-time study only.
  • Students are required to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks each semester.

Description

This course, offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine, provides a program for professionals in the workplace who wish to expand their knowledge and skills in preventive occupational health practice. It provides the basic knowledge in legal occupational health and safety requirements and competence in assessing and controlling workplace hazards.

Outcomes

On completion of this course graduates should be able to:

  • identify the legal requirements of occupational health practice
  • demonstrate an understanding of the principles of recognition, assessment and control of workplace hazards
  • demonstrate use of monitoring equipment, and interpret results of such testing used to measure the level of hazards in the workplace
  • assess the risks to health of common chemical, physical, biological and psychosocial hazards in the workplace
  • advise on specific measures and management programs to control these hazards in the workplace.

Assessment

Assessment includes web-based tasks, written assignments and examinations.

Structure

This course comprises four core units.

Requirements

Students complete:

Year 1

Semester 1

MPH2041 Introduction to occupational health & safety

MPH2043 Chemical & biological hazards

Semester 2

MPH2022 Assessment & control of workplace hazards

MPH2044 Ergonomic & physical hazards

Progression to further studies

This course articulates with the Graduate Diploma in Occupational and Environmental Health 0160 and then the Master of Occupational and Environmental Health 2312 or can lead to the Master of Public Health 0046.

Award(s)

Graduate Certificate in Occupational Health


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradDipBiostats
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)2 years PT
Study mode and locationMulti-modal (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3421
Contact details

Postgraduate Office: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad/

Course coordinator

Professor Andrew Forbes

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders
  • Part-time study only.
  • Students are required to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks.

Description

This course provides a broad range of theory and techniques especially designed for health professionals. The degree assists in understanding the mathematical background, theory and application of the principles of epidemiology and biostatistics in health and medical research. It also enables candidates to develop the analytical skills to become statistically self-sufficient.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, students will be able to:

  • demonstrate a broad understanding of the mathematical background, theory and application of the principles of epidemiology and biostatistical methods in health and medical research
  • have acquired skills in data management and statistical analyses to handle a variety of practical problems using modern statistical techniques and software
  • have developed skills to identify the relevant statistical issues in practical problems in medical/health settings and to propose and implement an appropriate statistical design and/or analysis methodology
  • have developed skills and demonstrated ability to present statistical results in a format suitable for publication in health-related journals or professional reports
  • have acquired the technical skills to be able to read the biostatistical literature and implement new methodology described therein
  • have developed the practical and technical skills to progress to further postgraduate studies in biostatistics.

Assessment

Assessment includes written assignments, practical exercises and examinations.

Structure

This course comprises eight compulsory core units

Requirements

Students complete:

  • EPM5002 Mathematical background for biostatistics
  • EPM5003 Principles of statistical inference
  • EPM5004 Linear models
  • EPM5005 Data management and statistical computing
  • EPM5007 Design of experiments and clinical trials
  • EPM5009 Categorical data and generalised linear models
  • EPM5014 Probability and distribution theory
  • MPH1040 Introductory epidemiology

Progression to further studies

This course articulates with the Master of Biostatistics 3422.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Graduate Certificate of Biostatistics providing all requirements of that award have been met.

Award(s)

Graduate Diploma in Biostatistics


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradDipClinRes
CRICOS code013402G
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/0702
Contact details

Postgraduate Office: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad/

Course coordinator

Dr Allen Cheng

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Students are required to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks

Description

This course, offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine, assists clinicians and public health professionals to become familiar with clinical research methodology and upgrade their skills in epidemiology. It provides a detailed understanding of the units of epidemiology and biostatistics to a level that enables critical and detailed appraisal of epidemiological literature and the conduct of projects requiring epidemiological and biostatistical expertise.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, students should:

  • have detailed understanding of epidemiology and biostatistics
  • be familiar with clinical research methodology
  • be able to demonstrate the ability to critically appraise medical literature
  • be able to participate in projects requiring epidemiological and biostatistical expertise
  • be able to demonstrate the ability to apply the principles of epidemiology and biostatistics to clinical practice.

Assessment

Assessment includes written assignments and examinations.

Structure

This course comprises sevencore and one elective unit.

Requirements

Core units

  • MPH1040 Introductory epidemiology
  • MPH1041 Introductory biostatistics
  • MPH2013 Research methods
  • MPH2036 Clinical trials
  • MPH2037 Clinical measurement
  • MPH2039 Meta analysis and systematic reviews
  • MPH2083 Ethics, good research practice and practical research skills

Elective units

  • MPH2018 Infectious diseases: Epidemiology and prevention
  • MPH2056 Injury epidemiology and prevention
  • MPH2060 Health policy and prevention in a global world
  • MPH2070 Advanced statistical methods for clinical research
  • MPH2077 Data management and computing

Progression to further studies

This course articulates with the Master of Clinical Research Methods (2311) or can lead to the Master of Public Health (0046).

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Graduate Certificate in Clinical Research Methods providing all requirements of that award have been met.

Award(s)

Graduate Diploma in Clinical Research Methods


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradDipHlthServMt
CRICOS code037848B
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2314
Contact details

Postgraduate office: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad

Course coordinator

Professor Just Stoelwinder

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Students are required to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks each semester.

Description

This course, offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine, provides a broad framework from which to manage clinical health care systems by attention to human resource, financial, information, medico-legal, political, cultural, economic, ethical, industrial, technological and psychosocial issues.

Outcomes

On completion of the course, graduates should be able to demonstrate a detailed understanding of:

  • principles of financial, resource and information management in clinical health care systems
  • medico-legal issues in clinical health services management
  • basic elements of health care systems
  • health care quality assurance and quality improvement
  • factors which influence the design and implementation of health programs
  • epidemiological and statistical skills necessary for the understanding of evidenced based medicine, quality improvement and health program evaluations.

Students should also be familiar with research initiatives in clinical health policy and clinical health policy and clinical health services planning, and have skills in:

  • working in a team and team leadership
  • literature review, report writing, oral presentations, verbal and visual communications and the basic use of computers
  • analysis of the economic, political, cultural, ethical, industrial, technological and psycho-social determinants of clinical health care systems and their relationship to health policy initiatives.

Assessment

Assessment includes web-based tasks, written assignments, examinations, and individual and group presentations.

Structure

This course comprises seven core units and one elective.

Requirements

Core units

  • ECX9720 Introduction to epidemiology and biostatistics
  • MPH2065 Law for health systems
  • MPH2066 Clinical leadership and management
  • MPH2067 Principles of health care quality improvement
  • MPH2068 Financial issues in health care management
  • MPH2069 Foundations of health policy
  • MPH2072 Reform and development of health services

Elective units

One of:

  • MPH2085 Human factors for patient safety
  • MPH2086 Applying and practicing the principles of patient safety and quality improvement
  • any postgraduate unit offered by the School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine
  • MPH5042 Climate change and public health
  • ECX9700 Introduction to health economics
  • GHS5850 Nursing practice and management
  • NUR5211 Case management in health care
  • NUR5315 Advanced nursing practice in context

Progression to further studies

This course articulates with the Master of Health Services Management 2872 or can lead to the Master of Public Health 0046.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Graduate Certificate in Health Services Management providing all requirements of that award have been met.

Award(s)

Graduate Diploma in Health Services Management


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradDipIntHlth
CRICOS code030778A
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/1884
Contact details

Postgraduate office: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad/

Course coordinator

Associate Professor Bebe Loff

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.

Description

The Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine offers this course in collaboration with the Centre for International Health of the MacFarlane Burnet Institute for Medical Research and Public Health. Course content is in part based on actual field experiences gained by the MacFarlane Burnet Institute in their wide range of health development projects in more than 20 countries in Asia, the Pacific and Africa.

The course provides the skills necessary to design, implement, and evaluate the relevant programs that address the major public health priorities of communities in developing countries. Public health issues are presented in the broader context of economic and social development, stressing cultural, political, gender and environmental influences, as well as the impact of armed conflict and population migration.

Outcomes

On completion of the course, students will be able to:

  • demonstrate a detailed understanding of the principles of primary health care
  • analyse the economic, political, cultural, social and gender determinants of public health in developing country communities
  • demonstrate a familiarity with the basic elements of health program design, implementation and evaluation
  • develop appropriate health program management tools, including situational analysis, population surveys, behavioural studies, health information systems, operations research and participatory evaluation
  • understand the special factors associated with the health of women and the children and the dynamics of population growth
  • investigate, manage, prevent, and control endemic and epidemic communicable diseases of public health importance in developing countries
  • demonstrate a familiarity with the emerging health problems related to urbanisation, industrialisation, behavioural and environmental design
  • develop community-based health promotion strategies to address health problems related to communicable, chronic and nutritional diseases and injuries
  • demonstrate an adequate understanding of the special circumstances and actions required in an acute disaster setting, including a refugee emergency
  • demonstrate an understanding of the interaction between human rights, ethics, medical practice, health services, the law and health outcomes
  • be able to apply an economic analysis to public health problems, health services and prevention programs
  • demonstrate an understanding of the ethical issues that arise in the context of international health research
  • develop adequate skills in report writing, oral presentations, verbal and visual

communications and the basic use of computers.

Assessment

Assessment includes written assignments, examinations, practical exercises, student presentations and class participation.

Structure

This course comprises three or four core units and four or five elective units.

Requirements

Core units

Semester One

  • ECX9720 OR units MPH1040 & MPH1041
  • ECX9720 Introduction to epidemiology and biostatistics
  • MPH1040 Introductory epidemiology
  • MPH1041 Introductory biostatistics
  • MPH2048 Primary health care in developing countries
  • MPH2049 Field methods for international health planning and evaluation

Elective units

Ethics stream

  • EPM5020 Comparative moral theory
  • EPM5021 Ethical research with at risk populations
  • MPH2055 Health and human rights
  • APG5733 Health care ethics
  • APG5805 The art and business of international development
  • EPM5023 Health research and exploitation of vulnerable populations
  • EPM5024 Legal issues in research
  • EPM5025 Human research ethics and committees: ethical review of research and research governance

International Health stream

  • MPH2050 Health of women and children in developing countries
  • MPH2051 Communicable diseases control in developing countries
  • MPH2053 Public health in refugee settings
  • MPH2054 Nutrition in developing countries
  • MPH2055 Health and human rights
  • MPH2057 Aboriginal health
  • MPH2058 Effective responses to HIV in developing countries
  • MPH2060 Health policy and prevention in a global world
  • MPH2082 Health communications and training
  • MPH5087 Alcohol and other drugs in society: a national and global perspective
  • ECX9750 Principles of health economics for developing countries
  • CRH5047 Health ecology and environmental change

Progression to further studies

The course articulates with the Master of International Health 3874 or can lead to the Master of Public Health 0046.

Award(s)

Graduate Diploma in International Health


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradDipMentHlthTeach
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)2 years PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3561
Contact details

Course coordinator: telephone +61 3 5440 9006; Postgraduate course administrator: telephone +61 3 9903 4955; email pg.psych@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/psych/course/pgrad/gd-mhtp-index.html

Course coordinator

Associate Professor Pamela Snow

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders.

Description

This course, developed jointly by the School of Psychology and Psychiatry and the Faculty of Education, focuses on the central role of the teacher in the development of optimal mental health in the primary and secondary school population. The course aims to provide teaching and allied staff with both theoretical and practical information on mental health and emotional development together with practical instruction on the use of such understanding in the classroom and in school settings. The two-year structure provides a basic understanding of mental health issues on which specialised counselling and group dynamic skills can be based.

Outcomes

On completion of this course students will:

  • have an appreciation of psychological development from infancy to adolescence
  • have acquired an understanding of specific psychiatric and psychological syndromes of childhood and adolescence
  • place the child within his/her family, culture, school and the community in relation to psychological development and symptomatology
  • have a working knowledge and understanding of the range of interventions that may be possible within the school environment
  • understand the principles of communication, intervention and referral to appropriate professionals and outside agencies and community groups
  • participate in group case presentations of classroom difficulties and be able to involve themselves in shared solutions and strategies.

Assessment

Assessment includes a combination of written essays, coursework participation and occasional special projects.

Structure

This course comprises four compulsory units

Requirements

Year one

  • MHT4001 Understanding mental development - child to adolescent
  • MHT4002 Mental health - practical considerations

Year two

  • MHT4003 Counselling techniques for members of the teaching professions
  • MHT4004 Organisational and group aspects of the school environment

Award(s)

Graduate Diploma in Mental Health for Teaching Professions


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradDipOccEnvH
CRICOS code037854D
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/0160
Contact details

Postgraduate office: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu; visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad/

Course coordinator

Professor Malcolm Sim

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Students are required to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks each semester.

Description

This course, offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine, gives health professionals the attitudes, skills and knowledge necessary to provide preventive health services to reduce the health impact of disease and injury resulting from workplace and community factors. The course caters for the special needs of medical practitioners, nurses, allied health personnel, scientists and occupational health and safety managers.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, graduates should be able to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of the legal and ethical framework which governs occupational health and safety practice and the obligations of industry in regard to the environment
  • access, critically appraise and integrate hazard information from published studies and other relevant sources in the occupational and environmental health literature
  • recognise and evaluate the level of exposure and assess the degree of risk to health from workplace and environmental hazards and provide advice on appropriate control measures in the workplace and the community
  • demonstrate an understanding of the factors underlying risk perception and be able to effectively and sensitively communicate - in both written reports and oral presentations - these risks to exposed people in the workplace and the community
  • provide occupational health services, including preventative programs and environmental advice to industry.

Assessment

Assessment includes web-based tasks, written assignments, examinations, practical exercises and student presentations.

Structure

This course comprises eight core units

Requirements

Year 1

Semester 1

  • MPH2041 Introduction to occupational health and safety
  • MPH2043 Chemical and biological hazards

Semester 2

  • MPH2022 Assessment and control of workplace hazards
  • MPH2044 Ergonomic and physical hazards

Year 2

Semester 1

  • MPH2042 Psychosocial work environment
  • MPH1040 Introductory epidemiology

Semester 2

  • MPH1003 Environmental influences on health
  • MPH2076 Safety management systems

Progression to further studies

This course articulates with course 2312 Master of Occupational and Environmental Health or can lead to the 0046 Master of Public Health.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Graduate Certificate in Occupational Health providing all requirements of that award have been met.

Award(s)

Graduate Diploma in Occupational and Environmental Health


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradDipPsych
Total credit points required60
Standard duration of study (years)3 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield, Clayton)
Off-campus (Caulfield, Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2088
Contact details

Domestic students

Telephone +61 3 9905 3965

email: ug.psych@monash.edu

or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/psych//course/ugrad/graddippsych-index.html

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Part-time study only. Normally students study for three years.

Description

This course offers graduates a major in psychology accredited by the Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC), permitting them to undertake the further training needed to obtain professional qualifications.

Outcomes

On completion of this course students will:

  • acquire a basic understanding of psychology as an empirical science
  • be able to select and use the appropriate statistical analyses and research design methods required to prepare psychological laboratory reports
  • be able to demonstrate the computer skills required for the use and understanding of the computer packages associated with the statistical and multimedia content of the course
  • will be exposed to the diversity of topic areas covered within the discipline of psychology (ie history and philosophy of psychology, sensation and perception, learning and memory, personality and intelligence, abnormal psychology, social psychology, developmental psychology, biological psychology, organisational psychology)
  • will understand the theoretical background to, construction of, administration of, and interpretation of psychological tests and assessment procedures
  • will have an understanding of the ethical and professional responsibilities required to pursue a career in psychology.

Course progression requirements

Students are normally expected to pass all units at a given year level before proceeding to the next year level. The minimum time for completion in this manner is three years.

Structure

This course comprises nine core units and one elective unit.

Requirements

First year

Second year

  • PSY2031 Developmental and biological psychology
  • PSY2042 Cognitive and social psychology
  • PSY2051 Research design and analysis

Third year

  • PSY3032 Abnormal psychology
  • PSY3041 Psychological testing, theories of ability and ethics
  • PSY3051 Perception and personality
  • PSY3062 Research methods and theory

Elective units*

At least one elective unit from the following:

Second year

Third year

  • PSY3120 Introduction to counselling
  • PSY3150 Contemporary social psychology
  • PSY3180 Human neuropsychology: Developmental and neurodegenerative disorders
  • PSY3190 Addiction studies
  • PSY3230 Psychological foundations of the law
  • PSY3240 Psychology of music
  • PSY3250 Positive psychology

* Electives offered may vary from year to year.

Award(s)

Graduate Diploma in Psychology


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradDipRepSc
CRICOS code019066D
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/0101
Contact details

Postgraduate course administrator: telephone +61 3 9594 5680; email med-eprd@monash.edu or visit http://www.monashinstitute.org/eprd

Course coordinator

Associate Professor Peter Temple-Smith

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.

Description

This course is offered by the Education Program in Reproduction and Development (EPRD), in the Monash Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology and is a joint venture with Prince Henry's Institute of Medical Research and Monash IVF. Other departments and institutions that participate in the course include Ritchie Centre for Baby Health Research, Monash Institute of Medical Research, Monash departments of Anatomy and Developmental Biology, , Paediatrics, Physiology and Pharmacology. The program is also supported by Melbourne IVF, Family Planning Victoria, the Victorian Assisted Reproductive Treatment Authority, the University of Melbourne, Zoos Victoria, Genetics Australia, Melbourne Aquarium. The primary aim of the EPRD is to foster education and research into reproductive biology and medicine.

The course provides a broad theoretical understanding of, and practical training in, the applications of reproductive biology to current clinical human and veterinary medicine, and consideration of the social and ethical issues raised by the use of these techniques. The course also provides the opportunity for those currently interested in reproductive sciences to update their knowledge and experience research by participating in a minor research project.

Outcomes

On completion of the course, students will be able to:

  • display and communicate a detailed theoretical knowledge and understanding of human and animal reproductive science
  • critically evaluate recent developments in clinical human and animal reproductive sciences
  • conduct an appropriate statistical analysis of data from studies in reproductive sciences
  • understand, intelligently consider and clearly communicate the ethical issues and implications raised by research in the reproductive sciences and in population control using both a local and an international perspective
  • demonstrate various common practical techniques currently in use in reproductive sciences
  • plan and conduct a research project, and prepare a standard scientific report of the research findings
  • competently communicate in written and oral formats their findings from critical reviews, data analyses and a practical project

Assessment

Assessment is by written examinations, a 3000-word literature review, the demonstration and understanding of selected practical skills and a practical report, poster and oral presentations and critical reviews, minor research project plan and report, application for a conference travel grant, biostatistics assignment.

Structure

This course comprises seven core units.

Requirements

Students complete:

  • GRS4101 Introduction to reproductive endocrinology
  • GRS4102 Gonadal development and function
  • GRS4103 Pregnancy and parturition
  • GRS4104 Reproductive health
  • GRS4105 Fertility regulation
  • GRS4201 Animal sciences
  • GRS4202 Assisted reproductive and genetic technologies

Progression to further studies

Students who pass all units for this course and achieve an overall grade average of distinction (70 per cent) or above may qualify for admission into the Master of Clinical Embryology or higher degrees by research (HDR).

Award(s)

Graduate Diploma in Reproductive Sciences


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradDipEmergHlth
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)2 years PT
Study mode and locationMulti-modal (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3877
Contact details

Telephone +61 3 9903 0690; email ingrid.brooks@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/cehpp

Course coordinator

Ms Ingrid Brooks

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders.
  • Part-time study only.
  • Depending on the units studied, students may be required to undertake off-campus clinical placements.

Description

This course will support students in improving their clinical practice and knowledge related to the delivery of emergency health services and help prepare them for clinical leadership positions. The student will explore clinical practice within an integrated emergency medical system and consider the issues and trends that influence scope of practice and service delivery. In 2012 only the MICA paramedic stream is available; graduates will have this named award recorded on their testamur.

Outcomes

By the completion of this course, the graduate will be able to:

  • critically explore their practice role from the perspective of broader population and health system demands on care delivery within an integrated emergency health system
  • critically review their clinical practice against current evidence
  • apply knowledge gained through the completion of elective units of study to their practice context
  • work collaboratively within an integrated emergency health system at an advanced level.

In addition, graduates of the MICA paramedic stream, will be able to:

  • apply an appropriate ethical and professional construct as an emergency care provider to their clinical practice
  • recognise and assess appropriate symptom-syndrome patterns in patients with sudden illness or injury, and initiate advanced life support measures
  • demonstrate the use of advanced clinical problem solving processes and the integration of theory, practical skills and clinical competence
  • develop an awareness of the responses of patients and families to acute, life-threatening illness/injury, in a diverse cultural community
  • contribute to and utilise outcomes from quality management and clinical audit strategies, information technology and research programs
  • critically evaluate the relevance of research findings within the context of community-based emergency health.

Assessment

Assessment will be a mixture of written assignments and examinations, For clinical units, clinical simulation and professionalism assessment will form part of the assessment mix.

Structure

This course comprises eight core units.

Requirements

MICA paramedic stream

Core units

  • MEH4306 Integrated emergency medical systems
  • MEH4308 Clinical practicum*
  • PAR4301 Theoretical foundations of MICA paramedic practice
  • PAR4302 Management of emergency cardiac conditions
  • PAR4303 Management of emergency trauma and environmental conditions
  • PAR4304 Management of emergency medical conditions
  • PAR4305 Management of paediatric and obstetric patients
  • PAR4307 MICA Paramedic clinical practicum

* Note: This unit is a core unit for existing practicing MICA Paramedics (pre-graduate diploma) who are undertaking the graduate diploma conversion program.

Award(s)

Graduate Diploma in Emergency Health (MICA Paramedic)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleGradDipMid
CRICOS code021268J
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton, Gippsland)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/1240
Contact details

Clayton: telephone +61 3 9905 5328, email nursing.enquiries@monash.edu; Gipplsland: telephone +61 3 5122 6936, email nursing.enquiries-gippsland@monash.edu; or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing/

Course coordinator

Ms Maureen Miles (Gippsland) - Dr Mary Anne Biro (Clayton)

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Students are required to be employed part-time in a clinical setting that provides midwifery care to women and their families across regional, rural and metropolitan Victoria.
  • Part-time study only.
  • The course is provided in four study blocks on-campus per annum, held at the Gippsland and Clayton campus, together with online and self directed learning modules.

Description

This course, offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery, is designed to prepare students with the theoretical and practical knowledge and skills necessary to practise midwifery in a multidisciplinary context. Skills for evaluating evidence for best midwifery practice, as well as for development of self, others and the profession, are also features of this preparation. Students are exposed to a wide variety of perspectives and environments in order to help them develop the ability to think critically about the role of the midwife in the maternity care setting.

Outcomes

On completion of the course students will be expected to be able to:

  • meet the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Midwife
  • 'be with women' with the flexibility to care for women experiencing varied outcomes
  • work in partnership with women, family, medical and allied health personnel to ensure culturally appropriate and safe maternity care that is affordable, acceptable and accessible.

Through strategic midwifery clinical placement students will have the opportunity to feel confident and nurtured in a maternity care environment and be prepared to abide by the Code of Ethics for Midwives in Australia and the ANMC Code of Professional Conduct for Midwives in Australia.

Assessment

Assessment includes examinations, case-studies, class presentations and written assignments.

Professional recognition

The course is subject to accreditation by the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia.

Structure

This course comprises four core units.

Requirements

Students complete:

  • MID5001 Woman midwife partnerships and normal childbearing
  • MID5002 Woman midwife partnerships and complex childbearing
  • MID5006 Public and primary health care in midwifery
  • MID5007 Contextual and professional issues in midwifery

Award(s)

Graduate Diploma of Midwifery


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMBiomedSc
CRICOS code039994J
Total credit points required96
Standard duration of study (years)2 years FT, 4 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital, Baker Institute, Box Hill Hospital, Burnet Institute, Caulfield, Clayton, Howard Florey Institute, Monash Health Research Institute, Monash Medical Centre, Murdoch Children's Research Institute, Peter McCallum Cancer Institute, Prince Henry's Institute, Southbank, St Vincent's Institute, Walter and Eliza Hall Institute)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital, Baker Institute, Box Hill Hospital, Burnet Institute, Caulfield, Clayton, Howard Florey Institute, Monash Health Research Institute, Monash Medical Centre, Murdoch Children's Research Institute, Peter McCallum Cancer Institute, Prince Henry's Institute, Southbank, St Vincent's Institute, Walter and Eliza Hall Institute)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2977
Contact details

Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email med-research.degrees@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research/

Course coordinator

Professor Mibel Aguilar

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course may be undertaken at approved off-site locations.

Description

The Master of Biomedical Science is a research degree. Candidates conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of a member of the academic staff. The supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress. Candidates submit a thesis. The work undertaken as part of this degree must constitute a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the chosen research field, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research. This course may be undertaken in any of the areas of research offered by the faculty. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research.

Outcomes

Students who have completed the course will demonstrate a thorough understanding of relevant research techniques in their field through a review of the relevant literature. They will demonstrate their ability, under supervision to apply relevant research techniques to their chosen field of study. Students will be able to present high-quality written work suitable for publication in appropriate scholarly journals, and be able to critically evaluate both their own and others' written work in their chosen field.

Students will also be able to:

  • identify and define research questions
  • identify the appropriate research methods to address the research questions
  • demonstrate mastery of their chosen research methodology/methodologies
  • demonstrate theoretical knowledge at masters level in their chosen field of biomedical science
  • communicate their research findings in a format appropriate to their academic discipline
  • write up their research into a high quality thesis
  • contribute new information or new ways of understanding information in the field of biomedical science.

Research component

100 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The total permissible period of candidature is two years full-time, or its equivalent in part-time candidature up to a maximum of four years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse. The minimum period of candidature is one year (two years part-time). Candidates are encouraged to complete their theses as quickly as possible.

Probationary candidature

Probationary candidature applies for all masters by research candidates. Candidature will be confirmed subject to the receipt of a satisfactory report of progress at the end of the 6-month (full-time) or one-year (part-time) period of probationary candidature. The head of the academic unit may lodge a request for deferral of the confirmation process where it is anticipated that a masters by research candidate will upgrade to doctoral candidature following 12 months full-time or 24-months part-time candidature.

Progress reviews

Supervisors and academic units monitor the progress of candidates throughout their candidature. All candidates are required to complete an annual questionnaire in order to review the conditions of their candidature. The academic progress of candidates is formally reviewed via confirmation of candidature.

Time available for study

Throughout their candidature, all candidates must regularly attend their department, school, centre or faculty and participate fully in the intellectual, research and academic life of their academic unit. Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote at least two full days a week to their studies. In the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, part-time candidates in laboratory disciplines must undertake at least one and a half of their study days during normal working hours/week days. For those part-time students in non-laboratory disciplines, at least one of their study days must be a week day.

External candidature

External candidates must demonstrate personal maturity and research experience to pursue independent, sustained and structured research off-campus. In addition to the conditions above, external students must satisfy an annual five-day on-campus attendance requirement each year or equivalent over the period of candidature. A portion of this attendance may be off-campus, provided that the candidate is able to interact with the principal or associate (university) supervisor during this time. Regular interactive communication should take place between candidate and supervisor at least once every two weeks, via telephone, video conference, email or other interactive communication. Daily communication should also be possible, as required.

Employment restrictions

Full-time candidates are permitted, with the approval of their main supervisor, to undertake a strictly limited amount of paid employment throughout the year, being no more than 15 hours of work per week on average. Up to a maximum of six hours only on average of this employment may be undertaken during normal working hours (9 am to 5 pm, Mondays to Fridays). However, this may be extended to a maximum of eight hours if the employment is limited to one weekday. The candidate's supervisor(s) must be satisfied that any part-time work undertaken does not interfere with the candidate's study program and progress. International students need to be aware that the employment restrictions outlined above apply even though a student visa permits students to work up to 20 hours a week.

Requirements

Assessment is by thesis only. Students submit a thesis of approximately 70,000 words. The word length for a thesis does not include footnotes, references or appendices, nor does it include equations, tables, diagrams or other illustrations. The thesis may be in the form of a traditional monograph or as a thesis by publication.

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present in, or in support of, a thesis any work which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the faculty's Research Degrees Committee.

Progression to further studies

Students may apply to upgrade to doctoral candidature after 12 months candidature (full-time or equivalent), provided that satisfactory progress has been made and certain conditions are met.

Award(s)

Master of Biomedical Science


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMBiomedSc (Part 1)
CRICOS code039994J
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital, Baker Institute, Bendigo, Box Hill Hospital, Burnet Institute, Caulfield, Clayton, Howard Florey Institute, Monash Health Research Institute, Monash Medical Centre, Murdoch Children's Research Institute, Peter McCallum Cancer Institute, Prince Henry's Institute, Southbank, Sunway, St Vincent's Institute, Walter and Eliza Hall Institute)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2970
Contact details

Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email med-research.degrees@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research/

Course coordinator

Professor Mibel Aguilar

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course may be undertaken at approved off-site locations.

Description

The Master of Biomedical Science (Part 1) is a qualifying degree. Candidates conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of a member of the academic staff. The supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress. Candidates submit a thesis in addition to a prescribed coursework component. The work undertaken as part of this degree must contribute to the knowledge and understanding of the chosen research field, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research. This course may be undertaken in any of the areas of research offered by the faculty. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research

Outcomes

Students who have completed the course will demonstrate a thorough understanding of relevant research techniques in their field through a review of the relevant literature. They will demonstrate their ability, under supervision to apply relevant research techniques to their chosen field of study. Students will be able to present high-quality written work suitable for publication in appropriate scholarly journals, and be able to critically evaluate both their own and others' written work in their chosen field.

Students will also be able to:

  • identify and define research questions
  • identify the appropriate research methods to address the research questions
  • demonstrate mastery of their chosen research methodology/methodologies
  • demonstrate theoretical knowledge at honours level in their chosen field of research
  • communicate their research findings in a format appropriate to their academic discipline
  • write up their research into a high quality thesis
  • contribute new information or new ways of understanding information in the field of research.

Research component

75 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The total permissible period of candidature is one year full-time, or its equivalent in part-time candidature up to a maximum of two years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse.

Time available for study

Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote at least two full days a week to their studies. In the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, part-time candidates in laboratory disciplines must undertake at least one and a half of their study days during normal working hours/week days. For those part-time students in non-laboratory disciplines, at least one of their study days must be a week day.

Employment restrictions

Full-time candidates are permitted, with the approval of their main supervisor, to undertake a strictly limited amount of paid employment throughout the year, being no more than 15 hours of work per week on average. Up to a maximum of six hours only on average of this employment may be undertaken during normal working hours (9 am to 5 pm, Mondays to Fridays), however, this may be extended to a maximum of eight hours if the employment is limited to one weekday. The candidate's supervisor(s) must be satisfied that any part-time work undertaken does not interfere with the candidate's study program and progress. International students need to be aware that the employment restrictions outlined above apply even though a student visa permits students to work up to 20 hours a week.

Requirements

Candidates will be required to undertake a major research program constituting 75 per cent of the entire course including the submission of a thesis. The remaining 25 per cent of the course will comprise coursework such as a literature review and/or statistics classes, and is specified by the enrolling department.

Thesis

The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline.

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present in, or in support of, a thesis any work which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the faculty's Research Degrees Committee.

Minimum grade for course completion

50 per cent

Minimum grade for articulation

70 per cent

Progression to further studies

The Master of Biomedical Science (MBiomedSc) (Part 1) is not an awardable degree. Students who achieve a grade of H2A or above will be eligible to apply for a higher degree by research program offered by the faculty such as the 0047 Doctor of Philosophy, 2977 Master of Biomedical Science or 3438 Master of Philosophy.

Alternative exit(s)

Students who pass this course but do not wish to continue or do not achieve class 2A honours or above will be offered the exit award of the Postgraduate Diploma in Biomedical Science.

Award(s)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMBiostats
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)3 years PT
Study mode and locationMulti-modal (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3422
Contact details

Professor Andrew Forbes, The Alfred Hospital: telephone +61 3 9903 0580

Postgraduate Office: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad/

Course coordinator

Professor Andrew Forbes

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders
  • Part-time study only.
  • Students are required to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks.

Description

This course, offered by Department Epidemiology and Preventative Medicine, provides a sound understanding of the theory and application of biostatistics relevant to professional practice. The degree will assist the acquisition of skills and experience in complex statistical analyses, identifying and implementing appropriate statistical methodology, communicating biostatistical results and understanding biostatistical literature. The course develops the technical skills for commencement in a professional career as a biostatistician.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, students will have:

  • developed a sound understanding of the theory and application of the major areas of biostatistics relevant to professional practice
  • acquired skills in complex statistical analyses using modern statistical techniques and software
  • developed skills to identify the relevant statistical issues in practical problems in medical/health settings and to propose and implement an appropriate statistical design and/or analysis methodology
  • developed skills and had experience in communication of biostatistical issues with clinical/health personnel and the presentation of statistical results in a format suitable for publication in health-related journals or professional reports
  • acquired the technical skills to be able to read the biostatistical literature and implement new methodology described therein
  • developed the technical skills to commence professional careers as biostatisticians and/or to progress to further postgraduate research studies.

Assessment

Assessment includes written assignments, practical exercises, examinations, portfolio and final report.

Structure

This course comprises 10 core units and one elective unit

Requirements

Core units

  • EPM5002 Mathematical background for biostatistics
  • EPM5003 Principles of statistical inference
  • EPM5004 Linear models
  • EPM5005 Data management and statistical computing
  • EPM5007 Design of experiments and clinical trials
  • EPM5009 Categorical data and generalised linear models
  • EPM5010 Survival analysis
  • EPM5014 Probability and distribution theory
  • MPH1040 Introductory epidemiology
  • EPM5015 Biostatistics practical project - single unit or
  • EPM5011 Biostatistics practical project - double unit (no elective unit required),

Elective units

One of:

  • EPM5001 Health indicators and health surveys
  • EPM5006 Clinical biostatistics
  • EPM5008 Longitudinal and correlated data analysis
  • EPM5012 Bioinformatics
  • EPM5013 Bayesian statistical methods
  • EPM5016 Advanced clinical trials

Progression to further studies

Students who complete this course and achieve a distinction (70 per cent) average may qualify for admission into higher degrees by research (HDR) including course 3438 Master of Philosophy and 0047 Doctor of Philosophy, among others.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Graduate Certificate in Biostatistics or Graduate Diploma in Biostatistics providing all requirements of that award have been met.

Award(s)

Master of Biostatistics


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMClinEmbryol
CRICOS code028955G
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton)
Off-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2309
Contact details

Postgraduate course administrator, Penny Chen: telephone +61 (0)3 9594 7462 or +61 (0)3 99024772; email med-eprd@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/ob-gyn/research/eprd/

Course coordinator

Dr Sally Catt - telephone +61 3 9594 7374 or +61(0)3 99024818

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This is an intensive course requiring on-campus students to overload and complete in one year. Study commences in February and continues until the end of November. Off-campus students can elect to complete the course part-time over two years.
  • This course requires some off-campus site visits for on-campus students. Off-campus students will be required to attend some on-campus workshops.

Description

This course is offered by the Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology through the Education Program in Reproduction and Development. It provides candidates with the essential postgraduate knowledge and practical skills necessary to contribute competently to the human infertility clinical services. Theoretical and practical skills are presented in the broader context of the regulations and the ethical considerations which apply to human IVF, both nationally and internationally, along with the quality control procedures required to ensure maximum success for IVF patients. The guidelines, protocols and regulations that steer and control human infertility services are also presented.

Outcomes

On completion of the course, students will be able to:

  • understand and describe human gamete biology, embryology and developmental biology from a cellular, genetic and molecular perspective
  • apply critically their knowledge of clinical embryology to research, understand and discuss new developments in human infertility treatments
  • critically examine and evaluate new infertility treatments, and accurately and effectively communicate this knowledge orally and in writing
  • interpret and classify from a theoretical understanding and practical field experience, the operations and management of IVF clinics and the regluations under which they operate, including the isses of genetic manipulation and stem cell therapies
  • understand and effectively articulate the arguments for and against the social, moral and ethical implications of IVF technologies, as they apply nationally and internationally to humans and develop a clear individual position on these issues
  • understand and appropriately use statistical methods to analyse human infertility research data and prepare and deliver a presentation to peers on methods, findings and conclusions of one such analysis
  • demonstrate an understanding of and competence in techniques used in the preparation of male and female gametes for IVF and ICSI and subsequent embryo culture, and the cryopreservation of gametes and embryos from all stages of culture
  • have demonstrated a capacity to take a leadership role in laboratory skills activities and to collaborate effectively with peers and laboratory staff
  • conduct competently the quality assurance procedures that are essential to the reliable operation of an IVF clinic
  • trouble-shoot a wide range of potential problems in an embryology laboratory
  • develop skills required to biopsy embryos in order to apply genetic and molecular diagnositc tests
  • outline the techniques used in and discuss the uses of karyotyping and fluorescent in situ hybridisation (FISH) and demonstrate ability to asses the developmental competence of an embryo prior to its transfer in clinical IVF.

Recognition of prior learning

Credit applications from off-campus students for recognition of prior learning (RPL) will be considered for practical experience in an IVF clinic.

Assessment

Assessment is via a range of methods, encompassing tests for practical competence (hand skills, laboratory book documentation, ability to complete small projects, quizzes), and theoretical knowledge (2,500 and 3,000-word essays, written examinations, critical reviews, data presentation, including statistical interpretation in abstracts and posters) and a minor research project

Structure

The course consists of eight compulsory sequential units four to six weeks long, comprising theoretical and practical work. Lectures are delivered by experts from all disciplines in, and related to, the IVF field. It must be stressed that the Master of Clinical Embryology is a laboratory-based training course, with no patient contact. Mouse and ovine IVF are used as models for practical work. Mid-year, students are given the opportunity to visit an Australian or New Zealand IVF clinic, or a clinic may be selected from overseas. Off-campus students will follow similar timelines and assessments as the on-campus students, except that practical experience will largely be acquired in the student's workplace, with occasional on-campus workshops.

Requirements

Semester 1

  • MCE5100 Introduction to mammalian embryology
  • MCE5101 Infertility and treatment strategies
  • MCE5103 IVF processes: Embryo production
  • MCE5112 IVF processes: Cryopreservation

Semester 2

  • MCE5200 Total quality management in assisted reproductive technologies
  • MCE5201 Micromanipulation, molecular embryology and stem cells
  • MCE5212 Pre-implantation genetic diagnosis and embryo gene expression
  • MCE5213 Regulation and ethics in assisted reproductive technologies

Alternative exit(s)

Students who complete 48 credit points after completing all semester one units and one six-credit-point unit in the second semester and who do not wish to, or are unable to, continue with the masters program will be offered the opportunity to exit with a Graduate Diploma of Clinical Embryology.

Award(s)

Master of Clinical Embryology


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMClinMid
CRICOS code054585A
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)1.5 years FT, 3 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Peninsula)
Off-campus (Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3565
Contact details

Administrative officer (postgraduate): telephone +61 3 9904 4260; fax +61 3 9904 4655 or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing/postgraduate/

Course coordinator

Ms Meredith McIntyre (Peninsula)

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Applicants must be employed part-time or full-time in a clinical setting that provides midwifery care to women.

Description

This course, offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery is designed to provide higher-degree studies to registered midwives. The course will appeal to midwives seeking career advancement or Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia practitioner status for work in low-risk maternity and/or independent or specialist midwifery practice. It will also appeal to those interested in a pathway to undertaking higher research degrees.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, the student will be expected to be able to:

  • demonstrate competency to practise as a midwife in a variety of maternity settings in accordance with the ANMC National competency standards for the midwife
  • reflect attitudes which are congruent with the philosophy of valuing women, women centred care, and woman-midwife partnership
  • work both as a primary carer and in collaboration with other healthcare professionals in providing comprehensive care through women's reproductive life
  • demonstrate personal and professional attributes for the enhancement of self and the midwifery profession
  • demonstrate critical and reflective thinking and decision making skills
  • incorporate the principles of lifelong learning into midwifery practice
  • identify clinical problems and utilise evidence based practice models to research clinical problems
  • demonstrate skills in undertaking research including planning, development and implementation of a research project under supervision
  • undertake leadership roles in midwifery practice in a range of settings promoting the role of midwifery in collaborative practice within the multidisciplinary team
  • demonstrate knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for collaborative practice in regional and referral centres, midwifery led maternity services in a range of setting, and for development of peers and services within maternity units.

Credit for prior studies

Up to 48 points may be granted for completion of a course 1240 Graduate Diploma of Midwifery from Monash University in the post-registration stream.

Professional recognition

In order to be eligible for nurse/midwife practitioner status according to the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia, students in the Master of Clinical Midwifery must have completed the following pharmacology unit as part of their postgraduate studies:

Structure

This course is offered via coursework and a research project/minor thesis, or by coursework only.

Requirements

Students complete the following over three semesters of study:

  • MID5005 Advancing midwifery practice (compulsory core unit)

plus one of the following options:

Coursework-only option

  • 60 points selected from the list of post-registration units below

Coursework and thesis option

  • 24 points selected from the list of post-registration units below
  • a 36-point minor thesis

Units

  • GHS5841 Research methods and issues*
  • MID5007 Contextual and Professional Issues in Midwifery
  • NUR5202 Nursing informatics
  • NUR5204 Education in nursing and midwifery
  • NUR5208 Therapeutic medication management**
  • NUR5214 Advanced therapeutic interaction
  • NUR5209 Education program development

*This unit is a prerequisite for undertaking the minor thesis.

** This unit must be completed in order to be eligible for nurse/midwife practitioner status, as outlined by the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia,

Progression to further studies

Students who complete this course and achieve a distinction (70 per cent) in the minor research thesis or project and the research methods unit (GHS5841) may qualify for admission into higher degrees by research (HDR) including course 3438 Master of Philosophy and 0047 Doctor of Philosophy, amongst others. Admission is not automatic; an application form for the nominated HDR program must be submitted to the faculty's research degrees office for consideration upon completion of this course.

Award(s)

Master of Midwifery
Master of Clinical Midwifery

The actual award conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, the timing of study, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMClinResMeth
CRICOS code072000D
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)1.5 years FT, 3 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2311
Contact details

Postgraduate office: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/prad/

Course coordinator

Dr Allen Cheng

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • + International students - this course is only available in on-campus mode + Off-campus students must attend a number of units on-site in day block mode.

Description

This course, offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine, assists health professionals make rational evidence-based decisions in clinical practice and undertake small clinical research projects.

Clinical epidemiology draws on epidemiological methods to answer clinical questions relevant to the daily practice of health care and to improve patient care. It focuses on individuals or groups of patients in clinical settings.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, students should be able to:

  • demonstrate a detailed understanding of clinical epidemiology and biostatistics
  • become familiar with clinical research methodology, including randomised controlled trials
  • demonstrate an ability to critically appraise the quantitative epidemiological literature
  • appreciate the contribution of systematic reviews to evidence-based practice
  • demonstrate an ability to apply the principles of clinical epidemiology to clinical practice
  • display a working knowledge of other applications of epidemiology
  • develop a research protocol and undertake an epidemiological research project with a clinical focus.

Assessment

Assessment includes written assignments, examinations, class participation, web-based tasks, and optional supervised research project.

Structure

This course comprises nine core units, plus either three electives or one elective and a minor research project.

Requirements

Core units

  • MPH1040 Introductory epidemiology
  • MPH1041 Introductory biostatistics
  • MPH2000 Regression methods for epidemiology
  • MPH2002 Clinical epidemiology
  • MPH2013 Research methods
  • MPH2036 Clinical trials
  • MPH2037 Clinical measurement
  • MPH2039 Meta analysis and systematics reviews
  • MPH2083 Ethics, good research practice and practical research skills

Elective options

Students complete one of the following

  • minor research project (8,000 - 10,000 words)
  • two electives from the list below

Elective units

  • MPH2018 Infectious diseases: Epidemiology and prevention
  • MPH2056 Injury epidemiology and prevention
  • MPH2060 Health policy and prevention in a global world
  • MPH2070 Advanced statistical methods for clinical research
  • MPH2077 Data management and computing

Progression to further studies

Students who complete this course and achieve a distinction (70 per cent) average may qualify for admission into higher degrees by research (HDR) including course 3438 Master of Philosophy and 0047 Doctor of Philosophy, among others.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Graduate Certificate in Clinical Research Methods or Graduate Diploma in Clinical Research Methods providing all requirements of that award have been met.

Award(s)

Master of Clinical Epidemiology



This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMFamMed
Total credit points required96
Standard duration of study (years)4 years PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/0099
Contact details

Senior Administrative officer, Graduate Studies - School of Primary Healthcare: Telephone +61 3 99024495; email: genprac@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/general-practice/teaching/masterfammed.html

Course coordinator

Dr Heather Grusauskas

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders.

Description

The Department of General Practice offers this program to general practitioners who wish to expand their knowledge and skills in areas relevant to general practice. It provides research and teaching skills to prepare for potential academic general practice careers.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, graduates should be able to:

  • carry out independent and collaborative research in general practice at a level expected of a Monash graduate
  • supervise research projects of a nature comparable to those required of masters graduates
  • participate in curriculum development, teaching, assessment and evaluation of education programs at various levels, including undergraduate, vocational training and continuing medical education of established general practitioners
  • demonstrate organisational skills required of academic general practitioners with respect to teaching and research.

Credit for prior studies

Credit applications will be considered on an individual basis.Students who have successfully completed course 1759 Graduate Diploma in Family Medicine will be granted the maximum credit allowed.

Maximum credit allowed

48 credit points

Recognition of prior learning

Credit applications for recognition of prior learning (RPL) will be considered on an individual basis.

Assessment

Assessment will be by coursework participation, formal assignments, projects and minor thesis.

Professional recognition

This course is accredited with the Royal Australia College Of General Practitioners Quality Assurance Continuing Professional Development Program.

Structure

Candidates are required to undertake 72 points of coursework, plus research, and submit a 24-point thesis of 15,000 words. Coursework includes core and elective units and/or modules.

Requirements

Core units

  • MFM4000 Principles of general practice
  • MFM4006 Introduction to research methods
  • MFM5008 Applied research in general practice

Thesis

Electives

Select 36 credit points from the lists of electives and/or modules below.

Elective units

* Required for alternative exit to course 2677 Master of Family Medicine (Clinical) and highly recommended for students interested in teaching skills.

Modules

All modules are 6 points unless otherwise indicated.

Minimum grade for course completion

In order to receive the award, students must achieve a minimum result of 65 per cent in the unit MFM2006 Introduction to research methods.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may graduate with a Master of Family Medicine (Clinical) if they successfully complete the unit MFM5007 (Learning and teaching). Students may also exit with a Graduate Diploma in Family Medicine providing all requirements for that award have been met.

Award(s)

Master of Family Medicine


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMFM(Clin)
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)3 years PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2677
Contact details

Senior Administrative Officer, Graduate Studies - School of Primary Healthcare: Telephone +61 3 99024495; email genprac@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/general-practice/teaching/masterfammedclin.html

Course coordinator

Dr Heather Grusauskas

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.

Description

The Department of General Practice offers this program to general practitioners who wish to expand knowledge, and skills, in areas relevant to general practice, and provides the opportunity to develop clinical and teaching skills within a general practice setting.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, graduates should be able to:

  • accurately define and describe the nature of the discipline of general practice including its history, philosophy and practice
  • compare and contrast general practice with other medical specialties
  • appreciate the significance of patient centeredness in differentiating general practice from other disciplines
  • understand the role of the general practitioner as the gatekeeper of the health care system and the implications of this role in providing cost effective primary medical care to the community
  • appreciate the nature and scope of general practice research including similarities and differences to research in other medical disciplines
  • practice critical appraisal of literature and evidence for daily practice
  • carry out clinical audits as a means of quality assurance of medical practice as well as means of gaining the skill of reflective learning
  • demonstrate knowledge and skills in a number of chosen areas of special interest as defined in the objectives and content of individual elective subjects of this course
  • demonstrate an understanding of the theories of learning and teaching and their application to teaching undergraduate, postgraduate and members of the community in aspects of family medicine.

Credit for prior studies

Students who have successfully completed course 1759 Graduate Diploma in Family Medicine will be granted 48 credit points. Those students not articulating from the Graduate Diploma in Family Medicine will be granted up to 36 credit points. Credit applications will be considered on an individual basis.

Recognition of prior learning

Credit applications for recognition of prior learning (RPL) will be considered on an individual basis.

Assessment

Assessment includes coursework participation, formal assignments, special projects and audits.

Professional recognition

This course is accredited With The Royal Australia College Of General Practitioners Quality Assurance Continuing Professional Development Program.

Structure

This course comprises three compulsory core units (36 points) and 36 points of elective units/modules as listed below..

Requirements

Core units

  • MFM4000 Principles of general practice
  • MFM4006 Introduction to research methods
  • MFM5007 Learning and teaching

Elective units

Modules

All modules are 6 points unless otherwise indicated.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Family Medicine providing all requirements for that award have been met.

Award(s)

Master of Family Medicine (Clinical)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMForensMed
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)3 years PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3412
Contact details

Ms Debbie Hellings, course administrator: telephone +61 3 9684 4115; email debbie.hellings@monash.edu or debbieh@vifm.org

Visit website http://www.vifm.org

Course coordinator

Associate Professor David Wells

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders.
  • Part-time study only.

Description

This course is designed to further develop medical practitioners knowledge and skills so that they are able to provide a high quality clinical forensic medical service. This will include ethical and legal issues arising in forensic medical practice, the skills required to interpret injury patterns and communication with the justice system.

Outcomes

This course is designed to:

  • establish academic standards in clinical forensic medical practice
  • produce graduates who have a sound knowledge of medico-legal principles
  • develop practitioners skills in providing clinical forensic services in the community
  • strengthen the teaching- research nexus in forensic medical education
  • foster the development of career pathways in forensic medicine.

Assessment

Assessment activities, including the thesis option, are designed to further develop the participants' understanding of the theoretical principles underpinning forensic practice. Assessment methods will vary but may include coursework and workshop participation, formal assignments, casebooks and minor thesis.

Structure

This course is offered via coursework and minor thesis, or by coursework only. The coursework component comprises core and elective units.

Requirements

Core units

Coursework and minor thesis option

Students complete:

  • 48 points of electives
  • a minor thesis

Students undertaking the minor thesis are required to prepare a research proposal at an early stage of their minor thesis enrolment and have this approved by their thesis supervisor. The area of research must cover a topic directly related to forensic medicine, and should include at least one elective unit of instruction on research methodologies and basic statistics.

Coursework only option

Students complete:

  • 54 points of electives

Elective units

Students select units from the list below or may also (with departmental approval) choose other graduate units offered by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, other faculties at Monash University or other tertiary institutions.

  • FOR4004 Elements of the forensic sciences
  • FOR4005 Child and adolescent sexual abuse
  • FOR4006 Non accidental injury in childhood
  • FOR5005 Adult sexual assault
  • FOR5006 Traffic medicine
  • FOR5007 Elements of forensic toxicology
  • FOR5008 Custodial medicine
  • FOR5010 Project in forensic medicine

Minimum grade for course completion

Students must achieve a minimum distinction grade average in all three core units to qualify for this award. Students who do not achieve this average will exit with a Graduate Certificate of Forensic Medicine or Graduate Diploma of Forensic Medicine, depending on the units completed, providing all requirements for the award has been met.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Graduate Certificate of Forensic Medicine or Graduate Diploma of Forensic Medicine providing all requirements of that award have been met.

Award(s)

Master of Forensic Medicine


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMHPE
CRICOS code069227M
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)1.5 years FT, 3 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus
Off-campus
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3860
Contact details

Course administrator: telephone +61 3 9905 0090; email hpe.courses@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/sphc/cepdu/courses/index.html

Course coordinator

A/Prof Liz Molloy

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Students are required to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study days.

Description

This course is designed to meet the unique requirements of teachers working in university and health professional contexts, The course is aimed at a broad cross-section of health professions including medicine, nursing, psychology, paramedic studies, pharmacy, dietetics, physiotherapy, radiography, occupational therapy and speech pathology. The course enables participants to develop the theoretical basis of their educational practices in a highly focused and applied manner leading to personally and professionally relevant outcomes.

Outcomes

The course is designed to:

  • support excellence in course development for the health professions by developing educators who can design and implement curriculum frameworks that are based on sound educational theory and research
  • improve the learning experience of students in a variety of learning environments by increasing the pool of teachers with advanced level skills
  • strengthen the teaching-research nexus in health professional education
  • foster the development of career pathways in education
  • prepare future educational leaders and policy makers in the health arena.

Credit for prior studies

Eligible students are granted 24 points of credit for their completed studies in the course 3413 Graduate Certificate of Health Professional Education or an approved equivalent.

Maximum credit allowed

36 credit points

Assessment

Coursework assessment includes analytical essays, oral presentations and completion of a teaching portfolio. The thesis pathways include at least one coursework unit (MEU9011) and thesis completion.

Structure

This course is offered via coursework and thesis, or by coursework only. The coursework component comprises core and elective units. As a result of credit granted for prior studies, students complete 48 points as outlined in one of the following options:

  • 48 credit points of coursework units
  • 24 credit points of coursework and a 24 credit-point minor thesis
  • 12 credit points of coursework and a 36 credit-point minor thesis.

Coursework units can be selected as outlined in options A,B or C below.

Requirements

Coursework options

Option A

  • MEU9011 Educational research methods for the health professions
  • MEU9012 Simulation in health professional education
  • MEU9013 Independent project in health professional education
  • a further 12 credit points of coursework

Option B

  • MEU9011 Educational research methods for the health professions
  • MEU9013 Independent project in health professional education
  • a further 24 credit points of coursework

Option C

  • MEU9011 Educational research methods for the health professions
  • MEU9012 Simulation in health professional education
  • a further 24 credit points of coursework

Minor thesis option

Students completing either thesis option must undertake research into an aspect of educational practice that is of interest to the student. The work should be original, and of 15,000 - 20,000 words in length (24 credit-point thesis) or 25,000 - 30,000 words (36 credit-point thesis) and meet the standards required for publication.

Students will be appointed a supervisor.

Progression to further studies

Students who complete either of the thesis options for this course and achieve a distinction average (70-79 per cent) may qualify for admission into higher degrees by research (HDR) including course 03438 Master of Philosophy and 0047 Doctor of Philosophy, among others.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Graduate Diploma in Health Professional Education or Graduate Certificate in Health Professional Education providing all requirements of those awards have been met.

Award(s)

Master of Health Professional Education


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMHlthServMt
CRICOS code038564F
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)1.5 years FT, 3 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2872
Contact details

Postgraduate Office: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad/

Course coordinator

Professor Just Stoelwinder

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • + International students - this course is only available in on-campus mode + Students are required to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks each semester.

Description

This course, offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine, provides professionals currently in, or seeking to be in, middle and senior health care management positions who wish to expand their knowledge and skills in the management of health services. It caters for the special needs of medical and general hospital administrators, clinical doctors, quality assurance managers, team leaders, senior nursing administrators, unit managers and a range of general task coordinators within the health care system.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, graduates should be able to:

  • apply the principles of financial and information management to a health care
  • appreciate the economic and political influences and their relationships to health policy
  • analyse the basic elements of health care systems and compare recent health care reforms
  • critically appraise the interface between health care management theory and practice
  • develop the epidemiological and statistical skills necessary for evidence-based medicine, quality improvement and program evaluations
  • use international comparisons of health care systems and recent reforms to analyse the various models of funding, delivering, co-coordinating and developing health care systems
  • demonstrate an understanding of medico-legal issues and business law as applied to the management of health services
  • understand and develop skills in health care quality measurement, quality assurance, and quality improvement
  • analyse complex work place management problems and appropriate problem-solving techniques
  • demonstrate interpersonal, communication and leadership skills appropriate for health care managers, skills in literature review, report writing, oral presentations, verbal and visual communications and the basic use of spreadsheet, data-base, statistical and word-processing computer software and develop skills in a number of areas of special interest as defined in the specific objectives of individual elective units.

Assessment

Assessment includes web-based tasks, written assignments, examinations, and individual and group presentations.

Structure

This course comprises eight core units and three elective units

Requirements

Core units

  • ECX9720 Introduction to epidemiology and biostatistics
  • MPH2065 Law for health systems
  • MPH2066 Clinical leadership and management
  • MPH2067 Principles of health care quality improvement
  • MPH2068 Financial issues in health care management
  • MPH2069 Foundations of health policy
  • MPH2072 Reform and development of health services
  • MPH2073 Case study in health services management

Elective units

Three of:

  • any postgraduate unit offered by the School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine
  • MPH2085 Human factors for patient safety
  • MPH2086 Applying and practicing the principles of patient safety and quality improvement
  • MPH5042 Climate Change and Public Health
  • ECX9700 Introduction to health economics
  • GHS5850 Nursing practice and management
  • NUR5211 Case management in health care
  • NUR5315 Advanced nursing practice in context

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Graduate Certificate in Health Services Managment or Graduate Diploma in Health Services Managment providing all requirements of that award have been met.

Award(s)

Master of Health Services Management


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMIH
CRICOS code054588J
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)1.5 years FT, 3 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3874
Contact details

Associate Professor Bebe Loff, Course Coordinator: telephone +61 3 9903 0587; email bebe.loff@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad/

Course coordinator

Associate Professor Bebe Loff

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • + International students - this course is only available in on-campus mode

Description

This course is offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine, in collaboration with the Centre for International Health at the Burnet Institute for Medical Research and Public Health. This degree provides the skills necessary to design implement and evaluate the relevant programs that address the major public health priorities of communities in developing countries. In addition students have the opportunity to learn about human rights, ethics, law and development. Public health issues are presented in the broader context of economic and social development, stressing cultural, political, gender and environmental influences, and the impact of armed conflict and population migration. Course content is informed by actual field experiences gained by the Burnet Institute in their wide range of health development projects in more than 20 countries in Asia, the Pacific and Africa.

Outcomes

The overall objectives for the course cover four main curricular themes.

Moral, political, economic and social influences on health and development and implementation of primary health care in less developed countries

By the end of the course students will be able to:

  • describe the history, cornerstones and elements of primary health care and its relationship with politics, economics, development and human rights
  • describe current global influences on health in less developed countries and current international agreements to address health disparities
  • analyse the economic, political, cultural, social and gender determinants of health in resource poor settings
  • describe the interaction between development, human rights, ethics and health service.

Quantitative and qualitative methodology for international health program planning and evaluation

By the end of the course students will be able to:

  • describe core epidemiological and biostatistical concepts required in public health and the theoretical basis for different types of quantitative and qualitative research performed in relation to human health
  • be able to critically review the scientific and ethical merit (including appropriateness of statistical methodology) of international health research
  • be able to apply basic quantitative and qualitative tools to primary health care programming in a less developed country setting
  • develop appropriate health program management tools, including situational analysis, population surveys, behavioural studies, health information systems, operations research and participatory evaluation.

Special issues in international health

By the end of the course students will be able to:

  • comprehend the special health needs of vulnerable and marginalised groups, including women and children, refugees and internally displaced persons
  • be able to develop in participation with local communities, appropriate and accessible health research and programs aimed at particular health issues, such as nutritional and chronic diseases, and communicable disease control such as HIV/AIDS
  • demonstrate an adequate understanding of the special circumstances and actions required in an acute disaster setting, including a refugee emergency.

Practical application of theory and knowledge

By the end of the course students will be able to:

  • design and carry out ethical research to identify health priorities and generate initiatives for policy and action
  • participate in the development and management of community-based primary health care programs in a less developed country setting, including needs assessments, planning and evaluation, health information collection, and operations research incorporating the essential components of participation and collaboration
  • develop community-based health promotion strategies to address community identified health priorities
  • demonstrate skills in report writing, oral presentations, verbal and visual communications.

Assessment

Assessment consists of student presentations, written assignments, examinations, practical exercises and class participation.

Structure

This course comprises six or seven core units and five or six elective units.

Requirements

Core units

  • ECX9720 Introduction to epidemiology and biostatistics OR units MPH1040 Introductory epidemiology + MPH1041 Introductory biostatistics
  • ECX9720 Introduction to epidemiology and biostatistics
  • MPH1040 Introductory epidemiology
  • MPH1041 Introductory biostatistics
  • MPH2055 Health and human rights
  • APG4772 Community development in a globalising world
  • MPH2048 Primary health care in developing countries
  • MPH2049 Field methods for international health planning and evaluation
  • EPM5023 Health research and exploitation of vulnerable populations

Elective units

Students select five or six units from the list below.

Ethics stream

  • EPM5020 Comparative moral theory and ethics
  • EPM5021 Research with vulnerable populations
  • APG5733 Health care ethics
  • EPM5023 Health research and exploitation of vulnerable populations (separate amendment form)
  • EPM5024 Research, bioethics and law
  • APG5805 The art and business of international development
  • EPM5025 Human research ethics and committees: ethical review of research and research governance

International Health stream

  • MPH2050 Health of women and children in developing countries
  • MPH2051 Communicable diseases control in developing countries
  • MPH2053 Public health in refugee settings
  • MPH2054 Nutrition in developing countries
  • MPH2057 Aboriginal health
  • MPH2058 Effective responses to HIV in developing countries
  • MPH2060 Health policy and prevention in a global world
  • MPH2082 Health communications and training
  • MPH5087 Alcohol and other drugs in society: a national and global perspective
  • ECX9750 Principles of health economics for developing countries
  • CRH5047 Health ecology and environmental change

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with the Graduate Diploma in International Health providing all the requirements for that course have been met.

Award(s)

Master of International Health


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMMedRad
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)2 years FT
Study mode and locationOff-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3889
Contact details

School of Biomedical Sciences office: telephone +61 9905 1212 or +61 3 9905 8635; email radiation.sciences@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/radiography/postgrad/

Course coordinator

Ms Caroline Wright (Radiation therapy); Mr Paul Lombardo (Medical ultrasound)

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Due to limited clinical training places, there will be no intake into the medical ultrasound stream of the Master of Medical Radiations in 2012. The radiation therapy stream is unaffected and applicants can still lodge an application. This course is not available to international students.
  • Full-time study only. The course commences mid year and comprises six semesters of study including two summer semesters.
  • This course requires students to complete off-campus clinical placements totalling 62 weeks over two years

Description

This course, offered by the Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences, aims to prepare suitably qualified graduates to assume practice as accredited/registered medical radiation practitioners who are able to work in the public and private health care environments. Specialist streams of study are offered in radiation therapy and medical ultrasound. Students undertake comprehensive professional clinical experience as part of the course.

Outcomes

On completion of the course, a graduate should be able to:

  • demonstrate knowledge and understanding of medical ethics, medico-legal principles, professional guidelines and standards, health, safety and radiation safety principles, health psychology, professional communication, and patient management in medical radiations
  • demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the biological consequences of ionising and non-ionising medical radiations
  • demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the scientific concepts and principles underpinning medical radiations instrumentation including optimisation of equipment and quality assurance
  • appreciate the principles of digital image processing and its application to modern medical imaging including, computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, and ultrasound
  • apply knowledge and understanding of digital image processing principles to medical radiations practice
  • apply knowledge and understanding of gross anatomy, cross-sectional anatomy and pathophysiology to medical radiations practice
  • demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the medical basis for the diagnosis of injury and disease
  • implement and perform appropriate medical radiations procedures and techniques to treat/diagnose illness and injury
  • communicate to the professional and lay community understanding of the wider applications of medical radiations in the diagnosis and treatment of disease and injury
  • demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the application of information technology to the field of medical radiation sciences
  • assume the role of a qualified/accredited medical radiations practitioner, capable of independent and collaborative clinical decision making.

Assessment

Assessment includes written assignments, case reports, examinations, clinical skills, examinations, student portfolios and presentations.

Special requirements

Health requirements

For the protection of other students, patients and themselves, students in the Master of Medical Radiations course should comply with certain precautionary procedures.

This policy is in accordance with the National Health and Medical Research Council advice that educational institutions training students in health sciences should ensure that such students are protected as far as possible by vaccination against risks of infection.

Students enrolled in the Master of Medical Radiations are required to meet the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences Immunisation and Infection Risk Policy (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/current/immunisation/). Students should accept the responsibility for having a satisfactory immunisation status prior to the commencement of the clinical components.

Upon enrolment, students are provided with detailed written information and, as appropriate, counselling about the effect that HIV or hepatitis B infection may have on the ability of health care workers to practise their profession. It is recommended that students discuss any concerns with their doctor or the University Health Service. Immunisations include diphtheria, tetanus, polio, measles, mumps, rubella and hepatitis B.

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain these checks prior to undertaking the clinical components of their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied for and paid for annually, however, in some community-partnered programs, there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Fieldwork

The professional component of this course consists of up to five clinical attachments for a total of 62 weeks over the two years.

Clinical Expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses during clinical placement. Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Students may be eligible to receive a scholarship, grant or payment from clinical centres during the program. Students who enter into such agreements or contracts with clinical centres do so outside any academic course requirements and any such arrangements are between the student and clinical centres.

Professional recognition

The radiation therapy stream of study is approved by the Australian Institute of Radiography, and upon successful completion of the course, graduates meet the requirements for the 'Statement of Accreditation' issued by the AIR and professional registration in Victoria, Western Australia, Tasmania and Queensland.

The medical ultrasound stream of study is approved by the Australasian Sonographers Accreditation Registry.

Structure

This course comprises 10 units of study, encompassing academic and professional components.

Requirements

Year one

Semester two

  • MMR4001 Medical radiations science 1
  • MMR4002 Medical radiations science 2
  • MMR4003 Medical radiations science 3

Summer semester

  • MMR4011 Medical radiations science and practice 1

Semester one

  • MMR4004 Medical radiations science 4
  • MMR4005 Medical radiations science 5
  • MMR4006 Medical radiations rcience 6

Year two

Semester two

  • MMR5001 Medical radiations science 7
  • MMR5002 Medical radiations science 8
  • MMR5011 Medical radiations science and practice 2

Summer semester

  • MMR5011 Medical radiations science and practice 2

Semester one

  • MMR5011 Medical radiations science and practice 2

Award(s)

Master of Medical Radiations (Radiation Therapy)
Master of Medical Radiations (Medical Ultrasound)

Where more than one award is listed the actual award conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMMedUS
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)3 years PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3433
Contact details

School of Biomedical Sciences office: telephone +61 3 9905 1212 or +61 3 9905 8635; email radiation.sciences@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/radiography/postgrad/

Course coordinator

Mr Paul Lombardo

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders.
  • Part-time study only.

Description

This distance education course is aimed at health care professionals who are working in clinical ultrasound for a minimum of three days per week and who wish to develop proficiency in the provision of medical ultrasound and obtain further training in the area of medical ultrasound research. The course is structured to enable exit at:

  • Graduate Certificate in Medical Ultrasound (24 credit points)
  • Graduate Diploma in Medical Ultrasound (48 credit points)
  • Master of Medical Ultrasound (72 credit points)

The Graduate Certificate introduces the students to the introductory concepts of ultrasound and then enables a focus in a particular branch of clinical ultrasound. A Graduate Diploma is required to obtain accreditation with the Australasian Sonographers Accreditation Registry (ASAR) which will enable the successful graduate to practice as a qualified sonographer. The Masters extension of the program enables development of advanced practice and research skills. The course resources are provided mainly on line. The material is structured to guide the student through the material on a weekly schedule with exercises that ensure the course retains a clinical focus.

Outcomes

A graduate from the Master of Medical Ultrasound will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the following:

  • the potential biological consequences of ultrasound, sonographic and optimisation of instrumentation and quality assurance
  • professional ethics, guidelines and standards for the conduct of clinical ultrasound, medico-legal issues, patient care, infection control and professional communication.
  • the principles underpinning scientific research and their application

The first two years of the course provide a sound knowledge and understanding of embryology, anatomy and pathophysiology as a solid foundation to ultrasound methodology. The areas of practice covered include abdominal, breast, thyroid, reproductive, obstetric, musculoskeletal, paediatric, neonatal, post-operative and vascular ultrasound. The final year focuses on developing research skills.

Assessment

Assessment includes written assignments, theory and image recognition exams, clinical skills examinations, research reports and presentations.

Fieldwork

Students must be engaged in clinical ultrasound for a minimum of three (3) days per week in order to proceed beyond the first two (foundation) units: SON4000 - Physics of medical ultrasound and instrumentation and SON4010 - Embryology, anatomy and pathophysiology. This is required in order for students to develop appropriate practical skills. Students may enrol in the foundation units without a clinical training placement, but will not be able to progress any further in the course without a clinical placement. Monash University cannot assist students in gaining clinical training placements.

Professional recognition

This course is accredited by the Australasian Sonographers Accreditation Registry.

Structure

This course comprises 10 units.

Requirements

Year one

Semester one

  • SON4000 Physics of medical ultrasound and instrumentation
  • SON4010 Embryology, anatomy and pathophysiology

Semester two

  • SON4020 Sonographic professional skills and sonography of the breast and thyroid
  • SON4021 Sonographic abdominal imaging

Year two

Semester one

  • SON4022 Sonographic imaging of the reproductive system
  • SON4023 Obstetric sonography

Semester two

  • SON4024 Musculoskeletal, neonatal and paediatric sonography
  • SON4025 Sonographic vascular and postoperative imaging

Year three

Semester one

  • MFM4016 Introduction to research methods

Semester two

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit this course with a Graduate Certificate in Medical Ultrasound or Graduate Diploma in Medical Ultrasound, providing all requirements of that award have been met.

Award(s)

Master of Medical Ultrasound


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMMentHlthSc
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)3 years PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus (Caulfield)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/4508
Contact details

Postgraduate Administrative Officer

Tel: +61 3 9905 3968

Email: pg.psych@monash.edu

Course coordinator

Associate Professor Stuart Thomas

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Students are required to attend mandatory on-campus workshops.

Description

The Master of Mental Health Science is offered through the School of Psychology and Psychiatry at Monash University. Students can choose from three designated pathways to develop specialist skills in forensic behavioural science, community mental health or child psychotherapy. All units are delivered in an off campus (distance education) learning basis, but provide contact with teaching staff through internet-based mediums and weekend workshops.

Outcomes

The course aims to provide the student with advanced training in mental health sciences. Importantly, it provides an opportunity to engage with colleagues from a wide range of disciplines and backgrounds and with lecturers who are leaders in their research and clinical practice fields. It also aims to allow graduate students who are employed in industry to undertake a course of further education by a combination of coursework and research, the latter through completion of a minor research thesis.

Upon completion of the Master of Mental Health Science, graduates will be able to contribute to the development of practice based knowledge through education, research, presentation and debate. This will be evidenced by graduates being able to:

  • Critically evaluate the available literature and identify gaps for research
  • Undertake practice-based research projects
  • Develop, apply and champion evidence based best practice principles in their designated area of practice (forensic/community/child psychotherapy)
  • Provide leadership in healthcare policy and practice reforms
  • Implement practice based changes to positively influence the delivery and outcomes of mental health care interventions and practices

Credit for prior studies

Credit transfer will be allowed in instances where students have completed, to satisfactory (pass) standard, units to a similar level and standard. This will be determined on the basis of the similarity of the curriculum, depth of study and credit point value. Standard limits on credit and recency of completion of prior units, as set out in the Credit Policy, will be adhered to.

Recognition of prior learning

Recognition of Prior Learning will be assessed on the basis of the individual student's non-formal and informal learning in order to determine the extent to which that individual has achieved the required learning outcomes, competency outcomes, or standards for entry to, and/or partial or total completion of a qualification.

Students must complete a minimum of 6 of the 12 units in one of the designated pathways to fulfil the requirements of that specialisation and have that acknowledged in their testamur.

Professional recognition

Students seeking to be considered eligible for professional recognition (at Graduate Diploma level) in the Child Psychotherapy pathway/stream need to complete all 8 CPS units. Successful completion fulfils one of the criteria for professionals to be employed under the Child Psychotherapists Award and to be eligible for membership of the Victorian Child Psychotherapists' Association.

Structure

Students choose one of three specialisation pathways. A minimum of 6 of the 12 units completed need to be in that designated specialisation. All students complete two core units in research methods in the first two years. The three specialisation pathways are: (1) forensic behavioural science, (2) community mental health, and (3) child psychotherapy. Alternatively, students can opt to undertake no specialisation and choose from the full range of core and elective unit offerings.

The Masters level qualification can be completed by coursework (12 six point units) or by minor thesis (8 six point units to a high distinction average level, then completion of an agreed research project with appropriately qualified supervisors).

Requirements

Students must complete two core units in during the course of their studies:

  • CRH5001 Research methods in health
  • CRH5032 Applied research for health practitioners

Students select a specialised pathway of their choosing (forensic behavioural science, community mental health or child psychotherapy), or select to complete the course requirements with a general specialisation by choosing units from the range of units offered.

Stream pathways

Pathway 1:

The forensic behavioural science pathway/stream comprises two core units and ten elective units (from any of the below elective units):

Core units:

  • FBS5001 Fundamentals of forensic behavioural science and
  • FBS5002 The role of mental health in criminal offending

then offer a range of possible elective units:

  • FBS5003 Mental health and the correctional system
  • FBS5004 Developmental aspects of forensic behavioural science
  • FBS5005 The assessment and management of problem behaviours
  • FBS5006 Advanced risk assessment and risk management and
  • FBS5009 Introduction to forensic mental health practice

Pathway 2:

The community mental health pathway/stream will comprise four core units:

  • CMH5001 Clinical practice essentials
  • CMH5002 The context for mental health practice
  • CMH5003 Concepts on mental health illness
  • CMH5004 Issues for mental health

then offer a range of possible elective units:

  • CMH5005 Mental health of the elderly
  • CMH5006 Transcultural mental health
  • CMH5007 Mental health in rural settings
  • CMH5008 Dual disabilities: Mental illness, intellectual disability and developmental disorders
  • CMH5009 Advanced psychological interventions and
  • CMH5010 Primary mental health practice.

Pathway 3:

The child psychotherapy pathway/stream will comprise four core units:

  • CPS5001 Psychoanalytic and developmental theories I
  • CPS5002 Normal developmental observation
  • CPS5003 Psychoanalytic and developmental theories II and
  • CPS5004 Psychodynamic assessment of children and adolescents

then offer a range of possible elective units

  • CPS5005 Principles of child psychotherapy
  • CPS5006 Principles of adolescent psychotherapy
  • CPS5007 Principles of short-term therapy and crisis work and
  • CPS5008 Principles of working with parents.

Note: students seeking to be considered eligible for professional recognition in Pathway 3 - child psychotherapy (at Graduate Diploma level) need to complete all eight of these units in order (CPS5001-CPS5008).

Minimum grade for course completion

A minimum pass mark of 50 is required for each unit.

Those students seeking to complete the masters course by minor thesis will require a Distinction average over the eight diploma-level units to be considered eligible to continue on to complete the minor thesis.

Upon completion, students will be ranked according to H1/H2A equivalence in order to establish HDR pathways.

Areas of Study

Alternative exit(s)

Graduate Diploma in Mental Health Sciences, OR Graduate Certificate in Mental Health Sciences

Award(s)

Master of Mental Health Science


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMNurs
CRICOS code075545B
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)1.5 years FT, 3 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Berwick, Clayton, Gippsland, Peninsula)
Off-campus (Berwick, Clayton, Gippsland, Hong Kong, Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/1250
Contact details

Gippsland: Telephone +61 3 9902 6454; email nursing.enquiries-gippsland@monash.edu

Peninsula: Telephone +61 3 9904 4260; email nursing.enquiries@monash.edu

Clayton and Berwick: Telephone +613 9905 5428

Or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing

Course coordinator

A/Prof Pamela Wood (Gippsland and Hong Kong); Dr Susan Lee (Peninsula); Dr Bev Copnell (Clayton) TBA Berwick)

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course may require attendance at off-campus practical placements which may occur in a range of locations. All students are able to undertake the course at any location/mode as listed above.

Description

This course, offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery, prepares nurses for general and specialist practice roles in a range of clinical areas. The course enables development of advanced practice roles such as leadership skills to plan, implement, coordinate and evaluate health care, as well as the ability to formulate policy for a diverse and multicultural society. Graduates are employed in a wide range of general and specialist clinical, educational and health care environments in senior positions and contribute to the health of individuals, families and communities, in addition to the development of the profession.

Outcomes

On completion of the course, students will be able to:

  • employ creative approaches and skills to address complex nursing and health-related issues
  • support the development of evidence-based nursing interventions
  • initiate, manage and sustain changes which positively affect health outcomes
  • evaluate the impact of care delivery on health outcomes
  • provide professional leadership
  • contribute to the development of nursing knowledge and practice through education, research, scholarly debate, presentation and publication
  • develop and apply advanced knowledge and skills in a selected area of nursing practice.

Assessment

Assessment includes exams, seminar presentations, field-based report, virtual classroom tutorial participation, literature reviews, assignments, skills assessment, computer conferencing and essays.

Structure

This course is offered via coursework and project or thesis, or by coursework only. The coursework component comprises core and elective units. Students studying in Australia with Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia registration may elect to study a clinical specialist pathway.

Requirements

Students may undertake the course in one of three ways:

  • coursework units only
  • a combination of coursework units (48 points) and a 24-point project involving research into an aspect of nursing which enhances nursing practice and patient care. Students submit a report of approximately 15,000 words which must meet the standards required for publication
  • a combination coursework units (36 points) and a 36-point minor thesis involving in-depth, systematic research into an aspect of nursing which enhances nursing practice and patient care. Students submit an original report of approximately 25,000 words in length which will lead to publication.

Students studying in Australia with the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia registration will be able to undertake a clinical specialist pathway of study within the degree, giving them the opportunity to develop specialist knowledge and skills in clinical practice.

Students wishing to pursue a specialist pathway must have Monash University School of Nursing and Midwifery-approved employment in a clinical setting prior to commencement of study.

All students who elect to do the project or minor thesis option will be supervised by a Monash University-approved supervisor. Thesis and project guidelines are available from the School of Nursing and Midwifery.

Courses of study are individually planned according to each student's career path plan. Students are encouraged to discuss a range of options with the course coordinator when constructing their individual program of study.

Units are six points unless otherwise indicated.

Generic pathway

To undertake a generic pathway of study students are able to select any available units of study from the school keeping in mind that there are prerequisites to some units.

Specialist pathways

To enter a specialist pathway Australian Registered Nursing students will normally be required to work an average of two to three days a week within the speciality (or with contact with patients/clients from the speciality) for the duration of the course. To complete a specialist pathway the following requirements must be met.

Option one - coursework only

Any available units or units selected from the specialist pathways listed below.

Advanced medical surgical specialist pathway
Clinical requirements

Students will normally be required to work in supervised clinical practice for a minimum of three days a week at a Monash University School of Nursing and Midwifery-approved Medical Surgical unit.

Core units

Students complete a total of 36 credit points from the following core units:

  • GHS5841 Research methods and issues or NUR5208 Therapeutic medication management
  • NUR4926 Advanced medical/surgical nursing practice
  • NUR5703 Advanced pathophysiology and health assessment
Elective units

Students choose from a wide range of masters-level units offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery, or the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, to a total of 36 credit points. The choice of elective will need the approval of the course coordinator.

For further information, contact ian.mosley@monash.edu

Paediatric nursing specialist pathway
Clinical requirements

Students will normally be required to work in supervised clinical practice for a minimum of two days a week at an approved department. This may be waived for students with 2 years' clinical experience in paediatric nursing.

Core units
  • GHS5841 Research methods and issues
  • NUR5405 Explorations in child and family nursing
  • NUR5217 Advanced paediatric nursing

* Only available as a core unit to students with a minimum of two years' clinical experience in paediatric nursing.

Elective units

Students choose from a wide range of masters-level units offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery, or the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, to a total of 36 credit points. The choice of elective will need the approval of the course coordinator, however, NUR5315 (Advanced practice in context) is recommended.

For further information, contact beverley.copnell@ monash.edu

Critical care nursing specialist pathway
Clinical requirements

Students will normally be required to work in supervised clinical practice for a minimum of three days a week at an approved critical, intensive, or coronary care unit.

Core units

Students complete a total of 36 credit points from the following core units:

  • GHS5841 Research methods and issues or NUR5208 Therapeutic medication management
  • NUR4924 Critical care nursing
  • NUR5703 Advanced pathophysiology and health assessment
Elective units

Students choose from a wide range of masters-level units offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery, or the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, to a total of 36 credit points. The choice of elective will need the approval of the course coordinator.

For further information, contact margarita.ikin@monash.edu

Disaster and emergency nursing management specialist pathway
Clinical requirements

There is no clinical requirement for this major and research project work is recommended for the final 24 credit points of the course. It is therefore suitable for international students.

Core units

Students complete a total of 36 credit points from the following core units:

  • GHS5841 Research methods and issues* (12 points)
  • MDM4010 Introduction to principles of emergency preparedness and disaster medicine* 6
  • MDM4040 Disaster recovery* 6 points
  • NUR5210 Disaster and emergency nursing management* (12 points)
Elective units

Students choose from a wide range of masters-level units offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery, or the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, to a total of 36 credit points. The choice of elective will need the approval of the course coordinator, however, MDM4020 Emergency preparedness and MDM4030 Major incident management is recommended.

For further information, contact virginia.plummer@monash.edu

Emergency nursing specialist pathway
Clinical requirements

Students will normally be required to work in supervised clinical practice for a minimum of three days a week at an approved Emergency unit.

Core units

Students complete a total of 36 credit points from the following core units:

  • GHS5841 Research methods and issues or NUR5208 Therapeutic medication management
  • NUR4925 Emergency nursing
  • NUR5703 Advanced pathophysiology and health assessment
Elective units

Students choose from a wide range of masters level units offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery, or the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, to a total of 36 credit points. The choice of elective will need the approval of the course coordinator.

For further information, contact Julia.Morphet@monash.edu

Gerontics specialist pathway
Clinical requirements

Students will normally be required to work in supervised clinical practice for a minimum of two days a week at an approved department.

Core units

Students complete the following core units:

  • GHS5841 Research methods and issues
  • NUR5301 Gerontological nursing practice
  • NUR5203 Palliative care practice
Elective units

Students choose from a wide range of masters-level units offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery, or the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, to a total of 36 credit points. The choice of elective will need the approval of the course coordinator, however, NUR5315 (Advanced practice in context) is recommended.

Mental health specialist pathway
Clinical requirements

Students must complete three specialist clinical core units with a minimum of 250 hours of supervised clinical experience each. Of the total 750 clinical hours for the course, at least 250 hours must be in an acute admission unit. Experienced mental health nurses, for example, division three nurses or division one nurses with an recognised psychiatric nurse qualification, do not have to complete the clinical hours and may be eligible for credit for previous study or clinical experience.

Credit

Credit for successful completion of an approved graduate nurse program (GNP) in mental health or equivalent based on previous clinical experience in mental health may be granted to a total of 12 credit points.

Core units

Students complete a total of 72 credit points from the following units:

  • NUR5215 Mental health nursing concepts and practice
  • NUR5227 Integrated mental health care
  • NUR5214 Advanced therapeutic interaction OR + NUR5008 Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)
Elective units

Students may choose from a wide range of masters-level units offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery, or the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, to a total of 36 credit points. The choice of elective will need the approval of the course coordinator, however, GHS5841 (Research methods and issues) is recommended.

For further information, contact ian.munro@monash.edu

Palliative care nursing specialist pathway
Clinical Requirements

Students complete a minimum of three days per week of mentor-guided clinical practice and competency development in an approved clinical environment.

Core units

Students complete a total of 36 credit points from the following core units:

  • GHS5841 Research methods and issues or + NUR5315 Advanced practice in context
  • NUR5203 Palliative care practice
  • NUR5214 Advanced therapeutic interaction
Elective units

Students choose from a wide range of masters-level units offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery, or the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, to a total of 36 credit points. The choice of elective will need the approval of the course coordinator.

For further information, contact susan.lee@monash.edu

Refugee health nursing specialist pathway
Clinical requirements

Students complete a minimum of three days per week of mentor-guided clinical practice and competency development in an approved clinical environment

Core units

Students complete a total of 36 credit points from the following core units:

  • GHS5841 Research methods and issues
  • NUR5833 Refugee health and wellbeing
  • NUR5844 Health promotion and education or NUR5214 Advanced therapeutic interaction
Elective units

Students choose from a wide range of masters-level units offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery, or the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, to a total of 36 credit points. The choice of elective will need the approval of the course coordinator.

Education in nursing specialist pathway
Core units

Students complete the following core units:

  • GHS5841 Research methods and issues
  • NUR5209 Education program development
  • NUR5204 Education in nursing and midwifery
Elective units

Students choose from a wide range of masters-level units offered by the School of Nursing and Midwifery, or the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, to a total of 36 credit points. The choice of elective will need the approval of the course coordinator, however, NUR5202 (Nursing informatics) is recommended.

For further information, contact jill.french@monash.edu

Option two - coursework and a research project or minor thesis

The generic or specialist pathways are available under this option. The key criteria for each pathway must be met.

To progress to either the research project or minor thesis, a minimum of 36 credit points and GHS5841 (Research methods and issues) must have been completed, normally with a minimum of a distinction grade average (70 per cent). Students wishing to progress to the project or minor thesis units must contact their course coordinator for further information and advice.

As part of the study process students must enrol in the following units as they progress through the project or minor thesis:

  • MHS5000 Research design and proposal
  • MHS5001 Research ethics and conduct
  • MHS5002 Data analysis and results
  • MHS5003 Writing up and submission

Students should seek guidance from their research supervisor on when to register for each unit. For example, part-time students undertaking a project are likely to register for MHS5000/ MHS5001 in semester one and MHS5002/MHS5003 in semester two.

Each unit must be completed once but may be repeated to meet the requirements of a 36-point minor thesis. For example, repeating MHS5002/3 in the third semester of study. Note, however, that units cannot be repeated in the same semester.

Progression to further studies

Students who complete this course and achieve a distinction (70 per cent) or above in the project or minor thesis units may qualify for admission into higher degrees by research (HDR) including course 3438 Master of Philosophy and 0047 Doctor of Philosophy.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit with one of the following awards, providing all requirements for the award have been met:

  • a Graduate Certificate of Nursing (24 credit points)
  • a Graduate Diploma of Nursing (48 credit points)

If a specialisation has been completed, the specialisation will only be noted on the student's testamur.

Award(s)

Master of Nursing

Where more than one award is listed the actual award conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMNsg(Research)
CRICOS code040035B
Total credit points required96
Standard duration of study (years)2 years FT, 4 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton, Gippsland, Peninsula)
Off-campus (Clayton, Gippsland, Peninsula)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/1396
Contact details

Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email research.degrees@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research/

Course coordinator

Dr Ken Sellick

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course may be undertaken at approved off-site locations.

Description

The Master of Nursing (Research) is a research degree. Candidates conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of a member of the academic staff. The supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress. Candidates submit a thesis. The work undertaken as part of this degree must constitute a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the chosen research field, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research. This course may be undertaken in any of the areas of research offered by the faculty. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research.

Outcomes

Students who have completed the course will demonstrate a thorough understanding of relevant research techniques in their field through a review of the relevant literature. They will demonstrate their ability, under supervision to apply relevant research techniques to their chosen field of study. Students will be able to present high-quality written work suitable for publication in appropriate scholarly journals, and be able to critically evaluate both their own and others' written work in their chosen field.

Students will also be able to:

  • identify and define research questions
  • identify the appropriate research methods to address the research questions
  • demonstrate mastery of their chosen research methodology/methodologies
  • demonstrate theoretical knowledge at masters level in their chosen field of nursing and midwifery
  • communicate their research findings in a format appropriate to their academic discipline
  • write up their research into a high quality thesis
  • contribute new information or new ways of understanding information in the field of nursing and midwifery.

The course prepares candidates for positions of leadership roles and positions of responsibility in the health care system. Graduates are often employed in a wide range of senior positions in health care and in educational settings.

Research component

100 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The total permissible period of candidature is two years full-time, or its equivalent in part-time candidature up to a maximum of four years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse. The minimum period of candidature is one year (two years part-time). Candidates are encouraged to complete their theses as quickly as possible.

Probationary candidature

Probationary candidature applies for all masters by research candidates. Candidature will be confirmed subject to the receipt of a satisfactory report of progress at the end of the six month (full-time) or one-year (part-time) period of probationary candidature. The head of the academic unit may lodge a request for deferral of the confirmation process where it is anticipated that a masters by research candidate will upgrade to doctoral candidature following one year full-time or two years part-time candidature.

Progress reviews

Supervisors and academic units monitor the progress of candidates throughout their candidature. All candidates are required to complete an annual questionnaire in order to review the conditions of their candidature. The academic progress of candidates is formally reviewed via confirmation of candidature.

Time available for study

Throughout their candidature, all candidates must regularly attend their department, school, centre or faculty and participate fully in the intellectual, research and academic life of their academic unit. Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote at least two full days a week to their studies. In the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, part-time candidates in laboratory disciplines must undertake at least one and a half of their study days during normal working hours/week days. For those part-time students in non-laboratory disciplines, at least one of their study days must be a week day.

External candidature

External candidates must demonstrate personal maturity and research experience to pursue independent, sustained and structured research off-campus. In addition to the conditions above, external students must satisfy an annual five-day on-campus attendance requirement each year or equivalent over the period of candidature. A portion of this attendance may be off-campus, provided that the candidate is able to interact with the principal or associate (university) supervisor during this time. Regular interactive communication should take place between candidate and supervisor at least once every two weeks, via telephone, video conference, email or other interactive communication. Daily communication should also be possible, as required.

Employment restrictions

Full-time candidates are permitted, with the approval of their main supervisor, to undertake a strictly limited amount of paid employment throughout the year, being no more than 15 hours of work per week on average. Up to a maximum of six hours only on average of this employment may be undertaken during normal working hours (9 am to 5 pm, Mondays to Fridays), however, this may be extended to a maximum of eight hours if the employment is limited to one weekday. The candidate's supervisor(s) must be satisfied that any part-time work undertaken does not interfere with the candidate's study program and progress. International students need to be aware that the employment restrictions outlined above apply even though a student visa permits students to work up to 20 hours a week.

Requirements

Assessment is by thesis only. Students submit a thesis of approximately 70,000 words. The word length for a thesis does not include footnotes, references or appendices, nor does it include equations, tables, diagrams or other illustrations. The thesis may be in the form of a traditional monograph or as a thesis by publication.

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present in, or in support of, a thesis any work which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the faculty's Research Degrees Committee.

Progression to further studies

Students may apply to upgrade to doctoral candidature after 12 months candidature (full-time or equivalent), provided that satisfactory progress has been made and certain conditions are met.

Award(s)

Master of Nursing (by Research)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMNPrac
CRICOS code068373J
Total credit points required96
Standard duration of study (years)1.8 years FT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton, Gippsland)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3966
Contact details

Clayton: telephone +61 3 9905 5328, email nursing.enquiries@monash.edu; Gipplsland: telephone +61 3 5122 6936, email nursing.enquiries-gippsland@monash.edu; or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/nursing/

Course coordinator

Ms Ann Kempe (Clayton), Dr Pamela Wood (Gippsland)

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Students are required to take units over summer semester to complete this course in one and a half years. Full time study only.
  • This course requires attendance at off-campus practical placements which may occur in a range of locations.

Description

The Master of Nursing Practice is a coursework higher degree that encompasses both theoretical units and clinical practice units aimed at graduates from other disciplines. The course is a pre-professional program that on successful completion allows the student to apply to the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia to register as a Division 1 Registered Nurse. The course is based on the principles of student-centered adult learning principles emphasising innovation and problem solving and further developing students as life-long learners. The principles of flexible learning emphasising the discovery, analysis and integration of information, problem-solving, and communication is the cornerstone of this program.

Outcomes

On completion of the course the graduate will be able to:

  • critically evaluate contemporary issues in nursing and health service management within the Australian health care system
  • examine theoretical frameworks for ethical and legal nursing practice
  • discuss the physical, psychological and social changes that affect the person with health problems
  • demonstrate clinical decision-making and clinical reasoning skills
  • identify and utilise culturally relevant and age-specific strategies that promote independence, self esteem and dignity
  • demonstrate leadership through application of best practice principles and evidence informed nursing practices
  • observe, measure and present clinical data and discuss the validity of the data
  • demonstrate safe evidence-based clinical practice based on the integration of theoretical principles and practical skills
  • demonstrate the application of science knowledge when conducting and documenting comprehensive assessments of clients utilising appropriate assessment tools
  • evaluate the clinical application of evidence-based research and the ethical principles in the management of complex nursing situations
  • reflect critically on their own actions and on the nature of nursing practice in relation to the management of complex health situations, and practice in accordance with ANMC Competencies for the Registered Nurse and other professional standards.

Credit for prior studies

Credit provision has already been given in the form of an accelerated four semester program. No further credits will be given.

Police checks and Working with Children checks

Organisations that host clinical and community placements require students to have current Police and Working with Children checks regarding their suitability to undertake such placements. All enrolled and prospective students are advised that they will be required to obtain these checks prior to undertaking their course. Working with Children checks are valid for five years and are available free. Police checks must be applied for and paid for annually, however, in some community-partnered programs, there may be a requirement to have a police check renewed every six months.

Drug administration policy

Students should be aware of their legal responsibilities regarding the administration and storage of drugs. In addition, it is the policy of the School of Nursing and Midwifery that where drugs are required to be checked by two people prior to administration; the student and supervisor (clinical teacher or registered nurse) are considered as one person. Students should be aware of the drug administration policy relevant to the particular year of study.

Clinical expenses

Students are responsible for all travel and accommodation expenses related to clinical placements.

Uniforms and accessories are required for clinical placements and students will be notified regarding purchase arrangements upon commencement.

Vaccination policy

It is required that students obtain relevant vaccinations prior to clinical placements for presentation to the course coordinator on request.

Clinical practice

In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. The Master of Nursing Practice course has approximately fifty per cent of the program allocated to clinical experience. Generally speaking, students on clinical placements will participate in unpaid fully supervised shift work including weekend shifts, as prescribed in each unit of study. Later in the program there may be a requirement to do occasional night duty.

Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit. 'Make-up' time for any missed shifts will be arranged in consultation with the clinical coordinator on receipt of a medical certificate. Where a student's skill or knowledge is found to be inadequate, access to the clinical component of the unit will be denied. A student may be withdrawn from a clinical practicum if required skills and knowledge are deemed inadequate, or on other grounds deemed appropriate by the head of school.

Assessment

Assessment approaches will vary according to the learning objectives including examinations, written assignments, quizzes, oral or poster presentations, laboratory or simulation exercises and clinical assessments.

Professional recognition

After successful completion of the program students will be able to apply for registration as a Division 1 Registered Nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia.

Structure

This course comprises eight core units.

Requirements

First year

  • NUR5111 Contemporary nursing practice 1
  • NUR5002 Contemporary nursing practice 2
  • NUR5011 Contemporary nursing in context 1
  • NUR5022 Contemporary nursing in context 2

Second year

  • GHS5850 Nursing practice and management
  • NUR5003 Contemporary nursing practice 3
  • NUR5004 Contemporary nursing practice 4
  • NUR5033 Contemporary nursing in context 3

Award(s)

Master of Nursing Practice


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMOccEnvHlth
CRICOS code028957E
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)1.5 years FT, 3 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2312
Contact details

Postgraduate Office: Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine,The Alfred Hospital, Melbourne, Victoria 3004; telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu; visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad/

Course coordinator

Professor Malcolm Sim

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • + International students - this course is only available in on-campus mode + Students are required to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks each semester.

Description

This course, offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine, assists occupational health professionals to prevent and manage occupational health problems. It provides the skills necessary to evaluate health problems in communities thought to be associated with industrial activities. It caters for the special needs of medical practitioners, nurses, allied health personnel, scientists and occupational health and safety managers.

Outcomes

On completion of the course students should be able to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of the legal and ethical framework which governs occupational health and safety practice and the obligations of industry in regard to the environment
  • access, critically appraise and integrate hazard information from published studies and other relevant sources in the occupational and environmental health literature
  • recognise, evaluate the level of exposure and assess the degree of risk to health from chemical, physical and biological workplace and environmental hazards and provide advice on appropriate control measures in the workplace and the community
  • demonstrate an understanding of the factors underlying risk perception and be able to effectively and sensitively communicate, in both written and oral forms, these risks to exposed people in the workplace and the community
  • provide occupational health services, including preventative and rehabilitation programs and environmental advice to industry
  • demonstrate an understanding of epidemiological and biostatistical techniques to investigate health effects from occupational and environmental hazards.

Assessment

Assessment includes web-based tasks, written assignments, student presentations and examinations.

Structure

This course comprises ten core units and either two elective units or a minor project.

Requirements

Year 1

Semester 1

  • MPH2041 Introduction to occupational health and safety
  • MPH2043 Chemical and biological hazards

Semester 2

  • MPH2022 Assessment and control of workplace hazards
  • MPH2044 Ergonomic and physical hazards

Year 2

Semester 1

  • MPH2042 Psychosocial work environment
  • MPH1040 Introductory epidemiology

Semester 2

  • MPH1003 Environmental influences on health
  • MPH2076 Safety management systems

Year 3

Semester 1

  • MPH1041 Introductory biostatistics
  • Elective

Semester 2

Elective options

  • MPH2060 Health policy and prevention in a global world
  • Minor project (7,000-8,000 words) - prerequisites and course coordinator's approval required.

Students must discuss the availability of this option with the course coordinator at the commencement of their studies as the course structure may need rearranging.

Alternative exit(s)

Students may exit with the Graduate Certificate in Occupational Health or Graduate Diploma in Occupational and Environmental Health providing all requirements of that award have been met.

Award(s)

Master of Occupational and Environmental Health


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMPhil
CRICOS code047818C
Standard duration of study (years)2 years FT, 4 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital, Baker Institute, Bendigo, Box Hill Hospital, Burnet Institute, Caulfield, Clayton, Howard Florey Institute, Gippsland, Monash Health Research Institute, Monash Medical Centre, Murdoch Children's Research Institute, Peninsula, Peter McCallum Cancer Institute, Prince Henry's Institute, Southbank, St Vincent's Institute, Walter and Eliza Hall Institute)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital, Baker Institute, Bendigo, Box Hill Hospital, Burnet Institute, Caulfield, Clayton, Howard Florey Institute, Gippsland, Monash Health Research Institute, Monash Medical Centre, Murdoch Children's Research Institute, Peninsula, Peter McCallum Cancer Institute, Prince Henry's Institute, Southbank, St Vincent's Institute, Walter and Eliza Hall Institute)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3438
Contact details

Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email med-research.degrees@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research/

Course coordinator

Professor Mibel Aguilar

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course may be undertaken at approved off-site locations.

Description

The Master of Philosophy is a research degree. Candidates conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of a member of the academic staff. The supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress. Candidates submit a thesis. The work undertaken as part of this degree must constitute a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the chosen research field, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research. This course may be undertaken in any of the areas of research offered by the faculty. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research.

Outcomes

Students who have completed the course will demonstrate a thorough understanding of relevant research techniques in their field through a review of the relevant literature. They will demonstrate their ability, under supervision to apply relevant research techniques to their chosen field of study. Students will be able to present high-quality written work suitable for publication in appropriate scholarly journals, and be able to critically evaluate both their own and others' written work in their chosen field.

Students will also be able to

  • identify and define research questions
  • identify the appropriate research methods to address the research questions
  • demonstrate mastery of their chosen research methodology/methodologies
  • demonstrate theoretical knowledge at masters level in their chosen field of research
  • communicate their research findings in a format appropriate to their academic discipline
  • write up their research into a high quality thesis
  • contribute new information or new ways of understanding information in the field of research.

Research component

100 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The normal period of candidature is two years full-time, or up to a maximum of four years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse. The minimum period of candidature is one year (two years part-time). Candidates are encouraged to complete their theses as quickly as possible.

Probationary candidature

Probationary candidature applies for all masters by research candidates. Candidature will be confirmed subject to the receipt of a satisfactory report of progress at the end of the six month (full-time) or one-year (part-time) period of probationary candidature. The head of the academic unit may lodge a request for deferral of the confirmation process where it is anticipated that a masters by research candidate will upgrade to doctoral candidature following one year full-time or two years part-time candidature.

Progress reviews

Supervisors and academic units monitor the progress of candidates throughout their candidature. All candidates are required to complete an annual questionnaire in order to review the conditions of their candidature. The academic progress of candidates is formally reviewed via confirmation of candidature.

Time available for study

Throughout their candidature, all candidates must regularly attend their department, school, centre or faculty and participate fully in the intellectual, research and academic life of their academic unit. Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote at least two full days a week to their studies. In the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, part-time candidates in laboratory disciplines must undertake at least one and a half of their study days during normal working hours/week days. For those part-time students in non-laboratory disciplines, at least one of their study days must be a week day.

External candidature

External candidates must demonstrate personal maturity and research experience to pursue independent, sustained and structured research off-campus. In addition to the conditions above, external students must satisfy an annual five-day on-campus attendance requirement each year or equivalent over the period of candidature. A portion of this attendance may be off-campus, provided that the candidate is able to interact with the principal or associate (university) supervisor during this time. Regular interactive communication should take place between candidate and supervisor at least once every two weeks, via telephone, video conference, email or other interactive communication. Daily communication should also be possible, as required.

Employment restrictions

Full-time candidates are permitted, with the approval of their main supervisor, to undertake a strictly limited amount of paid employment throughout the year, being no more than 15 hours of work per week on average. Up to a maximum of six hours only on average of this employment may be undertaken during normal working hours (9 am to 5 pm, Mondays to Fridays), however, this may be extended to a maximum of eight hours if the employment is limited to one weekday. The candidate's supervisor(s) must be satisfied that any part-time work undertaken does not interfere with the candidate's study program and progress. International students need to be aware that the employment restrictions outlined above apply even though a student visa permits students to work up to 20 hours a week.

Requirements

Assessment is by thesis only. Students submit a thesis of approximately 50,000 words. The word length for a thesis does not include footnotes, references or appendices, nor does it include equations, tables, diagrams or other illustrations. The thesis may be in the form of a traditional monograph or as a thesis by publication.

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present in, or in support of, a thesis any work which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the Research Graduate School Committee.

Progression to further studies

Students may apply to upgrade to doctoral candidature after 12 months candidature (full-time or equivalent), provided that satisfactory progress has been made and certain conditions are met.

Award(s)

Master of Philosophy


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMPH
CRICOS code021280B
Total credit points required72
Standard duration of study (years)1.5 years FT, 3 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital)
Multi-modal (Alfred Hospital)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/0046
Contact details

Postgraduate Office: telephone +61 3 9903 0563; email pgradenq@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad/

Course coordinator

Dr Robert Hall

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • + International students - this course is only available in on-campus mode + his course requires students to attend a number of compulsory on-campus/on-site study days.

Description

The Master of Public Health, offered by the School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine provides the full range of quantitative, analytical and communication skills necessary to work in the broad domain of public health. It also provides skills in the quantitative methods of the population-based health sciences and their problem-solving application for primary care provision within Australia and developing countries. Health specialisation streams are offered in clinical research methods, , health economics, health promotion, health services management, international health, occupational and environmental health and research.

This course is flexible by design with units taught oncampus, online or block mode and allows students to modify their specialisation during their course

Outcomes

On completion of this course students should be able to:

  • critically appraise quantitative papers published in the epidemiological and public health literature
  • demonstrate an understanding of the historical, social, political and industrial relations context of public health within Australian society
  • demonstrate an understanding of the health care system in Australia
  • assess the influence of environmental factors on health and effectively communicate the risks to health of such factors
  • develop public health policy, health promotion and planning strategies to reduce the impact of health problems within the community, and conduct an economic evaluation of these programs.

Assessment

Assessment includes web-based tasks, written exercises, assignments, examinations, presentations, class participation, web-based tasks and supervised research projects (where relevant).

Structure

The course comprises of 3 core and 9 elective units which can be completed in one of three ways:

Requirements

Part One

Core units

Part two

Clinical epidemiology and clinical research specialisation

Core units
  • MPH2013 Research methods
  • MPH2036 Clinical trials
  • MPH2037 Clinical measurement
  • MPH2039 Meta analysis and systematic reviews
  • MPH2077 Data management and comupting
  • MPH2083 Ethics, good research practice and practical research skills
Elective units

Select four from:

Recommended elective units
  • MPH2000 Regression methods for epidemiology
  • MPH2002 Clinical epidemiology
  • MPH2070 Advanced statistical methods for clinical research
Other electives
Other DEPM units
  • MPH2018 Infectious diseases: Epidemiology and prevention
  • MPH2056 Injury epidemiology and prevention
  • MPH2060 Health policy and prevention in a global world
  • MPH postgraduate units
  • minor project (7,000 - 8,000 words) - note: prerequisites required - see 'Research specialisation'

Health economics specialisation (not available to international students)

Core units
  • ECX9700 Introduction to health economics
  • ECX9730 Economic evaluation in health care
  • ECX9741 Applied health economics and and health policy
  • MPH2013 Research methods
Elective units

Select six from:

Recommended elective units
  • ECX9120 Introduction to microeconomics theory and practice
  • ECX9710 Pharmaceutical economics
  • ECX9750 Principles of health economics in developing countries
  • MPH2068 Financial issues in health care management
Other electives
Other DEPM units
  • any 'MPH'-coded postgraduate units

Disease Prevention and Health Promotion specialisation

Core units
  • HSC5002 Foundations of health promotion and program planning
  • HSC5041 Significant issues for health promotion
  • MPH2013 Research methods
Elective units

Select seven from:

Recommended elective units
  • HSC5022 Evaluation in health promotion
  • HSC5032 Health literacy
  • HSC5042 Health impact assessment
  • MPH2007 Chronic disease: Epidemiology and prevention
  • MPH2060 Health policy and prevention in a global world
  • MPH2069 Foundations of health policy
Other electives
  • any 'MPH'-coded postgraduate units
  • minor project (7,000-8,000 words) - note: prerequisites required - see 'Research specialisation'

Health services management specialisation

Core units
  • MPH2013 Research methods
  • MPH2066 Clinical leadership and management
  • MPH2067 Principles of health care quality improvement
Elective units

Select seven from:

Recommended elective units
  • MPH2065 Law for health systems
  • MPH2068 Financial issues in health care management
  • MPH2069 Foundations of health policy
  • MPH2072 Reform and development of health services
  • MPH2085 Human factors for patient safety
  • MPH2086 Applying and practicing the principles of patient safety and quality improvement
  • MPH5042 Climate change and public health
  • ECX9700 Introduction to health economics
Other electives
Other DEPM units
  • any 'MPH'-coded postgraduate units

International health specialisation

Core units
  • MPH2048 Primary health care in developing countries
  • MPH2049 Field methods for international health planning and evaluation
Elective units

Select eight from:

Recommended elective units
  • MPH2050 Health of women and children in developing countries
  • MPH2051 Communicable diseases control in developing countries
  • MPH2053 Public health in refugee settings
  • MPH2054 Nutritional issues in developing countries
  • MPH2055 Health and human rights
  • MPH2057 Aboriginal health
  • MPH2058 Effective responses to HIV in developing countries
  • MPH2069 Foundations of health policy
  • MPH2082 Health communication and training
  • MPH5087 Alcohol and other drugs in society: A national and global perspective
Other electives
Other DEPM units
  • any 'MPH'-coded postgraduate units
  • minor project (7,000-8,000 words) note: prerequisites required - see 'Research specialisation'

Occupational and environmental health specialisation

Core units
  • MPH2013 Research methods
  • MPH1003 Environmental influences on health
  • MPH2041 Introduction to occupational health and safety
Elective units

Select seven of:

Recommended elective units
  • MPH2022 Assessment and control of workplace hazards
  • MPH2042 Psychosocial work environment
  • MPH2043 Chemical and biological hazards
  • MPH2044 Ergonomic and physical hazards
  • MPH2045 Environmental health risk assessment and management
  • MPH2056 Injury epidemiology and prevention
  • MPH2076 Safety management systems
  • MPH2084 Critical appraisal of occupational health and safety information
Other electives
Other DEPM units
  • CRH5047 Health ecology and environmental change
  • any 'MPH'-coded postgraduate units
  • minor project (8,000-10,000 words)
  • minor project (7,000-8000 words) note: prerequisites required - see 'Research specialisation"

General specialisation

Core unit
Elective units

Select nine from:

any 'MPH"-coded postgraduate units

Research specialisation

  • Prerequisites: Students must have achieved a distinction (70 per cent) average in MPH1040 and MPH1041. Consultation with the course coordinator is required prior to enrolment into the research stream.
  • Recommended: Distinction (70 per cent) average in the units MPH2013 or MPH2049.
Core units - major research project
  • MPH2013 Research methods
  • major research project in one of the above health specialisation streams (12,000-15,000 words)
Elective units

Select five of:

any 'MPH'-coded postgraduate units.

Progression to further studies

Students who complete the Master of Public Health clinical epidemiology stream, minor research project stream or major research project stream and achieve a distinction average (70 per cent), may qualify for admission into higher degrees by research (HDR) including course 3438 Master of Philosophy and 0047 Doctor of Philosophy, among others.

Award(s)

Master of Public Health


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMRepSc
CRICOS code001468M
Total credit points required96
Standard duration of study (years)2 years FT, 4 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Clayton, Monash Medical Centre, Prince Henry's Institute)
Off-campus (Clayton, Monash Medical Centre, Prince Henry's Institute)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/0100
Contact details

Education Program in Reproduction and Development: telephone +61 3 9594 7360; email med-eprd@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/ob-gyn/research/eprd/

Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email med-research.degrees@monash.edu or visit: http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research

Course coordinator

Associate Professor Peter Temple-Smith

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.

Description

The Master of Reproductive Sciences is a research degree offered by the Education Program in Reproduction and Development, a joint venture of the Monash Institute of Medical Research, Prince Henry's Institute and Monash University departments of Obstetrics and Gynaecology and those within the School of Biomedical Sciences.

The course provides medical and health professionals with advanced theoretical understanding and research training in the applications of reproductive biology, including emerging biotechnologies, to clinical human and veterinary medicine. It provides detailed training in current theories and principles of reproductive biology and medicine, including instruction and experience in various practical skills currently in use. It also offers knowledge and understanding of recent advances in reproductive technologies and their implications for professionals in various fields as well as advanced training in areas of specific interest.

Graduates obtain suitable training for those concerned with:

  • research and development projects involving reproduction
  • IVF programs
  • medical and paramedical areas
  • development and implementation of policy on reproductive and population issues
  • developing areas of agriculture and veterinary science where skills in new reproductive technologies are assuming considerable importance
  • biological areas such as wildlife conservation, pest control and preservation of endangered species.

Candidates conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of a member of the academic staff. The supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress. Candidates submit a thesis in addition to a prescribed coursework component. The work undertaken as part of this degree must constitute a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the chosen research field, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research. Research may be undertaken in areas of human reproduction, animal reproduction, women's health, foetal and neonatal physiology, embryology, molecular and cellular endocrinology and reproductive toxicology. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research.

Outcomes

Students who have completed the course will demonstrate a thorough understanding of relevant research techniques in their field through a review of the relevant literature. They will demonstrate their ability, under supervision, to apply relevant research techniques to their chosen field of study. Students will be able to present high-quality written work suitable for publication in appropriate scholarly journals, and be able to critically evaluate both their own and others' written work in their chosen field.

Students will also be able to:

  • identify and define research questions
  • identify the appropriate research methods to address the research questions
  • demonstrate mastery of their chosen research methodology/methodologies
  • demonstrate theoretical knowledge at masters level in their chosen field of reproductive science
  • communicate their research findings in a format appropriate to their academic discipline
  • write up their research into a high quality thesis
  • contribute new information or new ways of understanding information in the field of reproductive science.

Credit for prior studies

The Faculty Board may give credit for coursework already completed as part of course 0101 Graduate Diploma in Reproductive Sciences at Monash University. Credit will not be given for work completed more than 10 years prior to admission to candidature.

Research component

70 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The total permissible period of candidature is two years full-time, or its equivalent in part-time candidature up to a maximum of four years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse. The minimum period of candidature is one year (two years part-time). Candidates are encouraged to complete their theses as quickly as possible.

Probationary candidature

Probationary candidature applies for all masters by research candidates. Candidature will be confirmed subject to the receipt of a satisfactory report of progress at the end of the 6-month (full-time) or one-year (part-time) period of probationary candidature. For candidates who have not previously qualified for the Graduate Diploma of Reproductive Sciences at Monash University, the probationary period is 12 months (full-time) or 24 months (part-time). The head of the academic unit may lodge a request for deferral of the confirmation process where it is anticipated that a masters by research candidate will upgrade to doctoral candidature following one year full-time or two years part-time candidature.

Progress reviews

Supervisors and academic units monitor the progress of candidates throughout their candidature. All candidates are required to complete an annual questionnaire in order to review the conditions of their candidature. The academic progress of candidates is formally reviewed via confirmation of candidature.

Time available for study

Throughout their candidature, all candidates must regularly attend their department, school, centre or faculty and participate fully in the intellectual, research and academic life of their academic unit. Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote at least two full days a week to their studies. In the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, part-time candidates in laboratory disciplines must undertake at least one and a half of their study days during normal working hours/week days. For those part-time students in non-laboratory disciplines, at least one of their study days must be a week day.

Employment restrictions

Full-time candidates are permitted, with the approval of their main supervisor, to undertake a strictly limited amount of paid employment throughout the year, being no more than 15 hours of work per week on average. Up to a maximum of six hours only on average of this employment may be undertaken during normal working hours (9 am to 5 pm, Mondays to Fridays), however, this may be extended to a maximum of eight hours if the employment is limited to one weekday. The candidate's supervisor(s) must be satisfied that any part-time work undertaken does not interfere with the candidate's study program and progress. International students need to be aware that the employment restrictions outlined above apply even though a student visa permits students to work up to 20 hours a week.

Assessment

Assessment is by thesis, written examinations, oral presentations, poster presentations, literature reviews and practical reports.

Structure

This course comprisesfive coursework units (30 per cent) and research, culminating in a major thesis (70 per cent) of approximately 50,000 words

Requirements

Thesis

Students submit a thesis of approximately 50,000 words. The word length for a thesis does not include footnotes, references or appendices, nor does it include equations, tables, diagrams or other illustrations. The thesis may be in the form of a traditional monograph or as a thesis by publication. .

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present in, or in support of, a thesis any work which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the faculty's Research Degrees Committee.

Coursework units

The coursework lectures cover a wide range of topics including an introduction to reproductive endocrinology, gonadal development and function, pregnancy and parturition, reproductive health, fertility regulation, domestic and wild animal reproduction and conservation sciences, and assisted reproductive and genetic technologies. Students complete the following units:

  • MRS0001 Coursework - core lecture
  • MRS0002 Coursework, semester 1, stream 1 - lectures
  • MRS0003 Coursework, semester 1, stream 2 - lectures
  • MRS0004 Coursework, semester 2, stream 1 - lectures
  • MRS0005 Coursework, semester 2, stream 2 - lectures

Progression to further studies

Students may apply to upgrade to doctoral candidature after 12 months candidature (full-time or equivalent), provided that satisfactory progress has been made and certain conditions are met.

Award(s)

Master of Reproductive Sciences


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMRuralHlth(Research)
CRICOS code039469G
Total credit points required96
Standard duration of study (years)2 years FT, 4 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Bendigo, Gippsland)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3407
Contact details

Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email research.degrees@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research/

Course coordinator

Associate Professor Janice Chesters

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course may be undertaken at approved off-site locations.

Description

The Master of Rural Health (Research) is a research degree offered by the School of Rural Health. Rural health research is essential to improving the health status of people in rural and remote areas. It provides an intellectual framework within which to think about, teach about and develop policy for rural health and rural health services.

Candidates conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of a member of the academic staff. The supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress. Candidates submit a thesis. The work undertaken as part of this degree must constitute a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the chosen research field, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research.

Outcomes

Students who have completed the course will demonstrate a thorough understanding of relevant research techniques in their field through a review of the relevant literature. They will demonstrate their ability, under supervision, to apply relevant research techniques to their chosen field of study. Students will be able to present high-quality written work suitable for publication in appropriate scholarly journals, and be able to critically evaluate both their own and others' written work in their chosen field.

Students will also be able to:

  • identify and define research questions
  • identify the appropriate research methods to address the research questions
  • demonstrate mastery of their chosen research methodology/methodologies
  • demonstrate theoretical knowledge at master level in their chosen field of rural health
  • communicate their research findings in a format appropriate to their academic discipline
  • write up their research into a high quality thesis
  • contribute new information or new ways of understanding information in the field of rural health.

Research component

100 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The total permissible period of candidature is two years full-time, or its equivalent in part-time candidature up to a maximum of four years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse. The minimum period of candidature is one year (two years part-time). Candidates are encouraged to complete their theses as quickly as possible.

Probationary candidature

Probationary candidature applies for all masters by research candidates. Candidature will be confirmed subject to the receipt of a satisfactory report of progress at the end of the 6-month (full-time) or one-year (part-time) period of probationary candidature. The head of the academic unit may lodge a request for deferral of the confirmation process where it is anticipated that a masters by research candidate will upgrade to doctoral candidature following one year full-time or two years part-time candidature.

Progress reviews

Supervisors and academic units monitor the progress of candidates throughout their candidature. All candidates are required to complete an annual questionnaire in order to review the conditions of their candidature. The academic progress of candidates is formally reviewed via confirmation of candidature.

Time available for study

Throughout their candidature, all candidates must regularly attend their department, school, centre or faculty and participate fully in the intellectual, research and academic life of their academic unit. Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote at least two full days a week to their studies. In the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, part-time candidates in laboratory disciplines must undertake at least one and a half of their study days during normal working hours/week days. For those part-time students in non-laboratory disciplines, at least one of their study days must be a week day.

External candidature

External candidates must demonstrate personal maturity and research experience to pursue independent, sustained and structured research off-campus. In addition to the conditions above, external students must satisfy an annual five-day on-campus attendance requirement each year or equivalent over the period of candidature. A portion of this attendance may be off-campus, provided that the candidate is able to interact with the principal or associate (university) supervisor during this time. Regular interactive communication should take place between candidate and supervisor at least once every two weeks, via telephone, video conference, email or other interactive communication. Daily communication should also be possible, as required.

Employment restrictions

Full-time candidates are permitted, with the approval of their main supervisor, to undertake a strictly limited amount of paid employment throughout the year, being no more than 15 hours of work per week on average. Up to a maximum of six hours only on average of this employment may be undertaken during normal working hours (9 am to 5 pm, Mondays to Fridays), however, this may be extended to a maximum of eight hours if the employment is limited to one weekday. The candidate's supervisor(s) must be satisfied that any part-time work undertaken does not interfere with the candidate's study program and progress. International students need to be aware that the employment restrictions outlined above apply even though a student visa permits students to work up to 20 hours a week.

Requirements

Assessment is by thesis only. Students submit a thesis of approximately 40,000 to 60,000 words. The word length for a thesis does not include footnotes, references or appendices, nor does it include equations, tables, diagrams or other illustrations. The thesis may be in the form of a traditional monograph or as a thesis by publication.

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present in, or in support of, a thesis any work which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the faculty's Research Degrees Committee.

Progression to further studies

Students may apply to upgrade to doctoral candidature after 12 months candidature (full-time or equivalent), provided that satisfactory progress has been made and certain conditions are met.

Award(s)

Master of Rural Health


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMSocWk
CRICOS code042517A
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1 year FT, 2 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield)
Off-campus (Caulfield)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/0019
Contact details

Telephone +61 3 9903 2610; fax +61 3 9903 1141; email social.work@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/socialwork/postgraduate/msw.html

Course coordinator

Deborah Western

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is normally taken part-time over two years.

Description

The degree provides an opportunity for social workers to enhance and develop their professional skills and knowledge and to make links between practice in the field and new academic knowledge and theory. It aims to provide for the needs of managers and policy developers involved in direct work with clients. The course provides sufficient choice for students to specialise in management and policy development or in direct work with clients. For this reason students are free to choose from a wide range of subjects within the Master of Social Work program.

Outcomes

The objectives of the course are to enable students to:

  • gain knowledge in professional areas that are not covered in the social work undergraduate curriculum
  • integrate that knowledge with past and present work experience
  • deepen specialised practice knowledge and skills from a greater focus on selected areas, including the acquisition of new research-based clinical and program interventions
  • acquire advanced specialised research knowledge and skills that will allow students to develop research-based practice at the clinical, program and policy levels for newly emerging problem and service areas.

Professional recognition

This course does not provide eligibility for membership of the Australian Association of Social Workers

Structure

This course comprises four 12-point units

Requirements

Choose four of:

  • SWM5110 Advanced casework practice
  • SWM5120 Criminology and social work
  • SWM5140 Policy, program planning and evaluation I**
  • SWM5150 Policy, program planning and evaluation II**
  • SWM5160 The child in society : Promoting children's wellbeing and responding to child maltreatment
  • SWM5170 Special research study***
  • SWM5180 Management of human resources in the social services
  • SWM5190 Social work research
  • SWM5200 Health and social work
  • SWM5220 Longevity and social work
  • SWM5241 Mental health practice
  • SWM5250 Clinical supervision - becoming a professional developer
  • SWM5260 Gender, climate change and social sustainability

** Students wishing to undertake SWM5150 must first have completed SWM5140

*** SWM5170 can not be taken as a first unit

Award(s)

Master of Social Work


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMSW(ForensicStudies)
Total credit points required48
Standard duration of study (years)1.5 years PT
Study mode and locationOff-campus (Caulfield)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3972
Contact details

Telephone +61 3 9903 2610; fax +61 3 9903 1141; email social.work@med.monash.edu.au or visit: http://www.med.monash.edu.au/socialwork/postgraduate/mswfs.html

Course coordinator

Associate Professor Rosemary Sheehan

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course is not available to international student visa holders.
  • Part-time study only.

Description

The Master of Social Work (Forensic Studies) degree provides an opportunity for social work and human service professionals who have already completed a four year undergraduate degree in the social services field to enhance and develop specific knowledge and skills in forensic studies to more effectively work in the areas of mental health, child protection, disability, corrections, drugs and alcohol.

Outcomes

On completion of this course, a student should be able to:

  • promote critical evaluation and knowledge of research in social work and human service practice in these fields and integrate that knowledge with past and present work experience
  • gain knowledge of specialised practice in forensic fields of study, including the acquisition of new research-based clinical and program interventions
  • acquire advanced specialised knowledge of research and skills that will allow students to develop best practice at the clinical, program and policy levels for newly emerging problem and service areas.
  • encourage students to become critical thinkers and engage in life long learning and professional development
  • provide students with a broad understanding of the cultural and other differences that exist in our community and their relationship to its individuals within the mental health, corrections, child protection, disability and drug and alcohol systems
  • further the professional development of students by providing the opportunity for engagement with colleagues and lecturers who are experts in the field.

Structure

This course comprises six units

Requirements

Students complete:

(a.) the core unit:

  • FBS5001 Fundamentals of forensic behavioural science

(b.) two of the following Master of Social Work units (24 points):

  • SWM5120 Criminology and social work
  • SWM5220 Social work and aged care
  • SWM5160 Child abuse, child protection and the child in society
  • SWM5241 Mental health practice
  • SWM5110 Advanced casework
  • SWM5250 Clincal supervision

(c.) three of the following Graduate Diploma of Forensic Behavioural Science units (18 points):

  • FBS5002 The role of mental health in criminal offending
  • FBS5004 Developmental aspects of forensic behavioural science
  • FBS5005 Assessment and management of problem behaviours
  • FBS5006 Advanced risk assessment and management
  • FBS5003 Mental health and the correctional system

Award(s)

Master of Social Work (Forensic Studies)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMSW (Qualifying)
CRICOS code069013C
Total credit points required96
Standard duration of study (years)2 years FT, 4 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield)
Off-campus (Caulfield)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3969
Contact details

Telephone +61 3 9903 2610; fax +61 3 9903 1141; email social.work@med.monash.edu.au or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/socialwork/postgraduate/msw.html

Course coordinator

Dr Robyn Mason

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course requires students to undertake off-campus fieldwork placements

Description

The Master of Social Work (Qualifying) is a coursework degree with theoretical, skill development and supervised professional practice units. The course includes opportunities for group-based learning, community engagement, practice research and integration of social work theory and practice. Theoretical content builds on knowledge acquired by graduates in previous higher education, while social work skills components and professional practica introduce students to contemporary social work practice. The areas covered in the curriculum meet AASW accreditation requirements, including 1,000 hours of supervised professional practice.

Outcomes

On completion of the course, graduates will be able to:

  • enact the principles of social justice and human rights in their professional social work careers
  • seek leadership roles in the social work and human services sector
  • engage sensitively and confidently with individuals, groups and communities in local, national and international social work contexts
  • analyse ethical issues in practice
  • employ outstanding interpersonal skills for effective engagement and social action
  • practice in a way that respects diversity, especially when working with Indigenous Australians
  • critically analyse aspects of society, especially the impact of social, political and economic arrangements on individual and community wellbeing
  • incorporate knowledge of the social welfare system, the law and concepts of power and oppression into the social work approach
  • apply sophisticated knowledge of individual development, and the impact of key life events on individual wellbeing, in social work practice
  • demonstrate competence in the theory and practice of social work assessment, intervention and evaluation with individuals, families, groups, communities and organisations, and in research and social policy analysis
  • execute practice decisions based on research and evidence
  • reflect critically on their practice
  • commit to continuing professional development.

Recognition of prior learning

Please see website for details of the RPLrecognition of prior learning (RPL) policy and application process: http://www.med.monash.edu.au/socialwork/index.html.

RPL may be granted for previous practice experience and may exempt the student from all or part of the first supervised professional practice unit SWM5103 - Supervised Professional Practice 1.

Police checks

All students undertaking a placement at Monash are required to undertake a National Police Check before commencing. An original of these documents must be provided to the fieldwork coordinator prior to placement commencing. A Police Check Verification form must also be completed. Should a student be found to have a police record, the fieldwork team may discuss the matter with potential supervisors if necessary. Students incur the cost of the National Police Check.

Working With Children Check (WWCC)

The Victorian Department of Justice policy is that all students undertaking a clinical placement, that involves working with children, must obtain a Working with Children Check (WWCC). It is the student's responsibility to obtain this check prior to undertaking the placement. Thus, where such a placement forms part of the course requirements, the faculty requires all students to have a WWCC. The original WWCC ID Card must be sighted by the fieldwork coordinator once issued and a verification form completed.

Not all States have legislated with regard to the WWCC, and for those that have, not all offer the service to students. So, for students undertaking interstate placements, the requirement for obtaining a WWCC varies according to that state's laws and regulations.

Fieldwork

Students undertake supervised professional practice in the field and skills development and integration of theory and practice in the classroom and in the field. On campus students will attend placement briefings and integration sessions where their placement experiences will be critically reviewed in order to connect with social work knowledge and theory, while off-campus students will work attend skills and integration sessions at compulsory residential workshops. Liaison visits from University staff to the student and supervisor while on placement will also be opportunities to review skills and to facilitate the integration of theory and practice. The successful completion of a total of 1,000 hours (clinical placements and skills) will enable graduates to seek social work positions overseas where the completion of 1,000 hours of clinical practice placement is often an eligibility requirement.

Professional recognition

The areas covered in the curriculum meet Australian Association of Social Workers (AASW) accreditation requirements, including 1,000 hours of supervised professional practice.

Structure

This course comprises11 core units.

Requirements

Year one

Semester one

SWM5100 Social work: Leading sustainable change

SWM5101 Human rights, law and ethics contexts for social work practice

SWM5102 Critical social work 1: Frameworks for practice with children and families

Semester two

SWM5103 Supervised professional practice 1

SWM5104 Critical social work 2: Frameworks for practice in health and mental health

Year two

Semester one

SWM5105 Social work practice and research

SWM5106 Critical social work 3: Community engagement group project

Social work specialist elective

Semester two

SWM5108 Supervised professional practice 2

SWM5109 Critical social work 4: Social policy, social change and community practice

SWM5111 Leadership in social work and human services

Award(s)

Master of Social Work (Qualifying)


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMSocWk (Research)
CRICOS code038580F
Standard duration of study (years)2 years FT, 4 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield, Clayton)
Off-campus (Caulfield, Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2698
Contact details

Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email med-research.degrees@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research/

Course coordinator

Associate Professor Rosemary Sheehan

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course may be undertaken at approved off-site locations.

Description

The Master of Social Work (Research), is a research degree offered by the Department of Social Work which provides health and welfare professionals with the opportunity to explore original ideas and research questions.

Candidates for the this course are required to conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of a member of the academic staff. The supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress. Candidate submit a thesis. The work undertaken as part of this research degree must constitute a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the field of social work, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research

Outcomes

Students who have completed the course will demonstrate a thorough understanding of relevant research techniques in their field through a review of the relevant literature. They will demonstrate their ability, under supervision to apply relevant research techniques to their chosen field of study. Students will be able to present high-quality written work suitable for publication in appropriate scholarly journals, and be able to critically evaluate both their own and others' written work in their chosen field.

Students will also be able to:

  • identify and define research questions
  • identify the appropriate research methods to address the research questions
  • demonstrate mastery of their chosen research methodology/methodologies
  • demonstrate theoretical knowledge at masters level in their chosen field of social work
  • communicate their research findings in a format appropriate to their academic discipline
  • write up their research into a high quality thesis
  • contribute new information or new ways of understanding information in the field of social work.

Research component

100 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The total permissible period of candidature is two years full-time, or its equivalent in part-time candidature up to a maximum of four years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse. The minimum period of candidature is one year (two years part-time). Candidates are encouraged to complete their theses as quickly as possible.

Probationary candidature

Probationary candidature applies for all masters by research candidates. Candidature will be confirmed subject to the receipt of a satisfactory report of progress at the end of the 6-month (full-time) or one-year (part-time) period of probationary candidature. The head of the academic unit may lodge a request for deferral of the confirmation process where it is anticipated that a masters by research candidate will upgrade to doctoral candidature following one year full-time or two years part-time candidature.

Progress reviews

Supervisors and academic units monitor the progress of candidates throughout their candidature. All candidates are required to complete an annual questionnaire in order to review the conditions of their candidature. The academic progress of candidates is formally reviewed via confirmation of candidature.

Time available for study

Throughout their candidature, all candidates must regularly attend their department, school, centre or faculty and participate fully in the intellectual, research and academic life of their academic unit. Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote at least two full days a week to their studies. In the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, part-time candidates in laboratory disciplines must undertake at least one and a half of their study days during normal working hours/week days. For those part-time students in non-laboratory disciplines, at least one of their study days must be a week day.

External candidature

External candidates must demonstrate personal maturity and research experience to pursue independent, sustained and structured research off-campus. In addition to the conditions above, external students must satisfy an annual five-day on-campus attendance requirement each year or equivalent over the period of candidature. A portion of this attendance may be off-campus, provided that the candidate is able to interact with the principal or associate (university) supervisor during this time. Regular interactive communication should take place between candidate and supervisor at least once every two weeks, via telephone, video conference, email or other interactive communication. Daily communication should also be possible, as required.

Employment restrictions

Full-time candidates are permitted, with the approval of their main supervisor, to undertake a strictly limited amount of paid employment throughout the year, being no more than 15 hours of work per week on average. Up to a maximum of six hours only on average of this employment may be undertaken during normal working hours (9 am to 5 pm, Mondays to Fridays), however, this may be extended to a maximum of eight hours if the employment is limited to one weekday. The candidate's supervisor(s) must be satisfied that any part-time work undertaken does not interfere with the candidate's study program and progress. International students need to be aware that the employment restrictions outlined above apply even though a student visa permits students to work up to 20 hours a week.

Requirements

Assessment is by thesis only. Students submit a thesis of approximately 30,000 to 40,000 words. The word length for a thesis does not include footnotes, references or appendices, nor does it include equations, tables, diagrams or other illustrations. The thesis may be in the form of a traditional monograph or as a thesis by publication.

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present in, or in support of, a thesis any work which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the faculty's Research Degrees Committee.

Progression to further studies

Students may apply to upgrade to doctoral candidature after 12 months candidature (full-time or equivalent), provided that satisfactory progress has been made and certain conditions are met.

Award(s)

Master of Social Work
Master of Social Work (Research)

The actual award conferred may depend on units/majors/streams/specialisations studied, the level of academic merit achieved, the timing of study, or other factors relevant to the individual student's program of study.


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMSurg
CRICOS code049254G
Standard duration of study (years)1.5 years FT, 3 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital, Box Hill Hospital, Clayton, Monash Medical Centre)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital, Box Hill Hospital, Clayton, Monash Medical Centre)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3443
Contact details

Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email med-research.degrees@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research

Course coordinator

Professor Julian Smith

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Applicants must have completed the Basic Surgical Training Program towards Fellowship of the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons.
  • This course may be undertaken at approved off-site locations.

Description

The Master of Surgery is a research degree offered by the Departments of Surgery at Monash Medical Centre and Alfred Hospital. Surgical research is assuming greater importance in the career development of surgeons of all specialties.

Candidates conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of a member of the academic staff. The supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress. Candidates submit a thesis. The work undertaken as part of this degree must constitute a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the chosen research field, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research.

Outcomes

Students who have completed the course will demonstrate a thorough understanding of relevant research techniques in their field through a review of the relevant literature. They will demonstrate their ability, under supervision to apply relevant research techniques to their chosen field of study. Students will be able to present high-quality written work suitable for publication in appropriate scholarly journals, and be able to critically evaluate both their own and others' written work in their chosen field.

Students will also be able to:

  • identify and define research questions
  • identify the appropriate research methods to address the research questions
  • demonstrate mastery of their chosen research methodology/methodologies
  • demonstrate theoretical knowledge at masters level in their chosen field of surgery
  • communicate their research findings in a format appropriate to their academic discipline
  • write up their research into a high quality thesis
  • contribute new information or new ways of understanding information in the field of surgical research.

Research component

100 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The total permissible period of candidature is 18 months full-time, or its equivalent in part-time candidature up to a maximum of three years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse. The minimum period of candidature is 9 months (18 months part-time). Candidates are encouraged to complete their theses as quickly as possible.

Probationary candidature

Probationary candidature applies for all masters by research candidates. Candidature will be confirmed subject to the receipt of a satisfactory report of progress at the end of the 6-month (full-time) or one-year (part-time) period of probationary candidature. The head of the academic unit may lodge a request for deferral of the confirmation process where it is anticipated that a masters by research candidate will upgrade to doctoral candidature following one year full-time or two years part-time candidature.

Progress reviews

Supervisors and academic units monitor the progress of candidates throughout their candidature. All candidates are required to complete an annual questionnaire in order to review the conditions of their candidature. The academic progress of candidates is formally reviewed via confirmation of candidature.

Time available for study

Throughout their candidature, all candidates must regularly attend their department, school, centre or faculty and participate fully in the intellectual, research and academic life of their academic unit. Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote at least two full days a week to their studies. In the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, part-time candidates in laboratory disciplines must undertake at least one and a half of their study days during normal working hours/week days. For those part-time students in non-laboratory disciplines, at least one of their study days must be a week day.

External candidature

External candidates must demonstrate personal maturity and research experience to pursue independent, sustained and structured research off-campus. In addition to the conditions above, external students must satisfy an annual five-day on-campus attendance requirement each year or equivalent over the period of candidature. A portion of this attendance may be off-campus, provided that the candidate is able to interact with the principal or associate (university) supervisor during this time. Regular interactive communication should take place between candidate and supervisor at least once every two weeks, via telephone, video conference, email or other interactive communication. Daily communication should also be possible, as required.

Employment restrictions

Full-time candidates are permitted, with the approval of their main supervisor, to undertake a strictly limited amount of paid employment throughout the year, being no more than 15 hours of work per week on average. Up to a maximum of six hours only on average of this employment may be undertaken during normal working hours (9 am to 5 pm, Mondays to Fridays), however, this may be extended to a maximum of eight hours if the employment is limited to one weekday. The candidate's supervisor(s) must be satisfied that any part-time work undertaken does not interfere with the candidate's study program and progress. International students need to be aware that the employment restrictions outlined above apply even though a student visa permits students to work up to 20 hours a week.

Requirements

Assessment is by thesis only. Students submit a thesis of approximately 50,000 words. The word length for a thesis does not include footnotes, references or appendices, nor does it include equations, tables, diagrams or other illustrations. The thesis may be in the form of a traditional monograph or as a thesis by publication.

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present in, or in support of, a thesis any work which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the faculty's Research Degrees Committee.

Progression to further studies

Students may apply to upgrade to doctoral candidature after 12 months candidature (full-time or equivalent), provided that satisfactory progress has been made and certain conditions are met.

Award(s)

Master of Surgery


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleMD
CRICOS code052825F
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT, 8 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital, Baker Institute, Bendigo, Box Hill Hospital, Burnet Institute, Caulfield, Clayton, Howard Florey Institute, Gippsland, Monash Health Research Institute, Monash Medical Centre, Murdoch Children's Research Institute, Peninsula, Peter McCallum Cancer Institute, Prince Henry's Institute, Southbank, St Vincent's Institute, Walter and Eliza Hall Institute)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital, Baker Institute, Bendigo, Box Hill Hospital, Burnet Institute, Caulfield, Clayton, Howard Florey Institute, Gippsland, Monash Health Research Institute, Monash Medical Centre, Murdoch Children's Research Institute, Peninsula, Peter McCallum Cancer Institute, Prince Henry's Institute, Southbank, St Vincent's Institute, Walter and Eliza Hall Institute)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3852
Contact details

Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email med-research.degrees@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research/

Course coordinator

Professor Mibel Aguilar

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course may be undertaken at approved off-site locations

Description

The Doctor of Medicine is a research degree. Candidates conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of a member of the academic staff. The supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress. Candidates submit a thesis. The work undertaken as part of this degree must constitute a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the chosen research field, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research. This course may be undertaken in any of the areas of research offered by the faculty. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research.

Outcomes

Students who have completed the course will demonstrate a thorough understanding of relevant research techniques in their field through a review of the relevant literature. They will demonstrate their ability, under supervision to apply relevant research techniques to their chosen field of study. Students will be able to present high-quality written work suitable for publication in appropriate scholarly journals, and be able to critically evaluate both their own and others' written work in their chosen field.

Students will also be able to:

  • identify and define research questions
  • identify the appropriate research methods to address the research questions
  • demonstrate mastery of their chosen research methodology/methodologies
  • demonstrate theoretical knowledge at doctoral level in their chosen field of research
  • communicate their research findings in a format appropriate to their academic discipline
  • write up their research into a high quality thesis
  • contribute new information or new ways of understanding information in the field of research.

Research component

100 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The total permissible period of candidature is four years full-time, or its equivalent in part-time candidature up to a maximum of eight years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse. The minimum period of candidature is 24 months (48 months part-time). Candidates are encouraged to complete their theses as quickly as possible.

Probationary candidature

Probationary candidature applies for all doctoral candidates, except where doctoral candidates have transferred from a masters by research program. Candidature will be confirmed subject to the receipt of a satisfactory report of progress at the end of the 12-month (full-time) or 24-months (part-time) period of probationary candidature.

Progress reviews

Supervisors and academic units monitor the progress of candidates throughout their candidature. All candidates are required to complete an annual questionnaire in order to review the conditions of their candidature. The academic progress of candidates is formally reviewed via three candidature milestones: confirmation of candidature; mid-candidature review; and pre-submission seminar.

The mid-candidature review and pre-submission seminar are mandatory requirements for all candidates who commenced their candidature from 1 January 2010.

Time available for study

Throughout their candidature, all candidates must regularly attend their department, school, centre or faculty and participate fully in the intellectual, research and academic life of their academic unit. Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote at least two full days a week to their studies. In the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, part-time candidates in laboratory disciplines must undertake at least one and a half of their study days during normal working hours/week days. For those part-time students in non-laboratory disciplines, at least one of their study days must be a week day.

External candidature

External candidates must demonstrate personal maturity and research experience to pursue independent, sustained and structured research off-campus. In addition to the conditions above, external students must satisfy an annual five-day on-campus attendance requirement each year or equivalent over the period of candidature. A portion of this attendance may be off-campus, provided that the candidate is able to interact with the principal or associate (university) supervisor during this time. Regular interactive communication should take place between candidate and supervisor at least once every two weeks, via telephone, video conference, email or other interactive communication. Daily communication should also be possible, as required.

Employment restrictions

Full-time candidates are permitted, with the approval of their main supervisor, to undertake a strictly limited amount of paid employment throughout the year, being no more than 15 hours of work per week on average. Up to a maximum of six hours only on average of this employment may be undertaken during normal working hours (9am to 5pm, Mondays to Fridays). However, this may be extended to a maximum of eight hours if the employment is limited to one weekday. The candidate's supervisor(s) must be satisfied that any part-time work undertaken does not interfere with the candidate's study program and progress. International students need to be aware that the employment restrictions outlined above apply even though a student visa permits students to work up to 20 hours a week

Requirements

Assessment is by thesis only. It is expected that MD theses generally do not exceed 100,000 words. The word length for a thesis does not include footnotes, references or appendices, nor does it include equations, tables, diagrams or other illustrations. The thesis may be in the form of a traditional monograph or as a thesis by publication.

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present in, or in support of, a thesis any work which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the Research Graduate School Committee.

Award(s)

Doctor of Medicine


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titlePhDMed
CRICOS code041047A
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT, 8 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital, Baker Institute, Bendigo, Box Hill Hospital, Burnet Institute, Caulfield, Clayton, Howard Florey Institute, Gippsland, Monash Health Research Institute, Monash Medical Centre, Murdoch Children's Research Institute, Peninsula, Peter McCallum Cancer Institute, Prince Henry's Institute, Southbank, Sunway, St Vincent's Institute, Walter and Eliza Hall Institute)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital, Baker Institute, Bendigo, Box Hill Hospital, Burnet Institute, Caulfield, Clayton, Howard Florey Institute, Gippsland, Monash Health Research Institute, Monash Medical Centre, Murdoch Children's Research Institute, Peninsula, Peter McCallum Cancer Institute, Prince Henry's Institute, Southbank, St Vincent's Institute, Walter and Eliza Hall Institute)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/0047
Contact details

Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email med-research.degrees@ monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research/

Course coordinator

Professor Mibel Aguilar

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • This course may be undertaken at approved off-site locations. .

Description

The Doctor of Philosophy is a research degree. Candidates conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of a member of the academic staff. The supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress. Candidates submit a thesis. The work undertaken as part of this degree must constitute a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the chosen research field, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research. This course may be undertaken in any of the areas of research offered by the faculty. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research.

Outcomes

Students who have completed the course will demonstrate a thorough understanding of relevant research techniques in their field through a review of the relevant literature. They will demonstrate their ability, under supervision to apply relevant research techniques to their chosen field of study. Students will be able to present high-quality written work suitable for publication in appropriate scholarly journals, and be able to critically evaluate both their own and others' written work in their chosen field.

Students will also be able to:

  • identify and define research questions
  • identify the appropriate research methods to address the research questions
  • demonstrate mastery of their chosen research methodology/methodologies
  • demonstrate theoretical knowledge at doctoral level in their chosen field of research
  • communicate their research findings in a format appropriate to their academic discipline
  • write up their research into a high quality thesis
  • contribute new information or new ways of understanding information in the field of research.

Research component

100 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The total permissible period of candidature is four years full-time, or its equivalent in part-time candidature up to a maximum of eight years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse. The minimum period of candidature is two years full-time (four years part-time). Candidates are encouraged to complete their theses as quickly as possible.

Probationary candidature

Probationary candidature applies for all doctoral candidates, except where doctoral candidates have transferred from a masters by research program. Candidature will be confirmed subject to the receipt of a satisfactory report of progress at the end of the one year (full-time) or two years (part-time) period of probationary candidature.

Progress reviews

Supervisors and academic units monitor the progress of candidates throughout their candidature. All candidates are required to complete an annual questionnaire in order to review the conditions of their candidature. The academic progress of candidates is formally reviewed via three candidature milestones: confirmation of candidature; mid-candidature review; and pre-submission seminar.

The mid-candidature review and pre-submission seminar are mandatory requirements for all candidates who commenced their candidature from 1 January 2010 with the exception of those enrolled in a Staff PhD candidature; or a dual-award or joint-badged PhD program.

Time available for study

Throughout their candidature, all candidates must regularly attend their department, school, centre or faculty and participate fully in the intellectual, research and academic life of their academic unit. Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote at least two full days a week to their studies. In the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, part-time candidates in laboratory disciplines must undertake at least one and a half of their study days during normal working hours/week days. For those part-time students in non-laboratory disciplines, at least one of their study days must be a week day.

External candidature

External candidates must demonstrate personal maturity and research experience to pursue independent, sustained and structured research off-campus. In addition to the conditions above, external students must satisfy an annual five-day on-campus attendance requirement each year or equivalent over the period of candidature. A portion of this attendance may be off-campus, provided that the candidate is able to interact with the principal or associate (university) supervisor during this time. Regular interactive communication should take place between candidate and supervisor at least once every two weeks, via telephone, video conference, email or other interactive communication. Daily communication should also be possible, as required.

Employment restrictions

Full-time candidates are permitted, with the approval of their main supervisor, to undertake a strictly limited amount of paid employment throughout the year, being no more than 15 hours of work per week on average. Up to a maximum of six hours only on average of this employment may be undertaken during normal working hours (9 am to 5 pm, Mondays to Fridays). However, this may be extended to a maximum of eight hours if the employment is limited to one weekday. The candidate's supervisor(s) must be satisfied that any part-time work undertaken does not interfere with the candidate's study program and progress. International students need to be aware that the employment restrictions outlined above apply even though a student visa permits students to work up to 20 hours a week.

Requirements

Assessment is by thesis only. It is expected that PhD theses generally do not exceed 100,000 words. The word length for a thesis does not include footnotes, references or appendices, nor does it include equations, tables, diagrams or other illustrations. The thesis may be in the form of a traditional monograph or as a thesis by publication.

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present in, or in support of, a thesis any work which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the Research Graduate School Committee.

Award(s)

Doctor of Philosophy


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleDPsych(ClinNeuro)
CRICOS code040812K
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT, 8 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield, Clayton, Monash Medical Centre)
Off-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2932
Contact details

School of Psychology and Psychiatry Postgraduate Programs Office: telephone +61 3 9905 4359; email hdr.psych@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/psych/course/pgrad/dcn-index.html

Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email med-research.degrees@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research

Course coordinator

Professor Jennie Ponsford

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • The first two years of study must be undertaken full-time.
  • This course requires attendance at off-campus practical placements which may occur in a range of locations.

Description

The Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology is a research degree offered by the School of Psychology and Psychiatry.

Clinical neuropsychology is a field which applies an understanding of the neural basis of cognition, emotion and behaviour to the assessment and treatment of adults and children with neurological and psychological disorders. Clinical neuropsychologists are employed in acute hospitals, rehabilitation centres, aged care programmes, forensic settings, psychiatric settings, and paediatric facilities. Private practitioners undertake a range of work including medico-legal assessments. The degree prepares graduates, using the scientist-practitioner model, to conduct research in neuropsychology and to work as clinical neuropsychologists in a broad range of settings.

A feature of the course is that its training in clinical neuropsychology is extended through specialisation in a choice of areas. Candidates undertake an advanced specialised placement in their third year, which enables them to gain more specialised knowledge and experience in an area of their choice. Depending upon candidate demand, options may include:

  • rehabilitation, with its focus on assessment and management in a rehabilitation context
  • neurology, with its focus on assessment and management in a neurological context
  • child and adolescent neuropsychology, with its focus upon assessment and management of children and adolescents with neurological disorders
  • geriatric neuropsychology, with its focus on assessment and management of elderly persons with neurological and psychiatric disorders
  • psychiatric neuropsychology, with its focus on assessment and management of adults with a primary mental illness
  • forensic neuropsychology, with its focus on the assessment of individuals in the legal system.

Candidates conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of a member of the academic staff. The supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress. Candidates submit a thesis in addition to clinical placements and a prescribed coursework component. The work undertaken as part of this degree must constitute a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the field of clinical neuropsychology, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research. This course may be undertaken in any of the areas of research offered by the faculty. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research.

Outcomes

Candidates who have completed the course will demonstrate a thorough understanding of relevant research techniques in their field through a review of the relevant literature. They will demonstrate their ability, under supervision, to apply relevant research techniques to their chosen field of study. Candidates will be able to present high-quality written work suitable for publication in appropriate scholarly journals, and be able to critically evaluate both their own and others' written work in their chosen field.

Candidates will also be able to:

  • identify and define research questions
  • identify the appropriate research methods to address the research questions
  • demonstrate mastery of their chosen research methodology/methodologies
  • demonstrate theoretical knowledge at doctoral level in their chosen field of research
  • communicate their research findings in a format appropriate to their academic discipline
  • write up their research into a high quality thesis
  • contribute new information or new ways of understanding information in the field of research.

This program also prepares graduates for careers in a broad range of settings by providing advanced training in both research and the skills required for practice in clinical neuropsychology.

Credit for prior studies

There is no credit provision for research components in doctoral programs. Credit may be awarded for coursework and/or supervised practice components in some circumstances.

http://www.mrgs.monash.edu.au/research/doctoral/chapter2b.html

Research component

70 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The total permissible period of candidature is four years full-time, or its equivalent in part-time candidature up to a maximum of eight years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse. The minimum period of candidature is two years (four years part-time). Candidates are encouraged to complete their theses as quickly as possible.

http://www.mrgs.monash.edu.au/research/doctoral/chapter3a.html

Probationary candidature

It is strongly recommended that a new candidate, in consultation with his/her main supervisor, develops a project that can be completed within four years of full-time or eight years of part-time candidature.

http://www.mrgs.monash.edu.au/research/doctoral/chapter3g.html

Progress reviews

Supervisors and academic units monitor the progress of candidates throughout their candidature. This is done through a variety of measures such as supervision meetings, review of submitted work and review of presentations. Regular reviews of progress provide the opportunity to ensure that a candidate has the requisite skills and resources to complete their research program within the period of candidature.

http://www.mrgs.monash.edu.au/research/doctoral/chapter3h.html

Candidates should note that satisfactory performance in all three components of the DPsych is necessary throughout the course, and that progression is contingent on satisfactory completion of previous requirements. In addition, an assessment of personal suitability to undertake or continue work as a trainee clinical neuropsychologist is made prior to each placement.

Time available for study

Throughout their candidature, all candidates must regularly attend their department, school, centre or faculty and participate fully in the intellectual, research and academic life of their academic unit. The first two years of the program must be undertaken on a full-time basis, Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote the equivalent of one-and-a-half days a week to their studies. The half-day should normally be a week day.

The attendance and residency requirements have a dual purpose: They enable both regular and sustained periods of time to be available for research, and continuous interaction between the candidate and the community of scholars at Monash.

http://www.mrgs.monash.edu.au/research/doctoral/chapter3c.html

Employment restrictions

http://www.mrgs.monash.edu.au/research/doctoral/chapter3d.html

Professional recognition

The program has been accredited by the Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) and on completion, qualifies for membership of the Australian Psychological Society (APS). Candidates may apply for full registration as a psychologist in Australia upon successful completion of the degree.

In order to gain endorsement as a Clinical Neuropsychologist, an additional minimum one year of approved, supervised, full-time equivalent practice with a Board approved supervisor is required.

For further information, refer to: http://www.psychologyboard.gov.au/

This additional year is also required for membership of the APS Colleges of Clinical Neuropsychologists. For further information, refer to: http://www.psychology.org.au/

Structure

This course comprises a number of coursework units (20 per cent), practicum placements (10 per cent) and research culminating in a major thesis (70 per cent). Assessment is by thesis, written examinations, oral presentations and practical reports.

The first two years must be undertaken full-time. From third year, students may elect to complete their studies on either a full-time or part-time basis.

Requirements

Thesis

Candidates submit a thesis of approximately 60,000 to 70,000 words. The word length for a thesis does not include footnotes, references or appendices, nor does it include equations, tables, diagrams or other illustrations. The thesis may be in the form of a traditional monograph or as a thesis by publication.

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present a thesis which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the Research Graduate School Committee.

Coursework

Coursework is conducted over two 12 week semesters in each of the first two years of the course. Coursework objectives will be assessed through seminar presentations, case presentations, written assignments and examinations. The Monash University system of grades is used for most units, with participation in seminars and practical sessions taken into consideration in the assessment process.

In addition to the core coursework units, candidates will be expected, from time to time, to attend workshops and relevant special seminars.

While much of the teaching will take place at Monash University's Clayton campus and at Monash Medical Centre in Clayton, candidates should be prepared for some travel to other teaching venues.

First year

Semester one
  • DPSY5102 Psychological assessment 1
  • DPSY5103 Research methods in professional psychology
  • DPSY5161 Fundamentals of professional practice in neuropsychology
  • DPSY5162 Neuroanatomy for the clinical neuropsychologist
Semester two
  • DPSY5261 Neuropsychological models of cognition and behaviour 1
  • DPSY5262 Case analysis and professional practice in neuropsychology 1
  • DPSY5263 Neuropsychological assessment
  • DPSY5265 Neuropsychological syndromes

Second year

Semester one
  • DPSY5101 Psychopathology 1
  • DPSY5203 Theories and techniques of intervention 1
  • DPSY5299 Introductory practicum
  • DPSY6162 Case analysis and professional practice in neuropsychology 2
Semester two
  • DPSY6105 Psychopharmacology
  • DPSY6199 Intermediate practicum
  • DPSY6261 Developmental neuropsychology
  • DPSY6262 Case analysis and professional practice in neuropsychology 3
  • DPSY6263 Recovery of function and rehabilitation after brain injury

Third year

Semester one
Semester two
  • DPSY7199 Advanced specialised practicum

Practicum placements

Candidates are required to gain extensive supervised assessment, treatment and professional experience with a range of problems across varying age ranges. Thus, placements are available in a variety of settings within the health, rehabilitation, psychiatric and forensic domains. Candidates' responsibilities in their placements increase as they proceed through the training so that by the final advanced specialised practicum, they should be able to independently carry out assessments and generate, institute and evaluate management plans.

Award(s)

Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleDPsych(Clinical)
CRICOS code073634F
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT, 8 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Caulfield, Clayton, Monash Medical Centre)
Off-campus (Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/2116
Contact details

School of Psychology and Psychiatry Postgraduate Programs Office: telephone +61 3 9905 4359 email hdr.psych@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/psych/course/pgrad/dcp-index.html

Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email med-research.degrees@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research

Course coordinator

Professor James Ogloff

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Applicants must have an approved bachelors degree with Honours I or IIA, or equivalent fourth year in psychology, accredited by the Australian Psychology Accreditation Council. In addition to their academic record, students will be selected on the basis of personal psychology, with factors such as referees reports and presentation at a selection interview considered suitability for clinical psychology, with factors such as referees reports and presentation at a selection interview considered.
  • The first two years of study must be undertaken full-time.
  • This course requires attendance at off-campus practical placements which may occur in a range of locations.

Description

The Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology is a research degree offered by the School of Psychology and Psychiatry.

Clinical psychology is a field which applies the scientific knowledge, methods and principles of psychology to the understanding, assessment and treatment of adults and children with relatively severe emotional and/or behavioural disorders.

Clinical psychologists are employed in mental and general health services and in private practice where they undertake a range of clinical, health and forensic work.

This course prepares psychologists for research in applied areas of psychology and to work as clinical psychologists in the assessment and treatment of adults and children with emotional and/or behavioural disorders in a broad range of settings. In particular, it equips psychologists to work in the treatment of children and families; the assessment and management of people in the legal system; or the application of psychological knowledge to the promotion of health and the prevention and treatment of illness.

A feature of the DPsych(Clinical) is that its training in clinical psychology is extended through specialisation in a choice of areas. Candidates complete an advanced internship in their third year, which enables them to gain more specialised expertise in an area of their choice.

Depending on candidate demand, options may include areas outlined below.

Clinical child, adolescent and family psychology

This area focusses on the understanding, assessment and treatment of children, adolescents and families in a variety of mental health, paediatric and community settings. An understanding of presenting issues and behaviours is formulated within a developmental theoretical framework in which the links between the child's outward behaviour, patterns of inner experience, and the external environment (including family, school, community, society and culture) are explored and researched. Clinicians in this field contribute to discussions in the community on policy matters affecting children and families, and to the development of initiatives that promote the emotional and physical well-being of children and families.

Clinical forensic psychology

This specialisation focuses on the application of psychological knowledge to the understanding, assessment and management of individuals in the legal system including the behaviour of offenders, victims, witnesses, judges and juries, prisoners and prison staff. Careers in clinical forensic psychology include assessment and/or treatment of accused persons, prisoners, civil litigants, victims, and family members in custody disputes. Clinicians in this field can also act as expert witnesses in consultancy to statutory bodies and the legal profession on relevant areas of psychological knowledge.

Advanced clinical psychology

In this specialisation students have the opportunity to undertake advanced units and an internship to consolidate and extend their clinical psychology skills.

Candidates conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of two or more members of the academic staff. The main supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress. Candidates submit a thesis in addition to clinical placements and a prescribed coursework component. The work undertaken as part of this degree must constitute a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the field of clinical psychology, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research. This course may be undertaken in any of the areas of research offered by the faculty. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research

Outcomes

Candidates who have completed the course will demonstrate a thorough understanding of relevant research techniques in their field through a review of the relevant literature. They will demonstrate their ability, under supervision to apply relevant research techniques to their chosen field of study. Candidates will be able to present high-quality written work suitable for publication in appropriate scholarly journals, and be able to critically evaluate both their own and others' written work in their chosen field.

Candidates will also be able to

  • identify and define research questions
  • identify the appropriate research methods to address the research questions
  • demonstrate mastery of their chosen research methodology/methodologies
  • demonstrate theoretical knowledge at doctoral level in their chosen field of research
  • communicate their research findings in a format appropriate to their academic discipline
  • write up their research into a high quality thesis
  • contribute new information or new ways of understanding information in the field of research.

Credit for prior studies

There is no credit provision for research components in doctoral programs. Credit may be awarded for coursework and/or supervised practice components in some circumstances.

http://www.mrgs.monash.edu.au/research/doctoral/chapter2b.html

Research component

70 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The total permissible period of candidature is four years full-time, or its equivalent in part-time candidature up to a maximum of eight years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse. The minimum period of candidature is two years (four years part-time). Candidates are encouraged to complete their theses as quickly as possible.

http://www.mrgs.monash.edu.au/research/doctoral/chapter3a.html

It is strongly recommended that a new candidate, in consultation with his/her main supervisor, develops a project that can be completed within four years of full-time or eight years of part-time candidature.

http://www.mrgs.monash.edu.au/research/doctoral/chapter3g.html

Progress reviews

Supervisors and academic units monitor the progress of candidates throughout their candidature. This is done through a variety of measures such as supervision meetings, review of submitted work and review of presentations. Regular reviews of progress provide the opportunity to ensure that a candidate has the requisite skills and resources to complete their research program within the period of candidature

http://www.mrgs.monash.edu.au/research/doctoral/chapter3h.html

Candidates should note that satisfactory performance in all three components of the DPsych is necessary throughout the course, and that progression is contingent on satisfactory completion of previous requirements. In addition, an assessment of personal suitability to undertake or continue work as a trainee clinical psychologist is made prior to each placement.

Time available for study

Throughout their candidature, all candidates must regularly attend their department, school, centre or faculty and participate fully in the intellectual, research and academic life of their academic unit. The first two years of the program must be undertaken on a full-time basis, Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote the equivalent of one-and-a-half days a week to their studies. The half-day should normally be a week day.

The attendance and residency requirements have a dual purpose: They enable both regular and sustained periods of time to be available for research, and continuous interaction between the candidate and the community of scholars at Monash.

http://www.mrgs.monash.edu.au/research/doctoral/chapter3c.html

Employment restrictions

http://www.mrgs.monash.edu.au/research/doctoral/chapter3d.html.

Professional recognition

The program has been accredited by the Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) and on completion, qualifies for membership of the Australian Psychological Society (APS). Candidates may apply for full registration as a psychologist in Australia upon successful completion of the degree.

In order to gain endorsement as a Clinical Psychologist, an additional minimum one year of approved, supervised, full-time equivalent practice with a Board approved supervisor is required.

For further information, refer to http://www.psychologyboard.gov.au/

This additional year is also required for membership of the APS Colleges of Clinical Psychologists and Forensic Psychologists. In addition, membership for the APS Colleges of Forensic Psychologists requires completion of the forensic specialisation in third year, as well as a doctoral thesis in the field of forensic psychology. For further information, refer to http://www.psychology.org.au/

Structure

This course comprises a number of coursework units (20 per cent), practicum placements (10 per cent) and research culminating in a major thesis (70 per cent). Assessment is by thesis, written examinations, oral presentations and practical reports.

The first two years must be undertaken full-time. From third year, candidates may elect to complete their studies on either a full-time or part-time basis

Requirements

Thesis

Candidates submit a thesis of approximately 60,000 to 70,000 words. The word length for a thesis does not include footnotes, references or appendices, nor does it include equations, tables, diagrams or other illustrations. The thesis may be in the form of a traditional monograph or as a thesis by publication.

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present a thesis which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the Research Graduate School Committee.

Coursework

Coursework is conducted over two 12 week semesters in each of the first three years of the course. Coursework objectives will be assessed through seminar presentations, case presentations, written assignments and examinations. The Monash University system of grades is used for most units, with participation in seminars and practical sessions taken into consideration in the assessment process.

In addition to the core coursework units, candidates will be expected, from time to time, to attend workshops and relevant special seminars.

While much of the teaching will take place at Monash University's Clayton campus and the Monash Medical Centre (Clayton) campus, candidates should be prepared for some travel to other teaching venues

First year

Semester one
  • DPSY5101 Psychopathology 1
  • DPSY5102 Psychological assessment 1
  • DPSY5103 Research methods in professional psychology
  • DPSY5104 Fundamentals of professional practice
  • DPSY5105 Clinical developmental psychology
  • DPSY5203 Theories and techniques of intervention 1
Semester two

Second year

Semester one
  • DPSY6106 Advanced clinical practice
  • DPSY6107 Health psychology and behavioural medicine
  • DPSY6199 Intermediate practicum
Semester two

Third year

Clinical forensic psychology option
Semester one
  • DPSY7111 Advanced clinical psychology: Forensic/legal
  • DPSY7211 Psychology and criminal law
Semester two
  • DPSY7112 Psychology and children's and family law
  • DPSY7212 Psychology and civil law
Advanced clinical psychology option
Full year
  • DPSY7131 Advanced clinical psychology: General
Semester one
  • DPSY7111 Advanced clinical psychology: Forensic/legal
  • DPSY7141 Advanced clinical psychology: Child, adolescent and family, Part 1
Clinical child, adolescent and family psychology option
Semester one
  • DPSY7111 Advanced clinical psychology: Forensic/legal
  • DPSY7141 Advanced clinical psychology: Child, adolescent and family
Semester two
  • DPSY7241 Clinical child, adolescent and family psychology

Practicum placements

Candidates are required to gain supervised assessment, treatment and professional experience with a range of problems across varying age ranges. Thus, placements are available with clients of varied age groups in settings within the psychiatric, forensic and health domains. Candidates' responsibilities in their placements increase as they proceed through the training so that by the final placement, they should be able to independently carry out assessments and generate, implement and evaluate management plans.

Award(s)

Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology


This course entry should be read in conjunction with information provided in the 'Faculty information' section of this Handbook by the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Managing facultyMedicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Abbreviated titleDPH
CRICOS code038563G
Standard duration of study (years)4 years FT, 8 years PT
Study mode and locationOn-campus (Alfred Hospital, Burnet Institute, Caulfield, Clayton)
Off-campus (Alfred Hospital, Burnet Institute, Caulfield, Clayton)
Admission, fee and application details http://www.monash.edu/study/coursefinder/course/3403
Contact details

Research Degrees Office, telephone +61 3 9905 4313; email med-research.degrees@monash.edu or visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/pgrad/research

Course coordinator

Dr Robert Hall

Notes

  • Unit codes that are not linked to their entry in the handbook are not available for study in the current year.
  • Applicants must have extensive relevant professional experience in the public health field (minimum of two years).
  • This course requires attendance at off-campus practical placements which may occur in a range of locations.

Description

The Doctor of Public Health (DPH) is a research degree with both coursework and clinical components, and requires the candidate to submit a thesis. The work undertaken as part of this research degree must constitute a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the field of public health, and must demonstrate the capacity of the candidate to carry out independent research.

The DPH is offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine. For information about research in the faculty visit http://www.med.monash.edu.au/research. The degree provides suitably qualified health professionals with a balanced training in the theory and practice of public health, equipping them to enter a wide range of careers in epidemiology, public health practice and research.

A candidate for the DPH is required to conduct a prescribed program of research for a specified period under the direct supervision of a member of the academic staff. The supervisor, in consultation with the candidate, is responsible for developing the research program to be followed by the candidate, and for reporting at regular intervals on the candidate's progress

Outcomes

Following the completion of prescribed coursework, practical experience and a research project, graduates will be able to:

  • appreciate the need for evidence-based practice in public health
  • critically appraise published research studies
  • formulate, conduct and report independent research
  • apply research findings to professional practice
  • develop skills in the formulation and evaluation of community-based health interventions
  • develop skills in writing professional reports
  • present research findings to professional and lay audiences
  • formulate public health policy
  • demonstrate the capacity to provide leadership in public health.

Credit for prior studies

Credit will not be given for work completed more than 10 years prior to admission to candidature, nor for more than 50 per cent of the coursework. Credit will not be given for coursework credited to another degree or diploma. The Faculty Board may grant credit provision for candidates who have completed coursework and/or supervised practice of equivalent standing, up to a maximum of three units. Appropriate methods for assessment of equivalence of prior study will be applied either through a viva voce, written examination, submission of referees' reports and/or presentation of written work. No credits will be given for elective units. A minimum enrolment period of two years will apply to all later-year applicants.

Research component

70 per cent

Candidature rules

Duration of candidature

The total permissible period of candidature is four years full-time, or its equivalent in part-time candidature up to a maximum of eight years part-time, after which the candidature will lapse. The minimum period of candidature is two years (four years part-time). Candidates are encouraged to complete their theses as quickly as possible.

Probationary candidature

Probationary candidature applies for all doctoral candidates, except where doctoral candidates have transferred from a masters by research program. Candidature will be confirmed subject to the receipt of a satisfactory report of progress at the end of one year (full-time) or two years (part-time) period of probationary candidature.

Progress reviews

Supervisors and academic units monitor the progress of candidates throughout their candidature. All candidates are required to complete an annual questionnaire in order to review the conditions of their candidature. The academic progress of candidates is formally reviewed via three candidature milestones: confirmation of candidature; mid-candidature review; and pre-submission seminar.

The mid-candidature review and pre-submission seminar are mandatory requirements for all candidates who commenced their candidature from 1 January 2010.

Time available for study

Throughout their candidature, all candidates must regularly attend their department, school, centre or faculty and participate fully in the intellectual, research and academic life of their academic unit. Full-time candidates must be able to devote the equivalent of a minimum of four days a week to the pursuit of their research project; all part-time candidates must devote the equivalent of one-and-a-half days a week to their studies. The half-day should normally be a week day.

Employment restrictions

Full-time candidates are permitted, with the approval of their main supervisor, to undertake a strictly limited amount of paid employment throughout the year, being no more than 15 hours of work per week on average. Up to a maximum of six hours only on average of this employment may be undertaken during normal working hours (9 am to 5 pm, Mondays to Fridays). However, this may be extended to a maximum of eight hours if the employment is limited to one weekday. The candidate's supervisor(s) must be satisfied that any part-time work undertaken does not interfere with the candidate's study program and progress. International students need to be aware that the employment restrictions outlined above apply even though a student visa permits students to work up to 20 hours a week.

Structure

This course comprises:

  • six coursework units (four core units, and two electives chosen from a wide range of units)
  • a 13-week practicum in a public health setting
  • research culminating in a thesis.

Assessment is by thesis, examinations, oral presentations and written reports.

Requirements

Thesis

Students submit a thesis of approximately 60,000 to 70,000 words. The word length for a thesis does not include footnotes, references or appendices, nor does it include equations, tables, diagrams or other illustrations. The thesis may be in the form of a traditional monograph or as a thesis by publication.

The work presented for examination must be the original work of the candidate, except where due reference is made in the text. A candidate may include published work which is directly relevant to the argument of the thesis, provided such work has been written during the period of candidature. Candidates may not present in, or in support of, a thesis any work which the candidate has presented for any other degree or diploma at this University, or any other institution, except with the permission of the Research Graduate School Committee.

The research project is expected to provide a significant original contribution to knowledge and/or practice in the field of public health and to demonstrate the capacity of the student to conduct independent research.

Work towards the thesis will occur throughout each 48-week year.

Coursework and practicum placements

Coursework sessions will be conducted over two 13-week semesters in the first year and one 13-week semester in the second year. The public health practice component will occur in the second year of the course.

Core units

  • DPH6001 Advanced epidemiology
  • DPH6002 Statistical methods for public health
  • DPH6003 Advanced research methods in public health
  • DPH6004 Health leadership and management
  • DPH6005 Public health practice

Elective units

one elective unit selected from any 'MPH' or 'EPM'-coded postgraduate units offered by the School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Elective units may be selected from any postgraduate MPH or EPM unit offered by the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine.

Award(s)

Doctor of Public Health